140 000 catalogues |  Faq |  Exposez vos produits |  Mon compte        
page d'accueil made for industry
1 2 3 4
 
             
1/162 Pages  
2011 PRODUCT CATALOG 2011 Product Catalog Headquartered at our manufacturing and motion control research center in suburban Minneapolis, MN, Exlar serves a global customer base with an extensive standard product line and complete engineering support for custom applications. Exlar Corporation 1470 Lake Drive West Chanhassen, MN 55317 New Address after April 1, 2011: 18400 77th Street West Chanhassen, MN 55317 TEL: 952.368.3434 General FAX: 952.368.4877 Order Only FAX: 952.368.4359 www.exlar.com Exlar is a trademark of Exlar Corporation. Windows 95, Windows 98, and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. All information contained in this brochure is subject to change without notice. Copyright 2011, Exlar Corporation 15M/11-10 PN 23939 Tritex IITM Line Voltage Linear and Rotary Electro-Mechanical Actuators The Global Leader in Actuator Technology For over a decade Exlar has been the global leader in actuator technology. Our patented roller screw linear actuators have always offered the most compact, robust and durable designs – lasting up to 15 times longer than similar sized ball screws. Our T-LAM brushless motor technology provides the industry’s highest torque density which results in very compact actuators with high force and speed capabilities. We continue to expand our product lines through the use of these powerful technologies. We offer three additional product families not included in this catalog. The newest, the Tritex II™ actuators, integrate an AC powered servo drive, digital position controller, brushless motor and linear or rotary actuator in one compact, sealed package. Simply connect AC power, I/O, communications and solve your application with one integrated device. Tritex II actuators offer higher power (1.5 kw) and added functionality to the Tritex actuators. The Tritex™ Series also integrates a servo drive, digital position controller, brushless motor and linear or rotary actuator, powered by 24-48 VDC. Both series of this revolutionary actuator combine the latest electronic power technology with a servo motor or actuator in one compact package. Our Extrak™ actuators consist of a precision aluminum frame with a movable platen. Designed for heavy duty, continuous motion applications, the Extrak products with their high speed and long stroke length capabilities make them ideal for industrial positioning or material handling applications. Please contact Exlar to receive these separate brochures. You may also visit www.exlar.com to download the brochures and view complete specifications. We invite you to review both our new and field-proven actuators to see how Exlar’s unique products will give you the most effective rotary and linear actuation for your applications. We would welcome the opportunity to discuss your requirements and make a recommendation. SLM and SLG Series Rotary Motors and Gearmotors......... 90 Performance Specifications.................................................................................. 94 Drawings........................................................................................................................ 100 Ordering Guide.......................................................................................................... 108 Cable selection guide........................................................................................... 110 Hazardous Location EL Series Linear Actuators................ 114 Performance Specifications............................................................................... 116 Drawings........................................................................................................................ 119 Ordering Guide.......................................................................................................... 122 Hazardous Location ER Series Rotary Actuators.............. 124 Performance Specifications............................................................................... 126 Drawings........................................................................................................................ 128 Ordering Guide.......................................................................................................... 129 Hazardous Location Class I Division 2 Products GSX/GSM Series................................................................................................................ 130 . Drawings for GSX...................................................................................................... 132 Ordering Guide for GSX........................................................................................ 136 Drawings for GSM.................................................................................................... 137 Ordering Guide for GSM...................................................................................... 139 Hazardous Location Class I Division 2 Products SLM/SLG Series.................................................................................................................. 140 Drawings for SLM..................................................................................................... 142 Drawings for SLG...................................................................................................... 145 Ordering Guide for SLM/SLG............................................................................. 147 Engineering Reference......................................................................................... 156 GSM Series I Series FT Series SLM/SLG Series FT Series Linear Actuators................................................................................. 74 . Performance Specifications.................................................................................. 78 Drawings........................................................................................................................... 80 Ordering Guide............................................................................................................. 88 Cables I Series Linear Actuators...................................................................................... 56 Performance Specifications.................................................................................. 59 Drawings........................................................................................................................... 62 Ordering Guide............................................................................................................. 72 EL Series GSM Series Linear Actuators............................................................................ 38 Performance Specifications.................................................................................. 40 Drawings........................................................................................................................... 49 Ordering Guide............................................................................................................. 54 ER Series GSX Series Linear Actuators................................................................................4 Performance Specifications.................................................................................. 11 Drawings........................................................................................................................... 28 Ordering Guide............................................................................................................. 36 CID2, GSX & GSM Series Integrated Actuator Technology..............................................................3 . CID2, SLM & SLG Seri es page Roller Screw Technology.....................................................................................2 GSX Series Table of Contents Roller Screw Technology Why Consider Roller Screw Technology Designers have five basic choices when it comes to achieving controlled linear motion. The table on page 3 gives you a quick overview of what general advantages are associated with each. Because the roller screw technology common to all Exlar linear actuators might not be familiar to everyone using this catalog, allow us to present a general overview. The difference is in the roller screw’s design for transmitting forces. Multiple threaded helical rollers are assembled in a planetary arrangement around a threaded shaft (shown above), which converts a motor’s rotary motion into linear movement of the shaft or nut. Roller Screw Basics A roller screw is a mechanism for converting rotary torque into linear motion, in a similar manner to acme screws or ball screws. But, unlike those devices, roller screws can carry heavy loads for thousands of hours in the most arduous conditions. This makes roller screws the ideal choice for demanding, continuous-duty applications. Roller Screw vs Hydraulic & Pneumatic – Comparisons: In applications where high loads are anticipated or faster cycling is desired, Exlar’s roller screw actuators provide an attractive alternative to the hydraulic or pneumatic options. With their vastly simplified controls, electromechanical units using roller screws have major advantages. They do not require a complex support system of valves, pumps, filters and sensors. Thus, Exlar units take up much less space and deliver extremely long working lives with virtually no maintenance. Hydraulic fluid leaks are non-existent. Noise levels are reduced significantly. Additionally, the flexibility of computer programmed positioning can be very desirable in many applications. 2 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Roller vs Ball Screw Performance – Comparisons: Loads and Stiffness: Due to design factors, the number of contact points in a ball screw is limited by the ball size. Exlar’s planetary roller screw designs provide many more contact points than possible on comparably sized ball screws. Because this number of contact points is greater, roller screws have higher load carrying capacities, plus improved stiffness. In practical terms, this means that typically an Exlar roller screw actuator takes up much less space to meet the designer’s specified load rating. Travel Life: As you would expect, with their higher load capacities, roller screws deliver major advantages in working life Usually measured in “Inches of Travel,” the relative travel lives for roller and ball screws are displayed on the graph on page 3. As you can see there, in a 2,000 lb. average load application applied to a 1.2 inch (approximate) screw diameter with a 0.2 inch (approximate) lead, you can predict that the roller screw will have an expected service life that is 15 Times Greater. Speeds: Typical ball screw speeds are limited to 2000 rpm and less, due to the interaction of the balls colliding with each other as the race rotates. In contrast, the rollers in a roller screw are fixed in planetary fashion by journals at the ends of the nut and therefore do not have this limitation. Hence, roller screws can work at 5000 rpm and higher – producing comparably higher linear travel rates. Roller Screw Technology Lifetime Comparison (Roller vs Ball Screws) 10,000 Thrust Load (pounds) Roller Screw Ball Screw 1,000 2000 lbf load 1.2" diameter .2" lead screw comparison 0 0 1,000,000 10,000,000 100,000,000 1,000,000,000 Lifetime (Inches of Travel) Roller Screw vs. Other Linear Motion Technologies (Used in electronic positioning applications) EXLAR ROLLER SCREWS ACME SCREWS BALL SCREWS HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS PNEUMATIC CYLINDERS Very High High High Very High High Very long, many times greater than ball screw Very low, due to high friction & wear Moderate Can be long with proper maintenance Can be long with proper maintenance Speed Very high Low Moderate Moderate Very high Acceleration Very high Low Moderate Very high Very high Easy Moderate Easy Difficult Very Difficult Stiffness Very high Very high Moderate Very high Very low Shock Loads Very high Very high Moderate Very high High Relative Space Requirements Minimum Moderate Moderate High High Low High Low High Moderate >90% approx 40% >90% <50% <50% Very complex requires servo-valves, plumbing, filtering, compressors linear positioning & sensing Load ratings Lifetime Electronic Positioning Friction Efficiency Installation Compatible with standard servo electronic controls User may have to engineer a motion/actuator interface Compatible with standard servo electronic controls Complex, requires servo-valves, high pressure plumbing, filtering, pumps linear positioning & sensing Maintenance Very low High, due to poor wear characteristics Moderate Very high High Environmental Minimum Minimum Minimum Hydraulic fluid leaks & disposal High noise levels 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 3 GS Series Linear Actuators Exlar GS Series Linear Actuator Family The GS Series linear actuator family offers you two grades of actuator to provide cost effective options in order to meet your application’s requirements. View the chart below to compare the GSX and GSM models. All GS Series actuators use a specially designed roller screw mechanism for converting electric motor power into linear motion within the actuator. Planetary rollers assembled around the actuator’s extending rod follow threads which are precisely machined on the inside surface of the actuator’s hollow armature. Linear motion is produced in precise synchronization with the armature rotation. Because this roller screw mechanism has an inherently larger cumulative contact surface, these actuators have a much longer working life, and can handle heavier loads at higher speeds than is possible from a similarly sized unit built around a ball screw system. Exlar’s T-LAM segmented lamination stator technology delivers higher continuous motor torque than is available in traditionally wound motors. T-LAM technology consists of stator segments, each containing individual phase wiring for maximum motor performance. The improved efficiencies of the GSX Series are a result of the limited heat generation qualities inherent in the segmented stator design as seen above. The elimination of end turns in the stator, and use of thermally conductive potting removes the parts most susceptible to failure in a traditional stator. Other design advantages include: •  eodymium-iron-boron magnets provide high flux N density and maximum motor torque. Lamination Endcaps Individual Segments The Actuator & Motor, All in one Compact Unit With other actuator technologies, customers are usually responsible for engineering the completed linear motion system. This usually includes purchasing the motor, gear reducer, timing belt, mounting hardware, flexible couplings, etc. separately. Then they all must be assembled to perform properly in a given application. GS Series actuators eliminate all this systems engineering. These units are single, fully integrated component packages – much smaller than traditional rotary-to-linear conversion mechanisms. Designed for Closed Loop Servo Systems Their brushless servo design means GS Series units can be used in advanced closed-loop servo systems when velocity and positioning is required. Position feedback can be delivered in a number of different firms. These include resolvers, encoders or internally mounted linear position feedback sensors. GSX and GSM Differences GSX (pg 4) GSM (pg 38) Ingress Protection IP65 IP54 (IP65 optional) No. of Stacks 1, 2, 3 1, 2 Life BSY (Ball Screw Years) 15X 2 to 5X Oil Cooling Yes No Food Grade Paint Yes No Electroless Nickel Housing Yes Yes Stainless Steel Case Yes No •  ach stator segment contains individual phase wiring. E External winding of individual segments provides maximum slot fill for maximum motor performance. Hard Coat Anodized Yes Yes Yes (except 2" frame) Yes Yes (except 2" frame) No •  otors with T-LAM technology have Class 180 H M insulation systems compliant with UL requirements. 7 in. Frame Yes No Force (lbf) 92 - 15,000 92 - 3,966 1.0 Lead 50 & 60 only No •  hermally conductive potting of the entire stator T provides increased heat dissipation and provides protection from contamination in oil-cooled units. UL recognized component. • Motors with T-LAM technology are CE compliant LVDT FB 5.5 in. Frame Rear Brake all all Speeds (ips) 5 - 40 5 - 37.5 Yes Yes Electroless Nickel Connectors 4 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com GSX Series Linear Actuators GSX Series Exlar GSX Series The Highest Performance and Longest Life Solution For applications that require long life and continuous duty, even in harsh environments the GSX Series actuator offers a robust solution. The life of the GSX Series can exceed that of a ball screw actuator by 15X while delivering high speeds and high forces. This compact package has all the advantages that our GS Series offers. Sealed for Long Life with Minimum Maintenance GSX Series actuators have strong advantages whenever outside contaminants are an issue. In most rotary-tolinear devices, critical mechanisms are exposed to the environment. Thus, they must be frequently inspected, cleaned and lubricated. In contrast, the converting components in all Exlar GSX units are mounted within the sealed motor housing. With a simple bushing and seal arrangement on the smooth extending rod, abrasive particles or other contaminants are prevented from reaching the actuator’s critical mechanisms. This assures trouble-free operation even in the most harsh environments. Lubrication requirements are minimal. GSX actuators can be lubricated with either grease or recirculated oil. Grease lubricated units will run up to 10,000 hours without regreasing. Recirculated oil systems eliminate this type of maintenance altogether A GSX Series actuator with a properly operating recirculating oil system will operate indefinitely without any other lubrication requirements. Available in Five Frame Sizes 2" GSX20 5" GSX50 3" GSX30 7" GSX60 4" GSX40 If you need a custom design, Exlar’s Application Engineering department will work with you to engineer a solution specifically tailored to your application. Standard Optional External anti-rotate mechanism Feature No Yes Internal Anti-rotate No Yes Pre-loaded follower No Yes Electric brake No Yes External End switches No Yes MS or Threaded Circular Style Connectors Electroless Nickel Connectors/ Male NPT with Potted Leads/ Manufacturers Connectors Connectors Mounting Style Rod End Lubrication Primary Feedback Absolute Linear Feedback Extended Tie Rods, Side Tapped Mounting Holes, Trunnion, Rear Clevis, Front or Rear Flange Male or Female: U.S. Standard or Metric Greased, Oil Connection Ports are Built-in for Customer Supplied Recirculated Oil Lubrication Standard Encoders or Resolvers to Meet Most Amplifier Requirements No Custom Mountings Specials Available To Meet OEM Requirements Specials Available To Meet OEM Requirements Custom Feedback ICT, including signal conditioner 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 5 GSX Series Linear Actuators Exlar GSX Series Linear Actuators Applications Include: Hydraulic cylinder replacement Ball screw replacement Pneumatic cylinder replacement Chip and wafer handling Automated flexible fixturing Dispensers Machine tool Automated assembly Parts clamping Automatic tool changers Volumetric pumps Medical equipment Conveyor diverters / gates Plastics equipment Cut-offs Die cutters Packaging machinery Entertainment Sawmill equipment Open / close doors Fillers Formers Precision grinders Indexing stages Lifts Product sorting Material cutting Material handling Riveting / fastening / joining Molding Volumetric pumps Semiconductor Pick and place systems Robot manipulator arms Simulators Precision valve control Ventilation control systems Pressing Process control Tube bending Welding Stamping Test stands Tension control Web guidance Wire winding Repeatable force, reliable positioning accuracy, and flexible control make GSX actuators a perfect fit for assembly presses or test stands. Because they cycle quickly and can be synchronized to line speeds, Exlar actuators produce dramatic improvements in web control applications. Repeatable force control plus positioning accuracy extends the life of costly tools when Exlar linear actuators are used in precision clamping applications. In clean room applications like those common to semiconductor manufacturing, the compact design of our GSX Series saves critical space. 6 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com GSX Series Speed vs. Force Curves These charts represent typical linear speed versus linear force curves for the GSX actuators using common brushless motor amplifiers. The GSX Series are compatible with many different brushless motor amplifiers, and differences in the performance ratings of these amplifiers can alter the actuator’s performance. Thus, the curves below should be used for estimation only (Further information is available by contacting Exlar Application Engineering.) GSX20-.1 Inch Lead GSX30-.1 Inch Lead 700 (3114) 1X8 2X8 500 (2224) Force lbf (N) Force lbf (N) 600 (2669) 400 (1779) 300 (1334) 200 (890) 100 (445) 0 0 1 (25.4) 2 (50.8) 3 (76.2) 4 (101.6) 5 (127) 6 (152.4) 7 8 (177.8) (203.2) 9 (278.6) 2000 (8896) 1800 (8007) 1600 (7117) 1400 (6228) 1200 (5338) 1000 (4448) 800 (3559) 600 (2669) 400 (1779) 200 (890) 0 0 1 (25.4) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) Force lbf (N) Force lbf (N) 2 (50.8) 4 (101.6) 6 (152.4) 8 (203.2) 10 (254) 12 (304.8) 14 (356) 16 (406.4) 18 (457.2) 1000 (4448) 900 (4003) 800 (3559) 700 (3114) 600 (2669) 500 (2224) 400 (1779) 300 (1334) 200 (890) 100 (445) 0 0 2 (50.8) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) Force lbf (N) Force lbf (N) 150 (667) 100 (445) 50 (222) 0 10 (254) 15 (381) 20 (508) 25 (635) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) 5 (127) 6 (152.4) 4 (101.6) 6 (152.4) 8 (203.2) 10 (254) 12 (304.8) 25 (635) 30 (762) GSX30-.5 Inch Lead 200 (890) 5 (127) 4 (101.6) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) GSX20-.4 Inch Lead 0 3 (76.2) GSX30-.2 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 3X8 0 2 (50.8) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) GSX20-.2 Inch Lead 400 (1779) 350 (1557) 300 (1334) 250 (1112) 200 (890) 150 (667) 100 (445) 50 (222) 0 GSX Series GSX Series Linear Actuators 30 (762) 35 (889) 450 (2002) 400 (1779) 350 (1557) 300 (1334) 250 (1112) 200 (890) 150 (667) 100 (445) 50 (222) 0 0 5 (127) 10 (254) 15 (381) 20 (508) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 10" x 10" x 1/4" for GSX20 and 10" x 10" x 3/8" for GSX30 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 7 GSX Series Linear Actuators GSX Series Speed vs. Force Curves GSX40-.1 Inch Lead GSX50-.1 Inch Lead 6000 (26689) Force lbf (N) Force lbf (N) 5000 (22241) 4000 (17793) 3000 (13345) 2000 (8896) 1000 (4448) 0 0 1 (25.4) 2 (50.8) 3 (76.2) 4 (101.6) 5 (127) 9000 (40034) 8000 (35586) 7000 (31138) 6000 (26689) 5000 (22241) 4000 (17793) 3000 (13345) 2000 (8896) 1000 (4448) 0 6 (152.4) 1X8 2X8 0 1 (25.4) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) Force lbf (N) Force lbf (N) 1500 (6672) 1000 (4448) 500 (2224) 4000 (17793) 3000 (13345) 2000 (8896) 1000 (4448) 0 2 (50.8) 4 (101.6) 6 (152.4) 8 (203.2) 10 (254) 12 (304.8) 0 0 2 (50.8) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) GSX40-.5 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 3X8 1000 (4448) Force lbf (N) Force lbf (N) 8 (203.2) 10 (254) GSX50-.5 Inch Lead 800 (3559) 600 (2669) 400 (1779) 1X8 2X8 3X8 2000 (8896) 1500 (6672) 1000 (4448) 500 (2224) 0 5 127 10 254 15 381 20 508 25 635 0 30 762 0 5 (127) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) 10 (254) 15 (381) 20 (508) 25 (635) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) GSX40-.75 Inch Lead GSX50-1.0 Inch Lead 1200 (5338) 1X8 2X8 3X8 1X8 2X8 3X8 Force lbf (N) 1000 (4448) 800 (3559) 600 (2669) 400 (1779) 200 (890) 0 5 (127) 10 (254) 15 (381) 20 (508) 25 (635) 30 (762) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) 35 (889) 40 (1016) 0 0 10 (254) 20 (508) 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 30 (762) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 12" x 12" x 1/2" for GSX40 and 12" x 12" x 1/2" for GSX50 8 6 (152.4) 2500 (11121) 200 (890) Force lbf (N) 4 (101.6) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) 1200 (5338) 800 (3559) 700 (3114) 600 (2669) 500 (2224) 400 (1779) 300 (1334) 200 (890) 100 (445) 0 6 (152.4) 1X8 2X8 3X8 5000 (22241) 2000 (8896) 0 4 (101.6) GSX50-.2 Inch Lead 6000 (26689) 1X8 2X8 3X8 2500 (11121) 0 3 (76.2) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) GSX40-.2 Inch Lead 3000 (13345) 2 (50.8) 40 (1016) 50 (1270) GSX Series Linear Actuators Force lbf (N) These charts represent typical linear speed versus linear force curves for GSX actuators using common brushless motor amplifiers. The GSX Series are compatible with many different brushless motor amplifiers, and differences in the 14000 (62275) 12000 (53379) 10000 (44482) 8000 (35586) 6000 (26689) 4000 (17793) 2000 (8896) 0 performance ratings of these amplifiers can alter the actuator’s performance. Thus, the curves below should be used for estimation only. (Further information is available by contacting Exlar Application Engineering.) GSX Series GSX Series Speed vs. Force Curves GSX60-.25 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 3X8 0 2 (50.8) 4 (101.6) 6 (152.4) 8 (203.2) 10 (254) 12 (304.8) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) Force lbf (N) GSX60-.5 Inch Lead 7000 (31138) 6000 (26689) 5000 (22241) 4000 (17793) 3000 (13345) 2000 (8896) 1000 (4448) 0 1X8 2X8 3X8 0 5 (127) 10 (254) 15 (381) 20 (508) 25 (635) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) Force lbf (N) GSX60-1.0 Inch Lead 3500 (15569) 3000 (13345) 2500 (11121) 2000 (8896) 1500 (6672) 1000 (4448) 500 (2224) 0 1X8 2X8 3X8 0 10 (254) 20 (508) 30 (762) 40 (1016) 50 (1270) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 9 GSX Series Linear Actuators GSX Series Lifetime Curves The L10 expected life of a roller screw linear actuator is expressed as the linear travel distance that 90% of properly maintained roller screws manufactured are expected to meet or exceed. For higher than 90% reliability, the result should be multiplied by the following factors: 95% x 0.62; 96% x 0.53; 97% x 0.44; 98% x 0.33; 99% x 0.21. This is not a guarantee and these charts should be used for estimation purposes only. GSX20 GSX20-xx01 1000 (4448) Mean Load pounds (N) Mean Load pounds (N) 1200 (5338) GSX20-xx02 GSX20-xx04 800 (3559) 600 (2669) 400 (1779) 200 (890) 0 1 10 (254) 100 (2,540) 1,000 (25,400) 10,000 (254,000) 100,000 (2,540,000) The underlying formula that defines this value is: Travel life in millions of inches, where: C = Dynamic load rating (lbf ) 3 F = Cubic mean applied load (lbf ) L10 = C x S = F S = Roller screws lead (inches) ( ) All curves represent properly lubricated and maintained actuators. 4,500 (20017) 4,000 (17793) 3,500 (15569) 3,000 (13345) 2,500 (11121) 2,000 (8896) 1,500 (6672) 1,000 (4448) 500 (2224) 0 GSX30 GSX30-xx01 GSX30-xx02 GSX30-xx05 1 10 (254) 6,000 (26689) 5,500 (24465) 5,000 (22241) 4,500 (20017) 4,000 (17793) 3,500 (15569) 3,000 (13345) 2,500 (11121) 2,000 (8896) 1,500 (6672) 1,000 (4448) 500 (2224) 0 GSX40 GSX40-xx01 GSX40-xx02 GSX40-xx05 GSX40-xx08 1 10 (254) 100 (2,540) 1,000 (25,400) 10,000 (254,000) 100,000 (2,540,000) 9,000 (40034) 8,000 (35586) 7,000 (31138) 6,000 (26689) 5.000 (22241) 4,000 (17793) 3,000 (13345) 2,000 (8896) 1,000 (4448) 0 1 10 (254) 100 (2,540) Mean Load pounds (N) GSX60-xx03 GSX60-xx05 GSX60-xx10 12,000 (53379) 10,000 (44482) 8,000 (35586) 6,000 (26689) 4,000 (17793) 2,000 (8896) 100 (2,540) 1,000 (25,400) 10,000 (254,000) Travel Life Millions of inches (mm) 10 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 1,000 (25,400) 10,000 (254,000) Travel Life Millions of inches (mm) GSX60 10 (254) 100,000 (2,540,000) GSX50-xx01 GSX50-xx02 GSX50-xx05 GSX50-xx10 14,000 (62275) 1 10,000 (254,000) GSX50 Travel Life Millions of inches (mm) 0 1,000 (25,400) Travel Life Millions of inches (mm) Mean Load pounds (N) Mean Load pounds (N) Travel Life Millions of inches (mm) 100 (2,540) 100,000 (2,540,000) 100,000 (2,540,000) GSX Series Linear Actuators Model No. Frame Size in (mm) Stroke GSX20-0301 GSX20-0302 2.25 (57) 3 (75) 2.25 (57) 6 (150) 2.25 (57) 10 (250) 2.25 (57) 12 (300) 3.125 (79) 3 (75) 3.125 (79) 5.9 (150) 3.125 (79) 10 (250) 3.125 (79) 12 (305) 3.125 (79) 14 (355) 3.125 (79) 18 (457) GSX20-0304 GSX20-0601 GSX20-0602 GSX20-0604 GSX20-1001 GSX20-1002 GSX20-1004 GSX20-1201 GSX20-1202 GSX20-1204 GSX30-0301 GSX30-0302 GSX30-0305 GSX30-0601 GSX30-0602 GSX30-0605 GSX30-1001 GSX30-1002 GSX30-1005 GSX30-1201 GSX30-1202 GSX30-1205 GSX30-1401 GSX30-1402 GSX30-1405 GSX30-1801 GSX30-1802 GSX30-1805 Continuous Force Rating Max Velocity lb (N) 1/2/3 stack in/sec (mm/sec) Continuous Motor Torque 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.4 (10.16) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.4 (10.16) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.4 (10.16) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.4 (10.16) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.5 12.7) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.5 (12.7) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.5 (12.7) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.5 (12.7) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.5 (12.7) 0.1 (2.54) 367/578/NA (1632/2571/NA) 183/289/NA (814/1286/NA) 92/145/NA (409/645/NA) 367/578/NA (1632/2571/NA) 183/289/385 (814/1286/1713) 92/145/192 (409/645/854) 367/578/NA (1632/2571/NA) 183/289/385 (814/1286/1713) 92/145/192 (409/645/854) 367/578/NA (1632/2571/NA) 183/289/385 (814/1286/1713) 92/145/192 (409/645/854) 829/1347/NA (3688/5992/NA) 415/674/NA (1846/2998/NA) 166/269/NA (738/1197/NA) 829/1347/NA (3688/5992/NA) 415/674/905 (1846/2998/4026) 166/269/362 (738/1197/1610) 829/1347/NA (3688/5992/NA) 415/674/905 (1846/2998/4026) 166/269/362 (738/1197/1610) 829/1347/NA (3688/5992/NA) 415/674/905 (1846/2998/4026) 166/269/362 (738/1197/1610) 829/1347/NA (3688/5992/NA) 415/674/905 (1846/2998/4026) 166/269/362 (738/1197/1610) 829/1347/NA (3688/5992/NA) 8.33 (211.67) 16.77 (423.33) 33.33 (846.67) 8.33 (211.67) 16.67 (423.33) 33.33 (846.67) 8.33 (211.67) 16.67 (423.33) 33.33 (846.67) 8.33 (211.67) 16.67 (423.33) 33.33 (846.67) 5 (127) 10 (254) 25 (635) 5 (127) 10 (254) 25 (635) 5 (127) 10 (254) 25 (635) 5 (127) 10 (254) 25 (635) 5 (127) 10 (254) 25 (635) 5 (127) 7.3/11.5/NA (0.82/1.30/NA) 7.3/11.5/NA (0.82/1.30/NA) 7.3/11.5/NA (0.82/1.30/NA) 7.3/11.5/NA (0.82/1.30/NA) 7.3/11.5/15.3 (0.82/1.30/1.73) 7.3/11.5/15.3 (0.82/1.30/1.73) 7.3/11.5/NA (0.82/1.30/NA) 7.3/11.5/15.3 (0.82/1.30/1.73) 7.3/11.5/15.3 (0.82/1.30/1.73) 7.3/11.5/NA (0.82/1.30/NA) 7.3/11.5/15.3 (0.82/1.30/1.73) 7.3/11.5/15.3 (0.82/1.30/1.73) 16.5/26.8/NA (1.86/3.03/NA) 16.5/26.8/NA (1.86/3.03/NA) 16.5/26.8/NA (1.86/3.03/NA) 16.5/26.8/NA (1.86/3.03/NA 16.5/26.8/36 (1.86/3.03/4.07) 16.5/26.8/36 (1.86/3.03/4.07) 16.5/26.8/NA (1.86/3.03/NA) 16.5/26.8/36 (1.86/3.03/4.07) 16.5/26.8/36 (1.86/3.03/4.07) 16.5/26.8/NA (1.86/3.03/NA) 16.5/26.8/36 (1.86/3.03/4.07) 16.5/26.8/36 (1.86/3.03/4.07) 16.5/26.8/NA (1.86/3.03/NA) 16.5/26.8/36 (1.86/3.03/4.07) 16.5/26.8/36 (1.86/3.03/4.07) 16.5/26.8/36 (1.86/3.03/4.07) 0.2 (5.08) 415/674/905 (1846/2998/4026) 10 (254) 16.5/26.8/36 (1.86/3.03/4.07) 0.5 (12.7) 166/269/362 (738/1197/1610) 25 (635) 16.5/26.8/36 (1.86/3.03/4.07) (nominal)* Screw Lead in (mm) in (mm) *  lease note that stroke mm are nominal dimensions. **Inertia +/– 5% P See page 13 for definition of terms. lb-in (N-m) Maximum Static Load lb (N) Armature Inertia** lb-in-s2 (Kg-m2) 1250 (5560) 0.00101 (0.000114) 1250 (5560) 0.00114 (0.000129) 1250 (5560) 0.00133 (0.000150) 1250 (5560) 0.00143 (0.000162) 2700 (12010) 0.00319 (0.000360) 2700 (12010) 0.00361 (0.000408) 2700 (12010) 0.00416 (0.00047) 2700 (12010) 0.00443 (0.000501) 2700 (12010) 0.00473 (0.000534) 2700 (12010) 0.00533 (0.000602) Dynamic Load Rating lb (N) 2075 (9230) 1540 (6850) 1230 (5471) 2075 (9230) 1540 (6850) 1230 (5471) 2075 (9230) 1540 (6850) 1230 (5471) 2075 (9230) 1540 (6850) 1230 (5471) 5516 (24536) 5800 (25798) 4900 (21795) 5516 (24536) 5800 (25798) 4900 (21795) 5516 (24536) 5800 (25798) 4900 (21795) 5516 (24536) 5800 (25798) 4900 (21795) 5516 (24536) 5800 (25798) 4900 (21795) 5516 (24536) 5800 (25798) Weight (approx.) lb (kg) GSX Series GSX20 & GSX30 Performance Specifications 6.5 (2.9) 8.0 (3.6) 9.5 (4.3) 11.0 (4.9) 9.5 (4.3) 11.5 (5.2) 19 (8.6) 20.5 (9.3) 20.5 (9.3) 25 (11.3) 4900 (21795) Specifications subject to change without notice. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 11 GSX40 Series Linear Actuators GSX40 Performance Specifications Model No. Stroke Frame Size (nominal)* Screw Lead in (mm) Continuous Force Rating Max Velocity Continuous Motor Torque lb (N) 1/2/3 stack in/sec (mm/sec) 2393/3966/NA (10645/17642/NA) 5 (127) 0.2 (5.08) 1196/1983/NA (5320/8821/NA) 10 (254) 0.5 (12.7) 479/793/NA (2131/3527/NA) 25 (635) GSX40-0608 0.75 (19.05) 319/529/NA (1419/2353/NA) 37.5 (953) GSX40-0801 0.1 (2.54) 2393/3966/NA (10645/17642/NA) 5 (127) 7900 (35141) 0.2 (5.08) 1196/1983/2692 (5320/8821/11975) 10 (254) 0.5 (12.7) 479/793/1077 (2131/3527/4791) 25 (635) GSX40-0808 0.75 (19.05) 319/529/718 (1419/2353/3194) 37.5 (953) 6335 (28179) GSX40-1001 0.1 (2.54) 2393/3966/NA (10645/17642/NA) 5 (127) 7900 (35141) 0.2 (5.08) 1196/1983/2692 (5320/8821/11975) 10 (254) 0.5 (12.7) 479/793/1077 (2131/3527/4791) 25 (635) GSX40-1008 0.75 (19.05) 319/529/718 (1419/2353/3194) 37.5 (953) 6335 (28179) GSX40-1201 0.1 (2.54) 2393/3966/NA (10645/17642/NA) 5 (127) 7900 (35141) 0.2 (5.08) 1196/1983/2692 (5320/8821/11975) 10 (254) 0.5 (12.7) 479/793/1077 (2131/3527/4791) 25 (635) GSX40-1208 0.75 (19.05) 319/529/718 (1419/2353/3194) 37.5 (953) 6335 (28179) GSX40-1801 0.1 (2.54) 2393/3966/NA (10645/17642/NA) 5 (127) 7900 (35141) 0.2 (5.08) 1196/1983/2692 (5320/8821/11975) 10 (254) 0.5 (12.7) 479/793/1077 (2131/3527/4791) 25 (635) GSX40-0605 GSX40-0802 GSX40-0805 GSX40-1002 GSX40-1005 GSX40-1202 GSX40-1205 GSX40-1802 3.9 (99) 3.9 (99) 3.9 (99) 3.9 (99) 3.9 (99) 6 (150) 8 (200) 10 (250) 12 (305) 18 (457) GSX40-1805 * Please note that stroke mm are nominal dimensions. **Inertia +/– 5% See page 13 for definition of terms. 12 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com lb (N) Weight (approx.) 6335 (28179) GSX40-0602 lb-in-s2 (Kg-m2) Dynamic Load Rating 0.1 (2.54) GSX40-0601 lb (N) Armature Inertia** in (mm) in (mm) lb-in (N-m) Maximum Static Load lb (kg) 7900 (35141) 47.6/78.9/NA (5.38/8.91/NA) 47.6/78.9/107.1 (5.38/8.91/12.1) 47.6/78.9/107.1 (5.38/8.91/12.1) 47.6/78.9/107.1 (5.38/8.91/12.1) 47.6/78.9/107.1 (5.38/8.91/12.1) 5400 (24020) 5400 (24020) 5400 (24020) 5400 (24020) 5400 (24020) 0.0152 ( 0.001717) 0.0163 ( 0.001842) 0.0175 (0.001977) 0.0186 ( 0.002102) 0.022 (0.002486) 8300 (36920) 7030 (31271) 8300 (36920) 7030 (31271) 8300 (36920) 7030 (31271) 8300 (36920) 7030 (31271) 8300 (36920) 20 (9.1) 24 (10.9) 28 (12.7) 32 (14.5) 44 (20) 7030 (31271) Specifications subject to change without notice. GSX50 & GSX60 Performance Specifications Model No. Frame Size in (mm) Stroke (nominal)* Screw Lead in (mm) in (mm) Continuous Force Rating Max Velocity Continuous Motor Torque 0.1 (2.54) 5127/8544/NA (22806/38006/NA) 4 (101.6) 0.2 (5.08) 2564/4272/NA (11405/19003/NA) 8 (203) 0.5 (12.7) 1026/1709/NA (4564/7602/NA) 20 (508) GSX50-0610 1.0 (2.54) 513/855/NA (2282/3803/NA) 40 (1016) GSX50-1001 0.1 (2.54) 5127/8544/NA (22806/38006/NA) 4 (101.6) 0.2 (5.08) 2564/4272/5655 (11405/19003/25155) 8 (203) 0.5 (12.7) 1026/1709/2261 (4564/7602/10057) 20 (508) 1.0 (25.4) 513/855/1131 (2282/3803/5031) 40 (1016) 0.2 (5.08) 2564/4272/5655 (11405/19003/25155) 8 (203) 0.5 (12.7) 1026/1709/2261 (4564/7602/10057) 20 (508) 0.25 (6.35) 5098/NA/NA (22677/NA/NA) 10 (254) 0.5 (12.7) 2549/NA/NA (11339/NA/NA) 20 (508) GSX60-0610 1.0 (25.4) 1275/NA/NA (5671/NA/NA) 40 (1018) GSX60-1003 0.25 (6.35) 5098/8656/12389 (22677/38504/55109) 10 (254) 25300 (112540) 0.5 (12.7) 2549/4328/6195 (11339/19252/27557) 20 (508) 1.0 (25.4) 1275/2164/3097 (5671/9626/13776) 40 (1018) GSX50-1002 GSX50-1005 5.0 (127) 6 (150) 10 (250) GSX50-1010 GSX50-1402 GSX50-1405 5.0 (127) 14 (355) GSX60-0603 GSX60-0605 GSX60-1005 GSX60-1010 7.0 (178) 7.0 (178) 6 (150) 10 (250) * Please note that stroke mm are nominal dimensions. **Inertia +/– 5% lb (N) Weight (approx.) 21200 (94302) GSX50-0605 5.0 (127) lb-in-s2 (Kg-m2) Dynamic Load Rating in/sec (mm/sec) GSX50-0602 lb (N) Armature Inertia** lb (N) 1/2/3 stack GSX50-0601 lb-in (N-m) Maximum Static Load lb (kg) GSX Series GSX50 & GSX60 Series Linear Actuators 15693 (69806) 102/170/NA (11.5/19.2/NA) 13200 (58717) 0.03241 (0.003662) 13197 (58703) 11656 (51848) 54 (24) 6363 (28304) 102/170/NA (11.5/19.2/NA) 102/170/226 (11.5/19.2/25.5) 15693 (69806) 13200 (58717) 0.03725 (0.004209) 13197 (58703) 11656 (51848) 62 (28) 6363 (28304) 102/170/226 (11.5/19.2/25.5) 13200 (58717) 0.04208 (0.004756) 13197 (58703) 11656 (51848) 70 (32) 25300 (112540) 241/NA/NA (27/NA/NA) 241/409/585 (27/46/66) 25000 (111200) 25000 (111200) 0.1736 (0.019614) 0.1943 (0.021953) 22800 (101420) 22800 (101420) 69 (31) 101 (46) 21200 (94302) Specifications subject to change without notice. Definition of Terms: Force Rating: The linear force produced by the actuator at continuous motor torque. Max Velocity: The linear velocity that the actuator will achieve at rated motor rpm. Continuous Motor Torque: Torque produced by the motor at rated continuous current. Maximum Static Load: The mechanical load limit of the actuator if re-circulated oil or other cooling method is used to allow higher than rated torque from the motor. Armature Inertia: The rotary inertia of the armature of the GSX Series actuators. For calculation purposes, this value includes the screw inertia in a GSX actuator. Dynamic Load Rating: A design constant used in calculating the estimated travel life of the roller screw. The cubic mean load is the load at which the device will perform one million revolutions. GSX offers 1, 2, or 3 stack stators providing 3 torque force levels. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 13 GSX20 Series Linear Actuators GSX20 Mechanical and Electrical Specifications Nominal Backlash in (mm) 0.004 (.10) Maximum Backlash (pre-loaded) in (mm) 0.0 Lead Accuracy in/ft (mm/300 mm) Maximum Radial Load 0.001 (.025) lb (N) 20 (90) Environmental Rating: Standard IP65 Motor Stator 118 138 158 168 218 238 258 268 318* 338* 358* 368* lbf-in (Nm) 7.6 (0.86) 7.3 (0.83) 7.0 (0.79) 7.0 (0.79) 11.9 (1.35) 11.5 (1.30) 11.2 (1.27) 11.3 (1.28) 15.3 (1.73) 15.3 (1.73) 14.8 (1.67) 15.0 (1.69) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 2.5 (0.28) 5.2 (0.59) 8.3 (0.94) 9.5 (1.07) 2.5 (0.28) 5.2 (0.59) 8.9 (1.00) 10.2 (1.15) 2.3 (0.26) 5.3 (0.60) 8.8 (0.99) 10.2 (1.15) Greased (IG) A 3.4 1.6 0.9 0.8 5.4 2.5 1.4 1.2 7.3 3.2 1.9 1.6 Oiled (IL) A 6.9 3.1 1.9 1.6 10.8 4.9 2.8 2.5 14.6 6.5 3.8 3.3 Amps 6.9 3.1 1.9 1.6 10.8 4.9 2.8 2.5 14.6 6.5 3.8 3.3 lbf-in (Nm) 7.3 (0.82) 7.0 (0.79) 6.7 (0.76) 6.7 (0.76) 11.4 (1.29) 11.0 (1.24) 10.7 (1.21) 10.8 (1.22) 14.7 (1.66) 14.6 (1.65) 14.1 (1.60) 14.3 (1.61) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 1.9 (0.22) 4.1 (0.46) 6.5 (0.73) 7.4 (0.84) 1.9 (0.22) 4.1 (0.46) 6.9 (0.78) 7.9 (0.89) 1.8 (0.21) 4.1 (0.46) 6.9 (0.77) 7.9 (0.89) Greased (IG) A 4.2 1.9 1.1 1.0 6.6 3.0 1.7 1.5 9.0 4.0 2.3 2.0 Oiled (IL) A 8.4 3.9 2.3 2.0 13.2 6.0 3.5 3.0 17.9 8.0 4.6 4.0 Amps 8.4 3.9 2.3 2.0 13.2 6.0 3.5 3.0 17.9 8.0 4.6 4.0 Vrms/Krpm 16.9 35.6 56.9 64.9 16.9 35.6 60.5 69.4 16.0 36.0 60.0 69.4 Vpk/Krpm 23.9 50.3 80.5 91.8 23.9 50.3 85.5 98.1 22.6 50.9 84.9 98.1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Ohms 2.6 12.5 35.2 45.8 1.1 5.3 16.0 20.7 0.62 3.1 9.4 12.2 mH 5.1 22.8 58.3 75.8 2.5 11.0 31.7 41.7 1.5 7.4 20.5 27.4 RMS Sinusoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Continuous Current Rating: Peak Current Rating Trapezoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Continuous Current Rating Peak Current Rating Motor Stator Data Voltage Constant (Ke) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L)(+/– 5% @ 25˚C) Inductance (L-L)(+/– 15%) Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2) Brake Current @ 24 VDC 0.00012 (0.135) A Brake Holding Torque 0.33 lbf-in (Nm) 19 (2.2) ms 14/28 Brake Engage/Disengage Time Mechanical Time Constant (tm), ms min Damping Constant 6.5 7.1 7.1 2.5 2.7 2.9 2.8 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.7 8.5 9.2 10.1 10.1 3.6 3.9 4.0 4.0 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.4 ms Electrical Time Constant (te) 6.0 max 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.7 2.2 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.4 2.4 2.2 2.2 lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) 0.55 (0.06) 0.55 (0.06) 0.55 (0.06) Friction Torque lbf-in (Nm) 1.00 (0.11) 1.00 (0.11) 1.00 (0.11) Additional Friction Torque for Preloaded Screw lbf-in (Nm) 1.25 (0.14) 1.25 (0.14) 1.25 (0.14) Bus Voltage Vrms Speed @ Bus Voltage rpm 115 230 400 460 115 230 Insulation Class All ratings at 25 degrees Celsius For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by .707 and current by 1.414. *Refer to performance specifications on page 11 for availability of 3 stack stator by stroke/lead combination. Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 10" x 10" x 1/4" 14 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 400 460 115 230 400 460 5000 180 (H) Specifications subject to change without notice. GSX30 Series Linear Actuators Nominal Backlash in (mm) 0.004 (.10) Maximum Backlash (pre-loaded) in (mm) GSX Series GSX30 Mechanical and Electrical Specifications 0.0 Lead Accuracy in/ft (mm/300 mm) Maximum Radial Load 0.001 (.025) lb (N) 30 (134) Environmental Rating: Standard IP65 Motor Stator 118 138 158 168 218 238 258 268 318* 338* 358* 368* lbf-in (Nm) 16.6 (1.87) 16.5 (1.77) 15.7 (1.78) 15.7 (3.03) 26.8 (3.03) 26.8 (3.02) 26.7 (3.01) 26.7 (4.38) 38.7 (4.33) 38.3 (4.10) 36.3 (4.10) 36.3 lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 4.4 (0.49) 8.7 (0.99) 15.5 (1.75) 17.5 (1.98) 4.4 (0.49) 8.7 (0.99) 15.5 (1.75) 17.5 (1.98) 4.4 (0.50) 8.7 (0.98) 15.7 (1.77) 17.6 (1.98) RMS Sinusoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Greased (IG) A 2.1 1.1 1.0 6.9 3.4 1.9 1.7 9.7 4.9 2.6 2.3 8.5 4.2 2.3 2.0 13.7 6.8 3.8 3.4 19.5 9.9 5.2 4.6 Amps 8.5 4.2 2.3 2.0 13.7 6.8 3.8 3.4 19.5 9.9 5.2 4.6 lbf-in (Nm) 15.9 (1.78) 15.8 (1.69) 14.9 (1.70) 15.0 (2.89) 25.6 (2.89) 25.6 (2.88) 25.5 (2.88) 25.5 (4.18) 37.0 (4.13) 36.6 (3.91) 34.6 (3.92) 34.7 lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 3.4 (0.39) 6.8 (0.77) 12.1 (1.37) 13.6 (1.54) 3.4 (0.39) 6.8 (0.77) 12.1 (1.37) 13.6 (1.54) 3.5 (0.39) 6.8 (0.76) 12.2 1.38 13.7 (1.55) Greased (IG) A 5.2 2.6 1.4 1.2 8.4 4.2 2.4 2.1 11.9 6.0 3.2 2.8 Oiled (IL) A 10.4 5.2 2.8 2.5 16.8 8.4 4.7 4.2 23.9 12.1 6.3 5.7 Amps 10.4 5.2 2.8 2.5 16.8 8.4 4.7 4.2 23.9 12.1 6.3 5.7 Vrms/Krpm 29.9 59.7 106.0 119.5 29.9 59.7 106.0 119.5 30.3 59.2 106.9 119.9 Vpk/Krpm 42.2 84.5 149.9 169.0 42.2 84.5 149.9 168.9 42.9 83.8 151.2 169.6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Ohms 2.8 11.2 39.5 49.6 1.1 4.5 14.1 18.0 0.65 2.6 9.3 11.6 mH Peak Current Rating 4.2 Oiled (IL) A Continuous Current Rating: 7.7 30.7 96.8 123.0 3.7 14.7 46.2 58.7 2.5 9.5 30.9 38.8 Trapezoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Continuous Current Rating: Peak Current Rating Motor Stator Data Voltage Constant (Ke) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L)(+/– 5% @ 25˚C) Inductance (L-L)(+/– 15%) Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2) Brake Current @ 24 VDC 0.00033 (0.38) A Brake Holding Torque .05 lbf-in (Nm) Brake Engage/Disengage Time Mechanical Time Constant (tm), ms 70 (8) ms 19/29 Electrical Time Constant (te) Damping Constant min 6.5 6.5 7.3 7.2 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 1.5 1.5 1.7 1.7 max 10.8 10.9 12.2 12.0 4.3 4.3 4.4 4.4 2.5 2.5 2.8 2.8 ms 2.8 2.7 2.5 2.5 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.8 3.7 3.3 3.3 lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) 1.23 (.14) 1.23 (.14) 1.23 (.14) Friction Torque lbf-in (Nm) 2.00 (0.23) 2.00 (0.23) 2.00 (0.23) Additional Friction Torque for Preloaded Screw lbf-in (Nm) 1.75 (0.20) 1.75 (0.20) 1.75 (0.20) Bus Voltage Vrms Speed @ Bus Voltage rpm 115 230 400 460 115 230 Insulation Class All ratings at 25 degrees Celsius For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by .707 and current by 1.414. *Refer to performance specifications on page 11 for availability of 3 stack stator by stroke/lead combination. Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 10" x 10" x 3/8" 400 460 115 230 400 460 3000 180 (H) Specifications subject to change without notice. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 15 GSX40 Series Linear Actuators GSX40 Mechanical and Electrical Specifications Nominal Backlash in (mm) 0.004 (.10) Maximum Backlash (pre-loaded) in (mm) 0.0 Lead Accuracy in/ft (mm/300 mm) Maximum Radial Load 0.001 (.025) lb (N) 40 (179) Environmental Rating: Standard IP65 Motor Stator 118 138 158 168 238 258 268 338* 358* 368* lbf-in (Nm) 47.6 (5.38) 47.6 (5.37) 44.7 (5.05) 45.5 (5.14) 78.8 (8.91) 78.8 (8.91) 79.7 (9.00) 107.1 (12.10) 105.5 (11.92) 107.1 (12.10) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 4.1 (0.46) 8.2 (0.93) 14.6 (1.65) 16.8 (1.90) 8.2 (0.93) 14.6 (1.65) 16.8 (1.90) 8.4 (0.95) 14.6 (1.65) 16.8 (1.90) Greased (IG) A 12.9 6.5 3.4 3.0 10.7 6.0 5.3 14.2 8.1 7.1 Oiled (IL) A 25.9 12.9 6.9 6.0 21.4 12.1 10.6 28.5 16.2 14.2 Amps 25.9 12.9 6.9 6.0 21.4 12.1 10.6 28.5 16.2 14.2 lbf-in (Nm) 45.5 (5.14) 45.4 (5.13) 42.7 (4.83) 43.5 (4.91) 75.3 (8.51) 75.3 (8.50) 76.1 (8.60) 102.3 (11.56) 100.7 (11.38) 102.3 (11.56) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 3.2 (0.36) 6.4 (0.72) 11.4 (1.28) 13.1 (1.48) 6.4 (0.72) 11.4 (1.28) 13.1 (1.48) 6.6 (0.74) 11.4 (1.28) 13.1 (1.48) Greased (IG) A 15.9 7.9 4.2 3.7 13.1 7.4 6.5 17.4 9.9 8.7 Oiled (IL) A 31.7 15.8 8.4 7.4 26.3 14.8 13.0 34.9 19.8 17.4 Amps 31.7 15.8 8.4 7.4 26.3 14.8 13.0 34.9 19.8 17.4 Vrms/Krpm 28.1 56.1 99.5 114.8 56.1 99.5 114.8 57.4 99.5 114.8 Vpk/Krpm 39.7 79.4 140.7 162.4 79.4 140.7 162.4 81.2 140.7 162.4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Ohms 0.4 1.7 6.0 7.8 0.7 2.26 3.0 0.5 1.52 1.9 mH 3.0 11.9 37.5 49.9 5.8 18.2 24.2 4.0 12.0 16.0 RMS Sinusoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Continuous Current Rating: Peak Current Rating Trapezoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Continuous Current Rating: Peak Current Rating Motor Stator Data Voltage Constant (Ke) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L)(+/– 5% @ 25˚C) Inductance (L-L)(+/– 15%) Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2) Brake Current @ 24 VDC 0.00096 (1.08) A Brake Holding Torque 0.67 lbf-in (Nm) 97 (11) ms 20/29 Brake Engage/Disengage Time Mechanical Time Constant (tm), ms min Damping Constant 5.3 6.0 5.8 2.3 2.3 2.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 7.7 7.7 8.7 8.4 3.3 3.3 3.2 2.1 2.2 2.1 ms Electrical Time Constant (te) 5.3 max 7.0 7.0 6.2 6.4 8.0 8.0 8.2 8.2 7.9 8.2 lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) 3.25 (0.37) 3.25 (0.37) 3.25 (0.37) Friction Torque lbf-in (Nm) 4.5 (0.51) 4.5 (0.51) 4.5 (0.51) Additional Friction Torque for Preloaded Screw lbf-in (Nm) 3.00 (0.34) 3.00 (0.34) 3.00 (0.34) Bus Voltage Vrms Speed @ Bus Voltage rpm 115 230 400 460 230 Insulation Class All ratings at 25 degrees Celsius For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by .707 and current by 1.414. *Refer to performance specifications on page 12 for availability of 3 stack stator by stroke/lead combination. Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 12" x 12" x 1/2" 16 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 400 460 230 400 460 3000 180 (H) Specifications subject to change without notice. FT80 GSX50 Series Linear Actuators Nominal Backlash in (mm) 0.004 (.10) Maximum Backlash (pre-loaded) in (mm) GSX Series GSX50 Mechanical and Electrical Specifications 0.0 Lead Accuracy in/ft (mm/300 mm) Maximum Radial Load 0.001 (.025) lb (N) 75 (337) Environmental Rating: Standard IP65 Motor Stator 138 158 168 238 258 268 358* 368* lbf-in (Nm) 106.9 (12.07) 104.4 (11.80) 106.2 (12.00) 179.2 (20.25) 178.2 (20.13) 177.2 (20.02) 236.4 (26.71) 237.5 (26.83) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 11.8 (1.33) 20.1 (2.28) 23.5 (2.66) 11.8 (1.33) 20.1 (2.28) 23.5 (2.66) 20.1 (2.28) 23.9 (2.70) RMS Sinusoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Greased (IG) A 5.8 5.0 17.0 9.9 8.4 13.1 11.1 20.3 11.6 10.1 34.1 19.8 16.8 26.2 22.2 Amps 20.3 11.6 10.1 34.1 19.8 16.8 26.2 22.2 lbf-in (Nm) 102.0 (11.53) 99.7 (11.26) 101.5 (11.46) 171.1 (19.34) 170.1 (19.22) 169.2 (19.12) 225.8 (25.51) 226.8 (25.62) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 9.2 (1.04) 15.7 (1.77) 18.3 (2.07) 9.2 (1.04) 15.7 (1.77) 18.3 (2.07) 15.7 (1.77) 18.7 (2.11) Greased (IG) A 12.4 7.1 6.2 20.9 12.1 10.3 16.1 13.6 Oiled (IL) A 24.9 14.2 12.4 41.7 24.2 20.6 32.1 27.2 Amps 24.9 14.2 12.4 41.7 24.2 20.6 32.1 27.2 Vrms/Krpm 80.3 137.6 160.6 80.3 137.6 160.6 137.6 163.4 Vpk/Krpm 113.5 194.6 227.1 113.5 194.6 227.1 194.6 231.1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Ohms 1.00 3.09 4.06 0.37 1.11 1.52 0.66 0.92 mH Peak Current Rating 10.2 Oiled (IL) A Continuous Current Rating: 23.7 69.6 94.8 10.7 31.6 43.0 20.3 28.7 Trapezoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Continuous Current Rating: Peak Current Rating Motor Stator Data Voltage Constant (Ke) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L)(+/– 5% @ 25˚C) Inductance (L-L)(+/– 15%) Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2) Brake Current @ 24 VDC 0.0084 (9.5) A Brake Holding Torque 1 lbf-in (Nm) Brake Engage/Disengage Time Mechanical Time Constant (tm), ms 354 (40) ms 25/73 Damping Constant 3.3 3.4 3.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 0.7 0.7 4.7 5.0 4.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.1 1.0 ms Electrical Time Constant (te) min max 23.6 22.6 23.4 28.9 28.5 28.2 31.0 31.2 lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) 7.00 (0.79) 7.00 (0.79) 7.00 (0.79) Friction Torque lbf-in (Nm) 8.00 (0.90) 8.00 (0.90) 8.00 (0.90) Additional Friction Torque for Preloaded Screw lbf-in (Nm) 6.00 (0.68) 6.00 (0.68) 6.00 (0.68) Bus Voltage Vrms Speed @ Bus Voltage rpm 230 400 460 Insulation Class For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by .707 and current by 1.414. Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 12" x 12" x 1/2" 230 400 460 400 460 2400 180 (H) Specifications subject to change without notice. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 17 GSX60 Series Linear Actuators GSX60 Mechanical and Electrical Specifications Nominal Backlash in (mm) 0.004 (.10) Maximum Backlash (pre-loaded) in (mm) 0.0 Lead Accuracy in/ft (mm/300 mm) Maximum Radial Load 0.001 (.025) lb (N) 100 (445) Environmental Rating: Standard IP65 Motor Stator 138 158 168 238 258 268 358 368 lbf-in (Nm) 252.6 (28.53) 249.9 (28.23) 252.6 (28.53) 424.8 (47.79) 423.0 (47.79) 427.5 (48.30) 604.2 (68.26) 615.0 (69.49) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 12.6 (1.42) 21.8 (2.46) 25.2 (2.84) 12.6 (1.42) 21.8 (2.46) 25.2 (2.84) 21.4 (2.42) 25.2 (2.84) Greased (IG) A 22.4 12.8 11.2 37.7 21.7 19.0 31.6 27.3 Oiled (IL) A 44.9 25.6 22.4 75.5 43.4 38.0 63.1 54.6 Amps 44.9 25.6 22.4 75.5 43.4 38.0 63.1 54.6 lbf-in (Nm) 241.2 (27.25) 238.6 (26.96) 241.2 (27.25) 405.7 (45.83) 404.0 (45.65) 408.3 (46.13) 577.0 (65.19) 587.3 (66.35) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 9. 8 (1.11) 17.0 (1.92) 19.6 (2.22) 9.8 (1.11) 17.0 (1.92) 19.6 (2.22) 16.7 (1.88) 19.6 (2.22) Greased (IG) A 27.5 15.7 13.7 46.2 26.5 23.3 38.7 33.4 Oiled (IL) A 54.9 31.4 27.5 92.4 53.0 46.5 77.3 66.9 Amps 54.9 31.4 27.5 92.4 53.0 46.5 77.3 66.9 Vrms/Krpm 85.9 148.9 171.8 85.9 149.9 171.8 146.1 171.8 Vpk/Krpm 121.5 210.6 243.0 121.5 210.6 243.0 206.6 243.0 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Ohms 0.33 1.0 1.3 0.13 0.41 0.53 0.23 0.30 mH 8.3 24.8 33.0 3.9 11.8 15.8 7.5 10.3 RMS Sinusoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Continuous Current Rating: Peak Current Rating Trapezoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Continuous Current Rating: Peak Current Rating Motor Stator Data Voltage Constant (Ke) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L)(+/– 5% @ 25˚C) Inductance (L-L)(+/– 15%) Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2) Brake Current @ 24 VDC 0.02815 (31.8) A Brake Holding Torque 1.45 lbf-in (Nm) Brake Engage/Disengage Time 708 (80) ms Mechanical Time Constant (tm), ms 53/97 min Damping Constant 5.1 5.0 2.0 2.1 2.0 1.2 1.2 5.6 5.7 5.6 2.3 2.3 2.3 1.3 1.3 ms Electrical Time Constant (te) 5.0 max 25.4 24.6 25.1 29.4 29.1 29.8 33.0 34.2 lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) 28.0 (3.16) 28.0 (3.16) 28.0 (3.16) Friction Torque lbf-in (Nm) 20.0 (2.26) 20.0 (2.26) 20.0 (2.26) Additional Friction Torque for Preloaded Screw lbf-in (Nm) 6.00 (0.68) 6.00 (0.68) 6.00 (0.68) Bus Voltage Vrms Speed @ Bus Voltage rpm 230 400 460 Insulation Class For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by .707 and current by 1.414. Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 16" x 16" x 1" The GSX60-06 can only accommodate a single stack stator. 18 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 230 400 460 400 460 2400 180 (H) Specifications subject to change without notice. GSX Series – System Configuration GSX Series actuators include an integrated brushless servo motor. Exlar’s unique design gives users a variety of the feedback configuration options so GSX units can be powered by almost any brushless motor amplifier on the market. motion control systems. In anything from food and beverage packaging, to multi-axis turning centers, to aircraft assembly, GSX Series units show incredible performance and durability. This flexibility means GSX actuators can be incorporated into today’s highest performance single and multi-axis GSX Series FT80 Series Linear Actuators GSX The schematic below shows the typical connections for a single axis system with actuator and servo amplifier. I/O Connections Typical Servo Amplifier Brake Cable (if needed) Motor Feedback Cable Feedback Connections Motor Power Cable Motor and Power connections To line power Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 19 GSX Series Linear Actuators Oil Cooling and Lubrication Consult Exlar if you plan to use oil cooling. Exlar GSX series actuators can be lubricated with either grease or oil. All are shipped from the factory fully greased and are capable of functioning for many thousands of hours between re-greasings. Typically, greased lubrication is preferred for lower speed or intermittent duty applications. In these situations, you simply mount the actuator, connect the servo amplifier, and run. However, many GSX Series actuators are deployed into applications involving high speed, high force, or both. To provide the cooling required when operating at these high power levels and/or to eliminate periodic re-greasing, all GSX units have another built-in feature. They are designed with an internal circulation path and the portings necessary for customers to convert from grease by connecting a recirculation oil system. This feature makes GSX units the only all-electric actuators on the market capable of true continuous-duty performance in moderate and high power applications when heat is an issue. The conversion to externally supplied oil is simple. Identify which port will be lowest when the actuator is mounted. That will become the oil supply side. For optimum cooling it is important that GSX actuators are mounted so the high-side port is at least above the unit’s centerline, preferably in the top quarter region. This assures that the stator windings receive the oil’s cooling benefits. Just connect your oil lines and you’re done (See note 1 on page 21). Residual grease will be flushed out and filtered during initial operation. A typical oil cooling system is shown below. Whenever application requirements are such that the RMS current requirement exceeds the continuous current rating of the GSX motor, oil cooling should be used to keep case temperatures below their 85˚C maximum specification. For very high speed applications, consult Exlar for oil routing recommendations. Simple Oil System Schematic As shown in the schematic to the right, a check valve or other method of pressure regulation should be used to maintain an internal actuator oil pressure of 5 psi. Locate oil system as close to actuator as possible. Use as large as possible oil line to minimize any possibility of flow restriction. The inlet port should be located higher than the outlet port. 5 psi Check Valve Oil Reservoir 1/2 psi Check Valve Flow Direction Filtering of 25 microns or better should be used. Simple radiators or heat exchangers can be used to maintain oil temperature. Oil Pump Oil Filter 25 µ or better Radiator/ Heat Exchanger Exlar recommends the use of petroleum based gear oils with EP additive. An ISO 100 grade is suitable for most applications. Examples of this type of oil are: Mobil Mobilgear, Exxon Spartan EP, Shell Omala SG2 and Texaco Meropa. Oils meeting the FDA’s food grade specifications are also available such as Mobil DTE FM 32. 20 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Oil lubrication will extend the life of the actuator and improve its efficiency. More importantly, oil is required in high power applications for cooling. In applications where the RMS current exceeds IG (see electrical specs on pages 14-18), oil lubrication is required in order to maintain Actuator Load Constants: KL = (˚C x Gal ) Hour KL GSX20 KL GSX30 KL GSX40 KL GSX50 KL GSX60 = = = = = 40 70 95 125 260 the case temperature below its maximum of 85˚C (see note 2 bottom of page). When such oil lubrication is required, you can determine oil flow rates and case temperatures from this information: GSX Series FT80 Series Linear Actuators GSX Application Load Factor: FL Where: FL = ( ) Irms IG Irms = actual application current IG = actuator current rating from specifications (see pages 14-18) Use this relationship to determine oil flow requirements: W W = KL FL ∆T Where: ∆ T = TCASE – TOIL Consider The Following Example: A GSX30-238 requires 4 amps of RMS current to perform the required application. The incoming oil temperature is 45K˚C, and we desire to maintain the actuator at it’s maximum case temperature of 8˚C. FL = (4/3.4)2 = 1.38 W = [(1.38 x 70)/(85 – 45)] = 2.415 GAL / HOUR 1. IMPORTANT: Some types of connectors or cabling MAY NOT be used with recirculated oil cooling because they are not constructed to prevent oil from passing through them. Some examples of these are any M23 type connectors (Intercontec/ Interconnectron style), any embedded leads, or ‘M’ connectors with -AB5, AB6, AB7, AB8, AB9, ABA and ABB feedback call outs. Please consult Exlar if you plan to use oil cooling to confirm that your selected connectorization is acceptable for use with oil cooling. New connector and feedback types are added regularly. The XL option should be selected in the product model mask and please indicate the intended use of oil cooling. 2. GSX Series actuators can be ordered with features that allow them to achieve case temperatures of 150˚C. Inquire with Exlar’s application engineers or local representative for details. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 21 GSX Series Linear Actuators Anti-rotation Option The unique design of the GSX Series of linear actuators permits the extending rod to rotate. This simplifies actuator setup by allowing the user to rotate the rod and thread it in and out of the actuator for mechanical attachment or system testing. Anti-rotation Option GSX/M20, GSX/M30, GSX/M40 and GSX60 D A However, this feature also requires that once setup and testing are completed, the rod be kept from rotating so proper linear motion will be maintained. In most applications the actuator’s load is coupled to linear bearings, or some other support device. In these cases the load cannot rotate, and a separate anti-rotation system is not needed. E G øH B F C A second anti-rotate arm is used on GSX20, GSX30 and GSX40, 10 inch and longer stroke. GSX60 uses a single sided anti-rotate for all stroke lengths. For applications in which the load is free to rotate, Exlar offers the anti-rotation systems shown right. Shorter GSX units use an anti-rotation arm on one side of the actuator. Longer strokes (defined above right) use arms on both sides. Dims- in (mm) GSX/M20 GSX/M30 GSX/M40 GSX60 A 0.60 (15.2) 0.79 (20.1) 1.25 (31.8) 1.75 (44.5) B 1.81 (46.0) 2.54 (64.5) 3.78 (96.0) 5.79 (147) C 0.54 (13.7) 0.71 (18.0) 0.98 (24.9) 1.55 (39.4) D 1.00 (25.4) 1.30 (33.0) 1.64 (41.7) 1.94 (49.3) E 0.44 (11.2) 0.44 (11.2) 0.63 (16.0) 0.75 (19.1) F 0.28 (7.11) 0.32 (8.13) 0.38 (9.65) 0.50 (12.7) G 0.31 (7.87) 1.69 (42.9) 1.69 (42.9) 2.81 (71.4) øH 0.37 (9.40) 0.50 (12.7) 0.50 (12.7) 1.00 (25.4) Anti-rotation Option GSX50 2.00 (50.8) 4.750 (120.65) 2.13 (54.1) 0.75 (19.1) R1.09 (R27.7) 2.50 (63.5) 3.84 (97.5) 2.38 (60.5) ø1.00 (25.4) NOTE: GSX50 actuators use one  arm for all stroke lengths. 22 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com GSX Series Travel Options PF = Preloaded Follower This option offers a true zero backlash follower for the GSX Series actuator. The dynamic load rating of zero backlash, preloaded screws is 63% of the dynamic load rating of the standard non-preloaded screws. The calculated travel life of a preloaded screw will be 25% of the calculated travel life of the same size and lead of a non-preloaded screw for the same application. Preloaded follower is not available with LT linear feedback option. AR = External Anti-rotate Assembly This option provides a rod and bushing to restrict the actuator rod from rotating when the load is not held by another method. Shorter actuators have single sided anti-rotation attachments. Longer lengths require attachments on both sides for proper operation. RB = Rear Electric Brake This option provides an internal holding brake for the GSX Series actuators. The brake is spring activated and electrically released. GSX Series GSX Series Linear Actuators XT = Special Travel Option Selections The XT Option can be used to specify various special travel options on the GSX Series of Linear Actuators. Because this option can be used to specify many things, it is important that an order including the -XT option spell out in detail, the exact options being selected by the including of the -XT in the model number. I t is recommended that prior to ordering an actuator including the -XT specifier that a quote be obtained through Exlar’s special products application engineers for the desired options, and that quote be referenced on, or included with any order placed. Descriptions This option provides an accordion style protective bellows to protect the main actuator rod from damage due to abrasives or other contaminants in the environment in which the actuator must survive. The Protective standard material of this bellows is S2 Neoprene Coated Nylon, Sewn Construction. This standard bellows Bellows is rated for environmental temperatures of -40 to 250 degrees F. Longer strokes may require the main rod of the actuator to be extended beyond standard length. Consult Exlar applications engineers for details. This option provides an accordion style protective bellows to protect the main actuator rod from damage High Temp due to abrasives or other contaminants in the environment in which the actuator must survive. The high Protective temperature material of this bellows is D1 Teflon Coated Fiberglass, Sewn Construction. This standard bellows Bellows is rated for environmental temperatures of -67 to 500 degrees F. Longer strokes may require the main rod of the actuator to be extended beyond standard length. Consult Exlar applications engineers for details. This option provides a main rod manufactured of ball spline shafting, and the front seal and bushing assembly replaced with a ball spline nut to provide the anti-rotate function without using an external mechanism. Rod diameters are the closest metric equivalents to standard Exlar rod sizes. This option is Splined NOT sealed in any way. This option is not suitable for any environment in which contaminants come in Main Rod contact with the actuator, and may enter the actuator. Note: due to the reduced diameter of the splined main rod on the GSX50, the standard “A” male metric rod end is not available. An “X” should be used in the rod end location of the model mask. If not otherwise specified by the customer, an M24X2 male rod end will be used. This option provides for a manual drive handwheel on the side of the actuator. The handwheel has a Manual Drive engagement/disengagement lever which allows for disengagement of the handwheel during Handwheel operation. This engagement/disengagement lever is not tied to the operation of the motor and requires that the user guarantee its disengagement before operating the motor. Not available on GSX20. L1, L2, L3 = Adjustable External Travel Switches This option allows up to 3 external switches to be included with the GSX Series Actuator. These switches provide travel indication to the controller and are adjustable (must purchase external anti-rotate for this option). See page 31 for details. XL = Non-Standard Lubrication This option provides for indication in the model number that the customer has specified a lubrication other than the standard provided by Exlar, including the use of oil cooling (page 20). 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 23 GSX Series Linear Actuators Motor Speed Designators Motor Options All Exlar T-LAM™ motors and actuators carry a standard motor speed designator as defined below. This is representative of the standard base speed of the motor, for the selected bus voltage. GSX motor options are described with a 3 digit code. The first digit calls out the stack length, the second the rated bus voltage, and the third the number of poles of the motor. Refer to the mechanical/electrical specifications for motor torque and actuator rated force. If the model number is Base Actuator/ created and the location Designator Speed Motor Series for the motor speed GSX20 5000 rpm -50 designator is left blank, 3000 rpm GSX30, GSX40 -30 this is the base speed to 2400 rpm GSX50, GSX60 -24 which each motor will 01-99 Special Speed, Consult Exlar be manufactured. The model number can also be created including this standard speed designator. Exlar also provides the flexibility to manufacture all of its T-LAM products with special base speeds to match the customer’s exact application requirements. This may be a higher than standard speed motor, or lower base speed than standard which will allow the customer to get the required torque, at a speed optimized to their application, and use the minimum amount of current from their amplifier. The call out for a special speed is configured in the model number by using a two digit code from 01-99. These numbers represent the number, in hundreds, of RPM that will be the base speed for the particular motor. For example, an GSX30-0301-OSM-AD1-118-30 motor that normally has a 3000 rpm standard winding, can be changed to a 3300 rpm winding by changing the -30, to a -33. It can be changed to a 5000 rpm winding by changing the -30 to a -50. Changing this speed designator will change the ratings of the motor, and these must be obtained from Exlar applications engineers. Also, it is not possible to produce every possible speed from -01 to -99 for each motor at each voltage so please contact Exlar applications engineers for confirmation of the speed that is desired for the application. Feedback Options LT = ICT including signal conditioner This option provides for an actuator containing an internally mounted ICT transducer spanning the full stroke of the actuator. Inquire with Exlar engineering for details and signal conditioner output preference. LT not available with absolute feedback. Due to the variability in size of some feedback devices, especially absolute feedback devices which are often very large relative to the size of the actuator motor, the actual size of the actuator may differ in length and width from these drawings for feedback types other than standard resolvers and standard encoders. Please consult Exlar for details. In the event that you order an actuator that differs from these standard dimensions, you will be sent a drawing of the final configuration of your actuator for approval. 24 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 118 = 138 = 158 = 168 = 218 = 238 = 258 = 268 = 318 = 338 = 358 = 368 = 1 stack 2 stack 3 stack 115 Vrms 230 Vrms 400 Vrms 460 Vrms 115 Vrms 230 Vrms 400 Vrms 460 Vrms 115 Vrms 230 Vrms 400 Vrms 460 Vrms 8 Pole Class 180 H 8 Pole Class 180 H 8 Pole Class 180 H Rod End Attachments Rear Clevis Pin Spherical Rod Eye Rod Eye Rod Clevis See drawings on pages 32-35. Attachments ordered separate from actuator. Housing Options FG = Smooth White Epoxy This option provides for an actuator coated with FDA approved white epoxy. EN = Electroless Nickel Plating This option provides for an actuator with electroless nickel plating. SS = Stainless Steel Housing This option provides an actuator with all stainless steel construction. Housing dimensions for this option are not equal to the standard housing. Force, torque and current ratings are reduced 25% with this option. Please inquire with Exlar for dimensions and ratings. HC = Type III Hard Coat Anodized, Class I This option provides an actuator with type III hard coat anodized coating. Class I, no dye. XH = Special Housing Option Any housing option that is not designated by the above codes should be listed as XH and described at time of order. All special options must be discussed with Exlar engineering. GSX20, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount ø2.546 B.C. [64.7] 1.00 25.4 ø 0.2500 + 0.0000 x .250 Deep - 0.750 19.1 0.144 3.66 Single Side Mount On This Side GSX Series GSX Series Linear Actuators 0.0005 6.35 + 0.00 - 0.01 ø 1.500 + 0.000 - 2.240 56.9 1.000 25.4 0.003 0.0 38.10 + 0.1 - 1.120 28.45 2.240 56.9 #10-24 UNC-2A 0.250 6.35 1/4-20 UNC-2B x .375 Deep (x4 SS, x8 DS) 1. Three mounting styles shown 2.  hown view is standard side for single side mount S * If “M” metric tie rod option, thread = M5 x 0.8 * f “J” or “K” metric side mount options, M6 x 1.0 x 9 mm deep I with Ø 6 mm M7 x 9 mm deep dowel hole Dim "B" Dim "A" Oil cooling ports on bottom 1/8" NPT (2X) GSX20 Side Trunnion Mount ø 1.500 38.1 2.740 69.6 1.000 25.4 ø 1.000 ±0.001 25.4 ±0.03 2.240 56.9 3.115 79.1 1.000 25.4 Dim "C" 5.115 129.9 Dim "A" Oil cooling ports on bottom 1/8" NPT (2X) * f “Q” metric side trunnion option, Ø 25 mm h7 I GSX20 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount + 0.001 ø 0.125 - 0.000 0.025 3.2 + 0.000 - ø 0.250 6.4 0.000 ø 0.502+ 0.001 - 12.8 - 0.00 0.03 1.000 25.4 R0.625 15.9 1.000 1.750 25.4 44.5 2.236 56.8 0.438 11.13 3.125 79.4 3.750 95.3 Dim "D" Oil cooling ports on bottom 1/8" NPT (2X) Dim 3" (mm) Stroke A 7.8 (198) 10.8 (274) 14.8 (375) 5.6 (143) 8.6 (219) 12.6 (320) 14.6 (371) C 3.0 (76) 6.0 (152) 10.0 (254) 12.0 (305) D 8.8 (223) 11.8 (299) 15.8 (401) 17.8 (452) 1.500 38.1 16.8 (426) B 0.750 19.1 6" (mm) Stroke 10" (mm) Stroke 12" (mm) Stroke 1. Two mounting styles shown 2.  ith flange mount, dimension A is W equivalent to the top two drawings 0.750 19.1 Note: Add 1.784 Inches to Dims “A & D” if ordering a Brake. * If “G” metric clevis option, ø12 mm +0.01 / –0.06 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. Due to the size of many absolute encoders, the selection of such feedback types for the size 20 and 30 actuators results in a larger package size than is shown in the drawings. Consult Exlar for details, or refer to the drawings provided after receipt of order. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 25 GSX Series Linear Actuators GSX30, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount 1.32 33.5 Ø3.536BC 89.8 Single Side Mount On This Side 3.100 78.7 MAX Ø0.2500 +0.0000 -0.0005 0.00 6.35-0.01 x 0.250 Deep 0.962 24.4 0.090 2.29 Ø2.000 +0.000 -0.003 0.0 50.8-0.1 1/4-20 UNC-2A 1/4-20 UNC-2B x 0.38 Deep (x4 SS, x8 DS) 1.523 38.68 3.046 77.4 1. Three mounting styles shown 2.  hown view is standard side for single side mount S * If “M” metric tie rod option, thread = M6 x 1 *  “J” or “K” metric side mount options, M6 x 1.0 x 9 mm deep If with Ø 6 mm M7 x 9 mm deep dowel hole 1.750 44.5 0.250 6.35 Dim "B" Dim "A" Oil cooling ports on bottom 1/8" NPT front and 1/4" NPT rear If a rear brake is used both ports are 1/8" NPT GSX30 Side Trunnion Mount Ø1.500 38.1 3.546 90.1 Ø1.000 ±0.001 25.40 ±0.03 1.32 33.5 3.100 78.7 MAX 1.000 25.4 3.921 99.6 5.921 150.4 Dim "C" Dim "A" Oil cooling ports on bottom 1/8" NPT front and 1/4" NPT rear If a rear brake is used both ports are 1/8" NPT *f “Q” metric side trunnion option, Ø 25 mm h7 I GSX30 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount 0.250 ±0.0005 6.35 ±0.013 Ø0.397 (4x) 10.08 Ø0.7505 +0.0000 -0.0010 0.00 19.06 -0.03 1.32 33.5 2.430 61.72 3.100 78.7 MAX 3.688 93.7 5.250 133.4 0.438 11.13 5.940 150.9 Dim "D" Oil cooling ports on bottom 1/8" NPT front and 1/4" NPT rear If a rear brake is used both ports are 1/8" NPT Dim 3" (mm) Stroke A 8.2 (209) 6" (mm) Stroke 10" (mm) Stroke 12" (mm) Stroke 14" (mm) Stroke 18" (mm) Stroke 10.7 (272) 15.2 (387) 17.2 (437) 19.2 (488) 23.2 (590) B 6.1 (156) 8.6 (219) 13.1 (333) 15.1 (384) 17.1 (435) 5.4 (137) 8.0 (203) 10.0 (254) 12.0 (305) 14.0 (356) 18.0 (457) D 9.5 (241) 12.0 (304) 16.5 (418) 18.5 (469) 20.5 (520) 24.5 (621) R0.750 19.1 1.250 31.8 21.1 (536) C Note: Add 1.6 Inches to Dims “A & D” if ordering a Brake. * If “G” metric clevis option, ø20 mm +0.00 / –0.07 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 26 0.993 25.2 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 2.500 63.5 1. Two mounting styles shown 2.  ith flange mount, dimension A is W equivalent to the top two drawings Due to the size of many absolute encoders, the selection of such feedback types for the size 20 and 30 actuators results in a larger package size than is shown in the drawings. Consult Exlar for details, or refer to the drawings provided after receipt of order. GSX40, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount GSX Series GSX Series Linear Actuators +0.0000 1.65 41.9 Ø 4.243 (107.8) B.C. Ø 0.3750 - 0.0005 0.00 9.53 - 0.01 1.380 35.1 0.100 2.5 Single Side Mount On This Side x 0.438 Deep 2.499 63.5 3.900 99.1 1.750 44.5 0.313 7.9 3/8-16 UNC-2A 3.900 99.1 Dim "B" Dim "A" 3/8 -16 UNC-2B 1. Three mounting styles shown x 0.75 Deep 2. Shown view is standard side for single side mount  (x4 SS, x8 DS) * If “M” metric tie rod option, thread = M8 x 1.25 * f “J” or “K” metric side mount options, M10 x 1.5 x 19 mm deep I with Ø 8 mm M7 x 12 mm deep dowel hole Oil cooling ports on bottom 1/4” NPT (2X) GSX40 Side Trunnion Mount Ø1.500 ±0.001 38.10 ±0.03 4.400 111.8 Ø 2.000 50.8 1.650 41.9 3.900 99.1 1.000 25.4 4.898 124.4 6.898 175.2 Dim "C" Dim "A" Oil cooling ports on bottom 1/4" NPT (2X) * f “Q” metric side trunnion option, Ø 35 mm h7 I GSX40 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount Ø 0.250 ±0.001 6.4 ±0.025 2.920 74.2 5.250 133.4 6.800 172.7 7.680 195.1 Dim 6" (mm) Stroke + 0.000 Ø 0.752 - 0.001 (4X) 0.00 19.1 - 0.03 1.65 41.9 3.800 96.5 R 0.750 19.1 Ø 0.516 13.1 (4X) 0.625 15.9 1.250 31.8 Dim "D" Oil cooling ports on bottom 1/4” NPT (2X) 8" (mm) Stroke 10" (mm) Stroke 12" (mm) Stroke 18" (mm) Stroke A 12.6 (320) 14.6 (370) 16.6 (421) 18.6 (472) 10.3 (262) 12.3 (313) 14.3 (364) 16.3 (414) 22.3 (567) C 6.0 (152) 8.0 (203) 10.0 (254) 12.0 (305) 18.0 (457) D 14.3 (364) 16.3 (415) 18.3 (466) 20.3 (516) 26.3 (669) 1.250 31.8 24.6 (624) B 2.500 63.5 1. Two mounting styles shown 2.  ith flange mount, dimension A is W equivalent to the top two drawings Note: Add 2.33 Inches to Dims “A & D” if ordering a Brake. * If “G” metric clevis option, ø20 mm +0.00 / –0.07 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 27 GSX Series Linear Actuators GSX50 Single, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount +0.0000 2.125 54.0 Ø6.125B.C. 155.6 3.000 +0.000 -0.003 0.0 76.2 -0.1 90° 5.500 139.7 1.500 38.1 0.125 3.2 Single Side Mount On This Side Ø0.5000 - 0.0005 12.7- 0.0 0.0 x 0.500 Deep (2x) 2.750 [69.9] 5.500 [139.7] 3.000 76.2 1/2-13 UNC-2A .406 [10.3] 1/2-13 UNC-2B x .750 Deep (x4 SS, x8 DS) Dim "B" Dim "A" 1. Three mounting styles shown 2. Shown view is standard side for single side mount  * If “M” metric tie rod option, thread = M12 x 1.75 *  “J” or “K” metric side mount options, M12 x 1.75 x 19 mm deep If with Ø 12 mm M7 x 12 mm deep dowel hole GSX50 Side Trunnion Mount Ø2.500 63.5 Ø2.000 ±0.001 50.8 ±0.0 6.250 [158.8] 2.125 54.0 5.500 139.7 7.000 [177.8] 1.500 [38.1] Dim "C" 10.000 [254.0] Dim "A" *f “Q” metric side trunnion option, Ø 50 mm h7 I GSX50 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount Ø0.250 6.4 (4x) Ø.563 +.0005 Ø14.29 +0.013 -0.000 (4x) 3.250 82.6 (2x) 4.875 123.8 (2x) -0 2.125 [54.0] +0.000 6.500 165.1 (2x) Ø1.001- 0.001 0.0 25.4-0.0 R1.000 25.4 0.750 19.1 7.625 193.7 (4x) Dim "D" 9.500 241.3 Dim A 6" (mm) Stroke 14.3 (364) 10" (mm) Stroke 18.3 (465) 1.510 38.4 14" (mm) Stroke 22.3 (567) B 11.1 (282) 15.1 (384) 19.1 (486) C 6.0 (152) 10.0 (254) 14.0 (356) D 16.6 (421) 20.6 (522) 24.6 (624) Note: Add 2.5 Inches to Dims “A & D” if ordering a Brake. * If “G” metric clevis option, ø27 mm +0.00 / –0.06 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 28 3.000 76.2 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 1. Two mounting styles shown 2.  ith flange mount, dimension A is W equivalent to the top two drawings GSX60 Single, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount +0.0000 Ø0.5000 - 0.0005 X .625 Deep 12.70 - 0.00 0.01 1.94 49.3 Ø 7.778 B.C. 197.6 Single Side Mount On This Side GSX Series GSX Series Linear Actuators 1.65 41.9 0.125 3.2 Ø 3.375 +0.000 - 0.003 6.989 177.5 3.000 76.2 85.73 - 0.00 0.08 9/16-12 UNC-2A 3.400 86.4 5/8-11 UNC-2B x 0.625 Deep (x4 SS, x8 DS 6.800 172.7 0.438 11.1 1. Three mounting styles shown 2.  hown view is standard side for single side mount S * If “M” metric tie rod option, thread = M14 x 2 *  “J” or “K” metric side mount options, M16 x 2.0 x 16 mm deep If with Ø 12 mm M7 x 12 mm deep dowel hole Dim "B" Dim "A" Oil cooling ports on top 1/4" NPT (2X) GSX60 Side Trunnion Mount 7.800 198.1 Ø 3.500 88.90 + 0.000 Ø 2.500 - 0.002 63.50 1.944 49.4 0.00 - 0.05 6.989 177.5 12.550 318.8 Dim "C" 2.000 50.8 8.550 217.2 Dim "A" Oil cooling ports on top 1/4" NPT (2X) * f “Q” metric side trunnion option, Ø 60 mm h9 I GSX60 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount + 0.0005 4XØ 0.250 - 0.0000 + 0.013 6.4 - 0.000 1.940 49.3 4XØ 0.781 19.8 + 0.0000 - 0.0015 0.00 - 0.04 Ø 1.7530 44.53 6.800 172.7 5.375 136.5 8.125 206.4 10.174 12.500 258.4 317.5 0.750 19.1 2.500 63.5 Dim "D" Oil cooling ports on top 1/4" NPT (2X) Dim 6" (mm) Stroke 15.2 (387) 19.2 (488) B 11.9 (302) 15.9 (403) C 6.0 (152) 10.0 (254) D 18.5 (469) 22.5 (571) 5.000 127.0 2.500 63.5 10" (mm) Stroke A R2.125 54.0 Note: Add 3.58 Inches to Dims “A & D” if ordering a Brake. * If “G” metric clevis option, ø45 mm +0.00 / –0.08 1. Two mounting styles shown 2.  ith flange mount, dimension A is W equivalent to the top two drawings Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 29 GSX Series Linear Actuators Rear Brake Extension Option *Brake connector if needed. Dim "A" GSX20 A in (mm) GSX30 GSX40 GSX50 GSX60 1.78 (45.21) 1.61 (40.9) 2.33 (59.18) 2.5 (63.5) 3.575 (90.8) GSX 30 1.61 [40.9] *Consult Exlar for connector and wiring information if ordering brake option. A 30 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com GSX 50 2.50 [63.5] GSX Series Linear Actuators Dim A 3 in (mm) stroke 6 in (mm) stroke 8 in (mm) stroke 10 in (mm) stroke 12 in (mm) stroke 14 in (mm) stroke 18 in (mm) stroke GSX20 5.515 (140.1) 8.515 (216.3) NA NA 12.500 (317.5) 14.515 (368.7) NA NA NA NA GSX30 6.932 (176.1) 9.832 (249.7) NA NA 13.832 (351.3) 15.832 (402.1) 17.832 (452.9) 21.832 (554.5) GSX40 NA NA 9.832 (249.7) 11.83 (300.5) 13.832 (351.3) 15.832 (402.1) NA NA 21.832 (554.5) GSX50 NA NA 11.667 (296.3) NA NA 15.667 (397.9) NA NA 19.667 (499.5) NA NA GSX60 NA NA 10.461 (265.7) NA NA 14.461 (367.3) NA NA NA NA GSX Series GSX20, GSX30, GSX40, GSX50 & GSX60 External Limit Switch Extension Options NA NA 36" Flying Leads L1 The external limit switch option (requires anti-rotate option) for the GSX Series of linear actuators provides the user with 1, 2 or 3 externally mounted adjustable switches for use as the end of travel limit switches or home position sensors. L2 L3 DIM "A" The switches are 9-30 VDC powered, PNP output, with either normally open or normally closed logic operation depending on the switch configuration ordered. Below is a diagram indicating which logic operation will be provided for each switch, based on the option ordered. The number of switches desired is selected by ordering the L1, L2 or L3 option, in which 1, 2 or 3 switches will be provided, respectively. Option SW1 SW2 SW3 L1 Not Supplied Normally Open Not Supplied L2 Normally Closed Not Supplied Normally Closed L3 Normally Closed Normally Open Switch Type Exlar Part Number Turck Part Number Normally Closed Switch 43404 BIM-UNT-RP6X Normally Open Switch 43403 BIM-UNT-AP6X Normally Closed 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 31 GSX Series Linear Actuators Actuator Rod End Options B A *A Dim = 40mm D D B øC øC øE Male Thread øE Female Thread F A B øC D øE F Male U.S. GSX20 B 0.813 (20.7) A 0.375 (9.5) 0.500D (12.7) øC 0.200 (5.1) 0.440 (11.2) 0.750 (19.1) 3⁄8 – 24B – 2A UNF M8 x 1 6g D GSX30 0.750 (19.1) 0.500 (12.7) 0.625 (15.9) 0.281 (7.1) 0.562 (14.3) 0.750 (19.1) 7/16 – 20 UNF– 2A M12 øE x 1.75* 6g GSX40 1.500 (38.1) 1.000 (25.4) øE 1.375 (34.9) 0.381 (9.7) 0.875 (22.2) 1.000 (25.4) 0.750 (19.1) 1.250 (31.8) 1.750 (44.5) 3⁄4 – 16 UNF – 2A Female 1 – 14 UNS – 2A Thread M16 x 1.5 6g GSX50 0.750 (19.1) Male Thread 1.625 (41.3) 1.125 (28.6) GSX60 2.500 (63.5) 1.750 (44.5) 0.550 (14.0) 1.625 (41.3) 1.750 (44.5) 1 1/4 – 12 UNF – 2A M30 x 2 6g in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) 1.250 (31.8) Male Metric Female U.S. Female Metric ø 5/16 – 24 UNF – 2BC M8 x 1 6h 7/16 – 20 UNF – 2B M10 x 1.5 6h 5/8 – 18 UNF – 2B M16 x 1.5 6h 1 – 14 UNS – 2B M24 x 2 6h 7/8 – 14 UNF – 2B M25 x 1.5 6h F M27 x 2 6g Part numbers for rod attachment options indicate the through hole size or pin diameter. Before selecting a spherical rod eye for use with a GSX series actuator, please consult the information on the anti-rotation option for the GSX actuators. D øG G SphericalDrod eyes will allow the rod to rotate if the load is not held. E D F øF øB B E Rod Clevis Dimensions D øG E C D A A øF B C K C H A H J K øJ K H øJ A B C D E øF øG H øJ K 0.787 (20) A 0.787 (20) 1.574 (40) 0.575 (14.6) B 0.375 (9.5) 0.375 (9.5) 0.75 (19.1) NA NA 3/8-24 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) 1.50 (38.1) 0.50 (12.7) 0.765 (19.43) 0.50 (12.7) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 7/16-20 GSX40 RC075 1.125 (28.58) 1.25 (31.75) A 2.375 (60.3) 0.625 (15.88) 1.265 (32.13) 0.75 (19.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.25 (31.75) 1.00 (25.4) C 1.25 (31.75) GSX50 RC100 1.625 (41.2) 1.500 (38.1) øA 3.125 (79.4) 0.750 (19.1) 1.515 (38.5) 1.000 (25.4) 2.000 (50.8) 1.500 (38.1) 1.500 (38.1) 1-14 GSX60 RC138 2.00 (50.8) 2.125 (53.98) C 4.125 (104.78) 1.00 (25.4) 2.032 (51.6) 1.375 (34.93) 2.75 (69.85) 2.00 (50.8) øD (50.8) 2.00 1-1/4 - 12 GSX20 RC038 E in (mm)A GSX30 RC050 in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) B 3/4-16 D Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. A 32 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com F C GSX Series Linear Actuators GSX Series Spherical Rod Eye Dimensions G F D øB E A C H J K A øB C D E F G H J K GSX20 SRM038 1.625 (41.3) .375 (9.525) .906 (23.0) 1.0 (25.6) 12 deg .406 (10.3) .500 (12.7) .688 (17.7) .562 (14.3) 3/8-24 GSX30 SRM044 in (mm) 1.81 (46.0 ) 0.438 (11.13) 1.06 (26.9 ) 1.13 (28.7) 14 deg 0.44 (11.1) 0.56 (14.2) 0.75 (19.1) 0.63 (16.0) 7/16-20 GSX40 SRM075 2.88 (73.2 ) 0.75 (19.1) 1.72 (43.7) 1.75 (44.5) 14 deg 0.69 (17.5) 0.88 (22.3) 1.13 (28.7) 1.00 (25.4) 3/4-16 in (mm) in (mm) GSX50 SRM100 See GSX50 Special Rod Eye drawing below. Requires female rod end. in (mm) Ø1" 7/8" R1 3/8" 1 7/8" LUBE FITTING R1 7/16" 1 1/2" 1"-14 Thread 1 1/2" Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 33 GSX Series Linear Actuators Rod Eye Dimensions A E B A A øA C D F øA B C D E F GSX30 RE050 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.50 (38.1) 0.75 (19.1) 0.63 (15.9) 7/16 - 20 GSX40 RE075 0.75 (19.1) 1.25 (31.8) 2.06 (52.3) 1.13 (28.7) 0.88 (22.3) 3/4 - 16 GSX50 RE100 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) 2.81 (71.4) 1.63 (41.4) 1.19 (30.2) 1 - 14 GSX60 RE138 1.375 (34.93) 2.0 (50.8) 3.44 (87.3) 2.0 (50.8) 1.837 (46.67) 1 1/4 - 12 in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) Clevis Pin Dimensions B C C øE øD A A B C øD øE GSX20 in (mm) CP050-Rear Clevis GSX30 in (mm) CP050-Rod eye, Rod Clevis 2.28 (57.9) 1.94 (49.28) 0.17 (4.32) 0.50" +0.000/-0.002 (12.7 mm +0.00/-0.05) 0.106 (2.69) 2.28 (57.9) 1.94 (49.28) 0.17 (4.32) 0.50" +0.000/-0.002 (12.7 mm +0.00/-0.05) 0.106 (2.69) CP075-Rear Clevis 3.09 (78.5) 2.72 (69.1) 0.19 (4.82) 0.75" +0.000/-0.002 (19.1 mm +0.00/-0.05) 0.14 (3.56) 3.09 (78.5) 2.72 (69.1) 0.19 (4.82) 0.75" +0.000/-0.002 (19.1 mm +0.00/-0.05) 0.14 (3.56) GSX40 in (mm) CP075-Rod eye, Rod Clevis Spherical Eye, Rear Clevis GSX50 in (mm) CP100-Rod eye, Rod Clevis Spherical Eye, Rear Clevis GSX60 in (mm) CP138-Rod eye, Rod Clevis 3.59 (91.2) 3.22 (81.8) 0.19 (4.82) 1.00" +0.000/-0.002 (25.4 mm +0.00/-0.05) 0.14 (3.56) 4.66 (118.3) 4.25 (108) 0.20 (5.08) 1.375" +0.000/-0.002 (34.93 mm +0.00/-0.05) 0.173 (4.39) CP175-Rear Clevis 5.656 (143.6) 5.25 (133.3) 0.203 (5.15) 1.750" +0.000/-0.002 (4.44 mm +0.00/-0.05) 0.173 (4.39) Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 34 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com GSX Series 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 35 GSX Series Ordering Information AA = GSX Actuator Frame Size (Nominal) 20 = 2 in (60 mm) 30 = 3 in (80 mm) 40 = 4 in (100 mm) 50 = 5 in (142 mm) 60 = 7 in (180 mm) BB = Stroke Length 03 = 3 in (75 mm) GSX20, GSX30 06 =  in (150 mm) GSX30 5.9 6 in (152 mm) GSX20, GSX40, GSX50, GSX60 08 = 8 in (200 mm) GSX40 10 = 10 in (250 mm) all models 12 =  in (300 mm) GSX20, GSX30, 12 GSX40 14 = 14 in (355 mm) GSX30, GSX50 18 = 18 in (450 mm) GSX30, GSX40 CC = Lead 01 =  in (GSX20, GSX30, GSX40, 0.1 GSX50)12 02 =  in (GSX20, GSX30, GSX40, 0.2 GSX50) 03 = 0.25 in (GSX60) 04 = 0.4 in (GSX20 only) 05 =  in (GSX30, GSX40, GSX50, 0.5 GSX60) 08 = 0.75 in (GSX40)8 10 = 1.0 in (GSX50, GSX60)9 D M I A D B P = Connections = Manufacturer’s connector6 = Exlar standard M23 style10 = MS style (anodized) = MS style (electroless nickel) = Embedded leads 3 ft. std. =  Embedded leads w/plug 3 ft. std. w/ “A” plug J =  Embedded leads w/ “I” plug, 3' standard X = Special (please specify) E B C F R S D T E J K Q M G X F M A F B W R V L X 36 = Mounting =  Front and rear flange = Rear clevis = Front flange = Rear flange = Side mount = Double side mount = Side trunnion = Extended tie rods = Metric side mount = Metric double side mount = Metric side trunnion = Metric extended tie rods = Metric rear clevis = Special (please specify) = = = = = = = = = = Rod End Male, US std. thread Male, metric thread Female, US std. thread Female, metric thread Male, US std. thread 17-4 SS Male, metric thread 17-4 SS Female, US std. thread 17-4 SS Female, metric thread 17-4 SS Special (please specify) 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com GSXAA - BBCC - D E F - GGG - HHH - II - (XX..XX) GGG = Feedback Type (Also specify the Amplifier/Drive Model being used when ordering) -  tandard Incremental Encoder – 2048 line S (8192 cts) per rev. index pulse, Hall commutation, 5vdc -  tandard Resolver – Size 15, 1024 line S (2048 cts) per rev. two pole resolver -  otor files for use with select Emerson/CT, M Rockwell /AB and Danaher/Kollmorgen Drives are available at www.exlar.com Custom Feedback - Please consult application engineering: XX1 =  iring and feedback device information W must be provided and new feedback callout will be created Allen-Bradley/Rockwell: (Actuators used with Kinetix and/or Sercos based control systems require a 3rd party motion database purchased from AB/Rockwell. Please contact your AB/Rockwell representative for support.) AB5 =  tegmann SRM050 Hiperface multi-turn S absolute encoder - MPL 100mm or higher motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option – Plug & Play feedback option AB6 = Standard Resolver AB7 =  tandard Incremental Encoder – MPL S 100mm or higher motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option AB8 =  tandard Incremental Encoder – MPL S 75mm or less motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option AB9 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn H absolute encoder - MPL 75mm or less motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option – Plug & Play feedback option ABA =  iperface Stegmann SKM036 multi-turn H absolute encoder – MPL 215mm or higher motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option – 460V Stator only – Plug & Play feedback option ABB = Hiperface Stegmann SKM036 multi-turn  absolute encoder – MPL 75mm or less motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option – 460V Stator only – Plug & Play feedback option AMKASYN: AK1 = EnDat Heidenhain EQN1325 multi-turn  absolute encoder – DS motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option AK2 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoder – DS motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Advanced Motion Control: AM1 = Standard Incremental Encoder AM2 =  ncoder 1000 line, w/commutation, 5 VDC E AM3 = Standard Resolver AM5 =  ncoder 5000 line, w/commutation, 5 VDC E API Controls: AP1 = Standard Resolver AP2 =  tandard Incremental Encoder S Aerotech: AR1 =  ncoder 5000 line, w/commutation, 5 VDC E AR2 = Standard Incremental Encoder ABB Robot: BB1 = LTN Resolver Baldor: BD2 =  td Resolver – BSM motor wiring S w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option BD3 =  td Incremental Encoder – BSM motor S wiring w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option Beckhoff: BE1 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoderr – AM2XX motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Baumueller: BM2 = Standard Resolver B&R Automation: BR1 = Standard Resolver BR2 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1325 multi-turn E absolute encoder – 8LS/8LM motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Comau Robot: CM1 = Standard Resolver Copley Controls: CO1 = Standard Incremental Encoder CO2 = Standard Resolver Control Techniques/Emerson: CT1 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn H absolute encoder – FM/UM/EZ motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option CT3 =  iperface Stegmann SKM036 multi-turn H absolute encoder – FM/UM/EZ motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option CT4 =  tandard Incremental Encoder – S FM/UM/EZ motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option CT5 =  td Resolver – FM/UM/EZ motor wiring S w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option CT7 =  ncoder 5000 line, with commutation, E 5 VDC – FM/UM/EZ motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Delta Tau Data Systems: DT1 =  ncoder 1000 line, with commutation, E 5 VDC DT2 = Standard Resolver Elmo Motion Control: EL1 = Standard Resolver EL2 = Standard Incremental Encoder EL3 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoder Emerson/Control Techniques: EM2 =  td Incremental Encoder – NT motor S wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option EM5 =  ncoder 5000 line, with commutation, E 5 VDC – NT motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option Elau: EU1 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn H absolute encoder – SH motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option EU4 =  iperface Stegmann SKM036 multi-turn H absolute encoder – SH motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option Exlar: EX4 = Standard Resolver Fanuc Pulsecoder: Consult Exlar G&L Motion Control/Danaher Motion: GL1 = Std Incremental Encoder – HSM motor  wiring w/ MS connectors for ‘M’ option GL2 = Std Incremental Encoder – LSM-MSM  motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option GSX Series Ordering Information Nachi Robot: NC1 = Tamagawa Serial Encoder Ormec: OR1 = Standard Resolver OR2 =  td Incremental Encoder – G series motor S wiring w/ MS connectors for ‘M’ option Parker Compumotor: PC6 =  td Incremental Encoder – SMH motor S wiring w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option – European only PC7 =  td Resolver – SMH motor wiring w/M23 S connectors for ‘M’ option – European only PC8 =  tandard Incremental Encoder – MPP S series motor wiring w/PS connectors for ‘M’ option – US Only PC9 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn H absolute encoder – MPP motor wiring w/PS connectors for ‘M’ option – US Only PC0 =  tandard Resolver – MPP motor wiring S w/PS connectors for ‘M’ option – US Only Pacific Scientific: PS2 = Standard Incremental Encoder PS3 =  tandard Resolver – PMA motor wiring S w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option Stober Drives: SB3 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoder – ED/EK motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Siemens: SM2 = Standard Resolver – 1FK7 motor wiring  w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option SM3 = EnDat Heidenhain EQN1325 multi-turn  absolute encoder – 1FK7 motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option SM4 = EnDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn  absolute encoder – 1FK7 motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option SEW/Eurodrive: SW1 =  tandard Resolver – CM motor wiring S w/ M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option SW2 = Standard Incremental Encoder SW3 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn H absolute encoder – CM motor wiring w/ M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Whedco: WD1 = Standard Resolver Yaskawa: YS2 =  askawa Absolute Encoder – SGMGH Y motor wiring 40/50/60 Exlar Frame Sizes YS3 =  askawa Absolute Encoder – SGMGH Y motor wiring 20/30 Exlar Frame Sizes HHH = Motor Stator – 8 Pole2 Class 180H 118 = 1 stack 115 218 = 2 stack Vrms 318 = 3 stack 138 = 1 stack 230 238 = 2 stack Vrms 338 = 3 stack 158 = 1 stack 400 258 = 2 stack Vrms 358 = 3 stack 168 = 1 stack 460 268 = 2 stack Vrms 368 = 3 stack II = Motor Speed 24 = 2400 rpm, GSX50, GSX60 30 = 3000 rpm, GSX30, GSX40 50 = 5000 rpm, GSX20 01- 99 = Customer specified base speed XX .. XX = Options Travel Options PF = Preloaded follower1 AR = External anti-rotate assembly RB = Rear electric brake4 RD = Rear manual drive13 SD = Hex side drive HW =  ide handwheel manual drive, S with limit switch XT = Special travel option (see pg. 23),  and high temp protective bellows or splined main rod11 L1/L2/L3 = External limit switches7 GSX Series GL3 =  td Incremental Encoder – NSM motor S wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option GL4 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoder – AKM motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Infranor: IF1 = Standard Resolver Indramat/Bosch-Rexroth: IN6 =  td Resolver – MKD/MHD motor wiring S w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option IN7 =  iperface Stegmann SKM036 multi-turn H absolute encoder – MSK motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option – plug & play option Jetter Technologies: JT1 =  tandard Resolver – JH/JL motor wiring S w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Kollmorgen/Danaher: KM4 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1325 multi-turn E absolute encoder – AKM motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option KM5 =  tandard Resolver – AKM motor wiring S w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option KM6 =  tandard Incremental Encoder – AKM S motor wiring w/ M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Kuka Robot: KU1 = Tyco Size 21 Resolver Kawasaki Robot: KW1 = Kawasaki Special Encoder Lenze/AC Tech: LZ1 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn H absolute encoder – MCS motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option LZ5 =  tandard Resolver – MCS motor wiring S w/ M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option LZ6 =  tandard Incremental Encoder – MCS S motor wiring w/ M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Matuschek: MC1 = LTN Resolver Metronix: MX1 = Standard Resolver MX2 =  iperface Stegmann SKM036 multi-turn H absolute encoder MX3 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoder Mitsubishi: MT1 =  itsubishi Absolute Encoder – HF-SP M motor wiring with ‘M’ option Modicon: MD1 = Standard Resolver Momentum: MN1 =  Hyperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn absolute encoder – MN motor wiring w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option MN2 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1325 multi-turn E absolute encoder – MN motor wiring connectors for ‘M’ option MN3 =  td incremental encoder – MN motor S wiring w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option MN4 =  td resolver – MN motor wiring w/M23 S connectors for ‘M’ option Moog: MG1 = Standard Resolver Motoman Robot: MM1 = Yaskawa Serial Encoder Motor Options XM = Special motor option XL =  pecial lubrication food grade or S Mobilgrease 28 or use of oil cooling, specify Housing Options FG = Smooth white epoxy5 EN = Electroless nickel plating5 HC = Type III hard coat anodized, class I5 SS = Stainless steel housing5 XH =  pecial housing option S Absolute Linear Feedback LT = ICT, including signal conditioner1,3 ##### = Part No. Designator for Specials Optional 5 digit assigned part number to designate unique model numbers for specials. 1. The dynamic load rating of zero backlash, preloaded screws is 63% of the dynamic load rating of the standard non-preloaded screws. The calculated travel life of a preloaded screw will be 25% of the calculated travel life of the same size and lead of a non-preloaded screw. Preloaded follower is not available with absolute linear (LT) internal feedback option. 2. Stator voltage and pole options allow for catalog rated performance at varying amplifier bus voltages and pole configuration requirements. Refer to perfomance specification on pages 11-12 for availability of 3 stack stator. 3. Linear feedback is not available in the GSX20 and not available in the GSX30, 14" and 18" or with absolute feedback. 4. The brake option may require a third cable, consult Exlar. 5. These housing options would typically be accompanied by the choice of the electroless nickel connectors if a connectorized unit were selected. This choice may also indicate the need for special material main rods or mounting. 6. Available as described in Feedback Types. 7. Requires AR option. 8. 0.75 lead not available above 12". 9. 1.0 lead not available above 10" stroke. 10. GSX60 uses M40 size 1.5 power connector. 11. If not otherwise specified by the customer, an M24X2 male rod end will be used on the 65X 50. See note on page 23. 12. 0.1 lead not available over 10" stroke on GSX50. 13. Not available with absolute feedback. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 37 GSM Series Linear Actuators GSM Series Excellent Ball Screw Replacement This design incorporates Exlar’s patented roller screw technology with an integral brushless servo motor for medium to high performance motion control applications. The GSM Series offers 5 times the travel life of similarly sized ball screw actuators. It also provides a smaller package with higher speed and higher load capacity than ball screws and other traditional rotary to linear conversion mechanisms. These features make the GSM Series an excellent replacement for ball screw actuators. Selection of the proper feedback configuration allows GSM Series actuators to be powered by nearly every brand of brushless motor amplifier on the market. This flexibility allows GSM Series actuators to be incorporated into the highest performance single and multi-axis motion control systems in use today. In applications varying from food and beverage packaging, to multi-axis turning centers, to aircraft assembly, the GSM Series of actuators show incredible performance and durability. Exlar’s T-LAM technology incorporated into the motor design provides a solution with 35% more torque in the same package size as traditional brushless motors. The efficiencies of the GSM Series are a result of the limited heat generation qualities inherent in the segmented stator design. The elimination of end turns in the stator, and the use of thermally conductive potting removes the parts most susceptible to failure in a traditional stator. Other benefits include: •  eodymium iron boron magnets provide high flux N density and maximum motor torque. •  hermally conductive potting of the entire stator provides T increased heat dissipation and provides protection from contamination in oil-cooled units. •  ach stator segment contains individual phase wiring. E External winding of individual segments provides maximum slot fill for maximum motor performance. •  otors with T-LAM technology have Class H insulation M systems compliant with UL requirements. Lamination Endcaps Features/Characteristics T-LAM™ segmented lamination stator technology 2.25, 3.3 or 3.9 inch frame size 3, 5.9,10 ,12 and 18 inch strokes 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.5 and .75 inch lead roller screws 7 to 75 lbf-in torque motor availability Up to 33 inch per second linear speeds 92 to 1983 lbf thrust capacity depending on motor selection Front flange, rear flange, rear clevis, trunnion, side, double side or extended tie rods mounting options Encoder feedback with MS style connectors Molded and shielded cables available Anodized aluminum housing Competitively priced with ball screw actuators 5 times the life of a similar sized ball screw actuator IP54 or IP65 sealing Class 180 H insulation UL recognized component 38 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Individual Segments GSM Series Linear Actuators Hydraulic cylinder replacement Ball screw replacement Pneumatic cylinder replacement Chip and wafer handling Automated flexible fixturing Dispensers Machine tool Automated assembly Parts clamping Automatic tool changers Volumetric pumps Medical equipment Conveyor diverters / gates Plastics equipment Cut-offs Die cutters Packaging machinery Entertainment Sawmill equipment Open / close doors Fillers Formers Precision grinders Indexing stages Lifts Product sorting Material cutting Material handling Riveting / fastening / joining Molding Volumetric pumps Semiconductor Pick and place systems Robot manipulator arms Simulators Precision valve control Ventilation control systems Pressing Process control Tube bending Welding Stamping Test stands Tension control Web guidance Wire winding GSM Series Exlar GSM Series Linear Actuators Applications Include: GSM-Series actuators can provide the precision at high force loads for fluid dispensing in a medical environment. All-electric replacement for hydraulic cylinders improves throughput with servo control and less maintenance for core-pull cylinders. A typical 3 inch stroke GSM Series actuator used in a valve-modulating application can control position to +/– .5% while ready to fully open or close in less than 200 mSec. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 39 GSM Series Linear Actuators GSM Series Performance The below speed vs. force curves represent approximate continuous thrust ratings at indicated linear speed. Different types of servo amplifiers will offer varying motor GSM20-.1 Inch Lead 700 (3114) 1X8 2X8 Force lbf (N) 600 (2669) Force lbf (N) torque and thus actuator thrust. These values are at constant velocity and do not account for motor torque required for acceleration. 500 (2224) 400 (1779) 300 (1334) 200 (890) 100 (445) 0 0 1 (25.4) 2 (50.8) 3 (76.2) 4 (101.6) 5 (127) 6 (152.4) 7 (177.8) 8 (203.2) 9 (278.6) 1600 (7117) 1400 (6228) 1200 (5338) 1000 (4448) 800 (3559) 600 (2669) 400 (1779) 200 (890) 0 GSM30-.1 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 0 1 (25.4) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) 1X8 2X8 Force lbf (N) Force lbf (N) 300 (1334) 250 (1112) 200 (890) 150 (667) 100 (445) 50 (222) 0 0 2 (50.8) 4 (101.6) 6 (152.4) 8 (203.2) 10 (254) 12 (304.8) 14 (356) 16 (406.4) 18 (457.2) 800 (3559) 700 (3114) 600 (2669) 500 (2224) 400 (1779) 300 (1334) 200 (890) 100 (445) 0 6 (152.4) 1X8 2X8 0 2 (50.8) 4 (101.6) 6 (152.4) 8 (203.2) 10 (254) 12 (304.8) GSM30-.5 Inch Lead 300 (1334) 1X8 2X8 Force lbf (N) Force lbf (N) 5 (127) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) GSM20-.4 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 250 (1112) 200 (890) 150 (667) 100 (445) 50 (222) 0 5 (127) 10 (254) 15 (381) 20 (508) 25 (635) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) 30 (762) 35 (889) 0 0 5 (127) 10 (254) 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 15 (381) 20 (508) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 10" x 10" x 1/4"on GSM20 and 10" x 10" x 3/8" on GSM30 40 4 (101.6) GSM30-.2 Inch Lead Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) 160 (712) 140 (623) 120 (534) 100 (445) 80 (356) 60 (267) 40 (178) 20 (89) 0 3 (76.2) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) GSM20-.2 Inch Lead 350 (1557) 2 (50.8) 25 (635) 30 (762) 1X8 2X8 0 1 (25.4) 2 (50.8) 3 (76.2) 4 (101.6) 5 (127) GSM40-.5 Inch Lead 900 (4003) 800 (3559) 700 (3114) 600 (2669) 500 (2224) 400 (1779) 300 (1334) 200 (890) 100 (445) 0 6 (152.4) 1X8 2X8 GSM Series GSM40-.1 Inch Lead 4500 (20017) 4000 (17793) 3500 (15569) 3000 (13345) 2500 (11121) 2000 (8896) 1500 (6672) 1000 (4448) 500 (2224) 0 Force lbf (N) Force lbf (N) GSM Series Linear Actuators 0 5 (127) 10 (254) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) Force lbf (N) Force lbf (N) 25 (635) 30 (762) GSM40-.75 Inch Lead 600 (2669) 1X8 2X8 2000 (8896) 1500 (6672) 1000 (4448) 500 (2224) 0 20 (508) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) GSM40-.2 Inch Lead 2500 (11121) 15 (381) 1X8 2X8 500 (2224) 400 (1779) 300 (1334) 200 (890) 100 (445) 0 2 (50.8) 4 (101.6) 6 (152.4) 8 (203.2) 10 (254) 0 12 (304.8) 0 5 (127) 10 (254) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) 15 (381) 20 (508) 25 (635) 30 (762) 35 (859) 40 (127) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 12" x 12" x 1/2" on GSM40 Life Curves GSM20, GSM30 & GSM40 L10 Travel life Cubic Mean Load lbf (N) The estimated travel life indicates the approximate expected travel life from the roller screw mechanism within the GSM30 at indicated cubic mean load. The chart below represents L10 travel life estimates. The reliability for these values is 90%. For higher than 90% reliability, the result should be multiplied by the following factors: 95% x 0.62; 96% x 0.53; 97% x 0.44; 98% x 0.33; 99% x 0.21. This information assumes that the roller screw is properly maintained and lubricated. The equation used to calculate the L10 life is: Travel (C/F)3 (lead) in millions of inches/mm. Where C = the dynamic load rating of the screw and F is the cubic mean load rating of the application. For higher than 90% reliability, derating of this value is implemented. Contact Exlar application engineering for details. 1800 (8007) 1600 (7117) 1400 (6228) 1200 (5338) 1000 (4448) 800 (3559) 600 (2669) 400 (1779) 200 (890) 0 GSM20 GSM30 GSM40 10 (254) 100 (2,540) 1,000 (25,400) 10,000 (254,000) 100,000 (2,540,000) Travel Life Millions of inches (mm) 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 41 GSM Series Linear Actuators GSM20 & GSM30 Performance Specifications Model No. Frame Size in (mm) Stroke (nominal)* in (mm) GSM20-0301 GSM20-0302 2.25 (57) 3 (75) 2.25 (57) 6 (150) 2.25 (57) 10 (254) 2.25 (57) 12 (300) 3.3 (84) 3 (75) 3.3 (84) 5.9 (150) 3.3 (84) 10 (250) 3.3 (84) 12 (305) 3.3 (84) 18 (455) GSM20-0304 GSM20-0601 GSM20-0602 GSM20-0604 GSM20-1001 GSM20-1002 GSM20-1004 GSM20-1201 GSM20-1202 GSM20-1204 GSM30-0301 GSM30-0302 GSM30-0305 GSM30-0601 GSM30-0602 GSM30-0605 GSM30-1001 GSM30-1002 GSM30-1005 GSM30-1201 GSM30-1202 GSM30-1205 GSM30-1801 GSM30-1802 GSM30-1805 Screw Lead Continuous Force Rating in (mm) lb (N) 1 stack/2 stack 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.4 (10.16) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.4 (10.16) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.4 (10.16) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.4 (10.16) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.5 (12.7) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.5 (12.7) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.5 (12.7) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.5 (12.7) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.5 (12.7) 367/578 (1632/2571) 183/289 (814/1286) 92/145 (409/645) 367/578 (1632/2571) 183/289 (814/1286) 92/145 (409/645) 367/578 (1632/2571) 183/289 (814/1286) 92/145 (409/645) 367/578 (1632/2571) 183/289 (814/1286) 92/145 (409/645) 829/1347 (3688/5992) 415/674 (1846/2998) 166/269 (738/1197) 829/1347 (3688/5992) 415/674 (1846/2998) 166/269 (738/1197) 829/1347 (3688/5992) 415/674 (1846/2998) 166/269 (738/1197) 829/1347 (3688/5992) 415/674 (1846/2998) 166/269 (738/1197) 829/1347 (3688/5992) 415/674 (1846/2998) 166/269 (738/1197) * Please note that stroke mm are nominal dimensions. **Inertia +/– 5% 42 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Max Velocity in/sec (mm/sec) 8.33 (211.67) 16.77 (423.33) 33.33 (846.67) 8.33 (211.67) 16.67 (423.33) 33.33 (846.67) 8.33 (211.67) 16.67 (423.33) 33.33 (846.67) 8.33 (211.67) 16.67 (423.33) 33.33 (846.67) 5 (127) 10 (254) 25 (635) 5 (127) 10 (254) 25 (635) 5 (127) 10 (254) 25 (635) 5 (127) 10 (254) 25 (635) 5 (127) 10 (254) 25 (635) Approx. Continuous Motor Torque 1 stack/2 stack lb-in (N-m) Maximum Static Load lb (N) Armature Inertia** lb-in-s (Kg-m ) 2 2 7.3/11.5 (0.82/1.30) 750 (3336) 0.00101 (0.000114) 7.3/11.5 (0.82/1.30) 750 (3336) 0.00114 (0.000129) 7.3/11.5 (0.82/1.30) 750 (3336) 0.00133 (0.000150) 7.3/11.5 (0.82/1.30) 750 (3336) 0.00143 (0.000162) 16.5/26.8 (1.86/3.03) 1620 (7206) 0.00319 (0.000360) 16.5/26.8 (1.86/3.03) 1620 (7206) 0.00361 (0.000408) 16.5/26.8 (1.86/3.03) 1620 (7206) 0.00416 (0.00047) 16.5/26.8 (1.86/3.03) 1620 (7206) 0.00443 (0.000501) 16.5/26.8 (1.86/3.03) 1620 (7206) 0.00533 (0.000602) Dynamic Load Rating lb (N) 1568 (6970) 1219 (5422) 738 (3283) 1567 (6970) 1219 (5422) 738 (3283) 1567 (6970) 1219 (5422) 738 (3283) 1567 (6970) 1219 (5422) 738 (3283) 3310 (14724) 3570 (15880) 3016 (13416) 3310 (14724) 3570 (15880) 3016 (13416) 3310 (14724) 3570 (15880) 3016 (13416) 3310 (14724) 3570 (15880) 3016 (13416) 3310 (14724) 3570 (15880) 3016 (13416) Weight (approx.) lb (kg) 6.5 (2.9) 7.0 (3.2) 7.5 (3.4) 8.0 (3.6) 9.5 (4.3) 11.5 (5.2) 19 (8.6) 22 (10) 25 (11.3) See page 43 for definition of terms. GSM Series Linear Actuators GSM40 Performance Specifications in (mm) (nominal)* in (mm) GSM40-0601 GSM40-0602 GSM40-0605 3.9 (99) 6 (150) GSM40-0608 GSX40-0801 GSX40-0802 GSX40-0805 3.9 (99) 8 (200) 3.9 (99) 10 (250) 3.9 (99) 12 (305) 3.9 (99) 18 (455) GSX40-0808 GSM40-1001 GSM40-1002 GSM40-1005 GSM40-1008 GSM40-1201 GSM40-1202 GSM40-1205 GSM40-1208 GSM40-1801 GSM40-1802 GSM40-1805 Screw Lead Continuous Force Rating in (mm) lb (N) 1 stack/2 stack 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.5 (12.7) 0.75 (19.05) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.5 (12.7) 0.75 (19.05) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.5 (12.7) 0.75 (19.05) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.5 (12.7) 0.75 (19.05) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.5 (12.7) Max Velocity in/sec (mm/sec) 2393/3966 (10645/17642) 1196/1983 (5320/8821) 479/793 (2131/3527) 319/529 (1419/2353) 2393/3966/NA (10645/17642/NA) 1196/1983/2692 (5320/8821/11975) 479/793/1077 (2131/3527/4791) 319/529/718 (1419/2353/3194) 2393/3966 (10645/17642) 1196/1983 (5320/8821) 479/793 (2131/3527) 319/529 (1419/2353) 2393/3966 (10645/17642) 1196/1983 (5320/8821) 479/793 (2131/3527) 319/529 (1419/2353) 2393/3966 (10645/17642) 1196/1983 (5320/8821) 479/793 (2131/3527) * Please note that stroke mm are nominal dimensions. **Inertia +/– 5% 5 (127) 10 (254) 25 (635) 37.5 (953) 5 (127) 10 (254) 25 (635) 37.5 (953) 5 (127) 10 (254) 25 (635) 37.5 (953) 5 (127) 10 (254) 25 (635) 37.5 (953) 5 (127) 10 (254) 25 (635) Approx. Continuous Motor Torque 1 stack/2 stack lb-in (N-m) 47.6/78.9 (5.38/8.91) Maximum Static Load lb (N) Armature Inertia** lb-in-s (Kg-m ) 2 2 3966 (17642) 0.0152 (0.001717) 3966 (17642) 0.0163 (0.001842) 47.6/78.9 (5.38/8.91) 3966 (17642) 0.0175 (0.001977) 47.6/78.9 (5.38/8.91) 3966 (17642) 0.0186 (0.002102) 47.6/78.9 (5.38/8.91) 3966 (17642) 0.0220 (0.002486) 47.6/78.9/NA (5.38/8.91/NA) 47.6/78.9/107.1 (5.38/8.91/12.1) Dynamic Load Rating lb (N) 4736 (21067) 4890 (21751) 4218 (18763) 3328 (14804) 4736 (21067) 4890 (21751) 4218 (18763) 3328 (14804) 4736 (21067) 4890 (21751) 4218 (18763) 3328 (14804) 4736 (21067) 4890 (21751) 4218 (18763) 3328 (14804) 4736 (21067) 4890 (21751) 4218 (18763) Weight (approx.) lb (kg) 20 (9.1) GSM Series Model No. Frame Size Stroke 24 (10.9) 28 (12.7) 32 (14.5) 44 (19.9) See below for definition of terms. Definition of Terms: Force Rating: The linear force produced by the actuator at continuous motor torque. Max Velocity: The linear velocity that the actuator will achieve at rated motor rpm. Continuous Motor Torque: Torque produced by the motor at rated continuous current. Maximum Static Load: The mechanical load limit of the actuator if re-circulated oil or other cooling method is used to allow higher than rated torque from the motor. Armature Inertia: The rotary inertia of the armature of the GSM Series actuators. For calculation purposes, this value includes the screw inertia in a GSM actuator. Dynamic Load Rating: A design constant used in calculating the estimated travel life of the roller screw. The cubic mean load is the load at which the device will perform one million revolutions. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 43 GSM Series Linear Actuators GSM20 Mechanical and Electrical Specifications Nominal Backlash in (mm) in/ft (mm/300 mm) Lead Accuracy 0.008 (.20) 0.001 (.025) Maximum Radial Load lb (N) 15 (67) Environmental Rating: Standard/Optional IP54/IP65 Motor Stator 118 138 158 168 218 238 258 268 lbf-in (Nm) 7.6 (0.86) 7.3 (0.83) 7.0 (0.79) 7.0 (0.79) 11.9 (1.35) 11.5 (1.30) 11.2 (1.27) 11.3 (1.28) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 2.5 (0.28) 5.2 (0.59) 8.3 (0.94) 9.5 (1.07) 2.5 (0.28) 5.2 (0.59) 8.9 (1.00) 10.2 (1.15) RMS Sinusoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Continuous Current Rating Amps 3.4 1.6 0.9 0.8 5.4 2.5 1.4 1.2 Peak Current Rating Amps 6.9 3.1 1.9 1.6 10.8 4.9 2.8 2.5 lbf-in (Nm) 7.3 (0.82) 7.0 (0.79) 6.7 (0.76) 6.7 (0.76) 11.4 (1.29) 11.0 (1.24) 10.7 (1.21) 10.8 (1.22) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 1.9 (0.22) 4.1 (0.46) 6.5 (0.73) 7.4 (0.84) 1.9 (0.22) 4.1 (0.46) 6.9 (0.78) 7.9 (0.89) Trapezoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Continuous Current Rating Amps 4.2 1.9 1.1 1.0 6.6 3.0 1.7 1.5 Peak Current Rating Amps 8.4 3.9 2.3 2.0 13.2 6.0 3.5 3.0 Vrms/Krpm 16.9 35.6 56.9 64.9 16.9 35.6 60.5 69.4 Vpk/Krpm 23.9 50.3 80.5 91.8 23.9 50.3 85.5 98.1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Ohms 2.6 12.5 35.2 45.8 1.1 5.3 16.0 20.7 mH 5.1 22.8 58.3 75.8 2.5 11.0 31.7 41.7 Motor Stator Data Voltage Constant (Ke) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L)(+/– 5% @ 25˚C) Inductance (L-L)(+/– 15%) Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec (Kg-cm ) 2 Brake Current @ 24 VDC 0.00012 (0.135) 2 A Brake Holding Torque 0.33 lbf-in (Nm) 19 (2.2) Brake Engage/Disengage Time ms 14/28 Mechanical Time Constant (tm), ms min 6.0 6.5 7.1 7.1 2.5 2.7 2.9 2.8 max Damping Constant 8.5 9.2 10.1 10.1 3.6 3.9 4.0 4.0 ms Electrical Time Constant (te) 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.7 2.2 2.1 2.0 2.0 115 230 400 460 lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) 0.55 (0.06) Friction Torque lbf-in (Nm) 1.00 (0.11) Additional Friction Torque for Preloaded Screw lbf-in (Nm) 1.25 (0.14) Bus Voltage Vrms Speed @ Bus Voltage rpm 115 230 400 Insulation Class All ratings at 25 degrees Celsius For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by .707 and current by 1.414. Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 10" x 10" x 1/4" 44 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 460 5000 180 (H) Specifications subject to change without notice. FT80 Series Linear Actuators GSM GSM30 Mechanical and Electrical Specifications in (mm) in/ft (mm/300 mm) Lead Accuracy 0.008 (.20) 0.001 (.025) Maximum Radial Load lb (N) 20 (90) Environmental Rating: Standard/Optional IP54/IP65 Motor Stator 118 138 158 168 218 238 258 268 lbf-in (Nm) 16.6 (1.88) 16.5 (1.87) 15.7 (1.77) 15.7 (1.78) 26.8 (3.03) 26.8 (3.03) 26.7 (3.02) 26.7 (3.01) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 4.4 (0.49) 8.7 (0.99) 15.5 (1.75) 17.5 (1.98) 4.4 (0.49) 8.7 (0.99) 15.5 (1.75) 17.5 (1.98) RMS Sinusoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) GSM Series Nominal Backlash Continuous Current Rating Amps 4.2 2.1 1.1 1.0 6.9 3.4 1.9 1.7 Peak Current Rating Amps 8.5 4.2 2.3 2.0 13.7 6.8 3.8 3.4 lbf-in (Nm) 15.9 (1.79) 15.8 (1.78) 14.9 (1.69) 15.0 (1.70) 25.6 (2.89) 25.6 (2.89) 25.5 (2.88) 25.5 (2.88) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 3.4 (0.39) 6.8 (0.77) 12.1 (1.37) 13.6 (1.54) 3.4 (0.39) 6.8 (0.77) 12.1 (1.37) 13.6 (1.54) Trapezoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Continuous Current Rating Amps 5.2 2.6 1.4 1.2 8.4 4.2 2.4 2.1 Peak Current Rating Amps 10.4 5.2 2.8 2.5 16.8 8.4 4.7 4.2 Vrms/Krpm 29.9 59.7 106.0 119.5 29.9 59.7 106.0 119.5 Vpk/Krpm 42.2 84.5 149.9 168.9 42.2 84.5 149.9 168.9 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Ohms 2.8 11.2 39.5 49.6 1.1 4.5 14.1 18.0 mH 7.7 30.7 96.8 123.0 3.7 14.7 46.2 58.7 Motor Stator Data Voltage Constant (Ke) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L)(+/– 5% @ 25˚C) Inductance (L-L)(+/– 15%) Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec (Kg-cm ) 2 Brake Current @ 24 VDC 0.00033 (0.38) 2 A Brake Holding Torque .5 lbf-in (Nm) Mechanical Time Constant (tm), ms 70 (8) ms Brake Engage/Disengage Time 19/29 min Damping Constant 6.5 7.3 7.2 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 max 10.8 10.9 12.2 12.0 4.3 4.3 4.4 4.4 ms Electrical Time Constant (te) 6.5 2.8 2.7 2.5 2.5 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 115 230 400 460 lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) 1.23 (0.14) Friction Torque lbf-in (Nm) 2.00 (0.23) Additional Friction Torque for Preloaded Screw lbf-in (Nm) 1.75 (0.20) Bus Voltage Vrms Speed @ Bus Voltage rpm 115 230 400 Insulation Class All ratings at 25 degrees Celsius For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by .707 and current by 1.414. Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 10" x 10" x 3/8" 460 3000 180 (H) Specifications subject to change without notice. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 45 GSM Series Linear Actuators GSM40 Mechanical and Electrical Specifications Nominal Backlash in (mm) Lead Accuracy 0.008 (.20) in/ft (mm/300 mm) Maximum Radial Load 0.001 (.025) lb (N) 30 (135) Environmental Rating: Standard/Optional IP54/IP65 Motor Stator 118 138 158 168 218 238 258 268 lbf-in (Nm) 47.6 (5.38) 47.6 (5.37) 44.7 (5.05) 45.5 (5.14) 78.9 (8.91) 78.9 (8.91) 78.8 (8.91) 79.7 (9.00) lbf-in/ (Nm/A) 4.1 (0.46) 8.2 (0.93) 14.6 (1.65) 16.8 (1.90) 4.1 (0.46) 8.2 (0.93) 14.6 (1.65) 16.8 (1.90) Continuous Current Rating Amps 12.9 6.5 3.4 3.0 21.4 10.7 6.0 5.3 Peak Current Rating Amps 25.9 12.9 6.9 6.0 42.9 21.4 12.1 10.6 lbf-in (Nm) 45.5 (5.14) 45.4 (5.13) 42.7 (4.83) 43.5 (4.91) 75.3 (8.51) 75.3 (8.51) 75.3 (8.50) 76.1 (8.60) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 3.2 (0.36) 6.4 (0.72) 11.4 (1.28) 13.1 (1.48) 3.2 (0.36) 6.4 (0.72) 11.4 (1.28) 13.1 (1.48) Continuous Current Rating Amps 15.9 7.9 4.2 3.7 26.3 13.1 7.4 6.5 Peak Current Rating Amps 31.7 15.8 8.4 7.4 52.5 26.3 14.8 13.0 Vrms/Krpm 28.1 56.1 99.5 114.8 28.1 56.1 99.5 114.8 Vpk/Krpm 39.7 79.4 140.7 162.4 39.7 79.4 140.7 162.4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Ohms 0.42 1.7 6.0 7.8 0.18 0.72 2.26 3.0 mH 3.0 11.9 37.5 49.8 1.4 5.8 18.2 24.2 RMS Sinusoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Trapezoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Motor Stator Data Voltage Constant (Ke) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L)(+/– 5% @ 25˚C) Inductance (L-L)(+/– 15%) Brake Inertia lb-in-sec (Kg-cm ) 2 0.00096 (1.08) 2 Brake Current @ 24 VDC A Brake Holding Torque 0.67 lbf-in (Nm) 97 (11) ms 20/29 Brake Engage/Disengage Time Mechanical Time Constant (tm), ms min Damping Constant 5.3 6.0 5.8 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 max 7.7 7.7 8.7 8.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 ms Electrical Time Constant (te) 5.3 7.0 7.0 6.2 6.4 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.2 115 230 400 460 lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) 3.25 (0.37) Friction Torque lbf-in (Nm) 4.50 (0.51) Additional Friction Torque for Preloaded Screw lbf-in (Nm) 3.00 (0.34) Bus Voltage Vrms Speed @ Bus Voltage rpm 115 230 400 Insulation Class All ratings at 25 degrees Celsius For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by .707 and current by 1.414. Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 12" x 12" x 1/2" 46 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 460 3000 180 (H) Specifications subject to change without notice. GSM Series Linear Actuators PF = Preloaded Follower This option offers a true zero backlash follower for the GSM Series actuator. The dynamic load rating of zero backlash, preloaded screws is 63% of the dynamic load rating of the standard non-preloaded screws. The calculated travel life of a preloaded screw will be 25% of the calculated travel life of the same size and lead of a non-preloaded screw for the same application. Preloaded follower is not available with LT Linear feedback option. AR = External Anti-rotate Assembly This option provides a rod and bushing to restrict the actuator rod from rotating when the load is not held by another method. Shorter actuators have single sided anti-rotation attachments. Longer lengths require attachments on both sides for proper operation. For AR dimensions, see page 22. RB = Rear Electric Brake This option provides an internal holding brake for the GSM Series actuators. The brake is spring activated and electrically released. XT = Special Travel Option Selections The XT Option can be used to specify various special travel options on the GSM Series of Linear Actuators. Because this option can be used to specify many things, it is important that an order including the -XT option spell out in detail, the exact options being selected by the including of the -XT in the model number. GSM Series GSM Series Travel Options It is recommended that prior to ordering an actuator including the -XT specifier that a quote be obtained through Exlar’s special products application engineers for the desired options, and that quote be referenced on, or included with any order placed. DESCRIPTIONS This option provides an accordion style protective bellows to protect the main actuator rod from damage due to abrasives or other contaminants in the environment in which the actuator must survive. Protective The standard material of this bellows is S2 Neoprene Coated Nylon, Sewn Construction. This standard Bellows bellows is rated for environmental temperatures of -40 to 250 degrees F. Longer strokes may require the main rod of the actuator to be extended beyond standard length. Consult Exlar applications engineers for details. This option provides an accordion style protective bellows to protect the main actuator rod from damage due to abrasives or other contaminants in the environment in which the actuator must survive. High Temp The high temperature material of this bellows is D1 Teflon Coated Fiberglass, Sewn Construction. This Protective standard bellows is rated for environmental temperatures of -67 to 500 degrees F. Longer strokes may Bellows require the main rod of the actuator to be extended beyond standard length. Consult Exlar applications engineers for details. This option provides a main rod manufactured of ball spline shafting, and the front seal and bushing assembly replaced with a ball spline nut to provide the anti-rotate function without using an external Splined mechanism. Rod diameters are the closest metric equivalents to standard Exlar rod sizes. This option is Main Rod NOT sealed in any way. This option is not suitable for any environment in which contaminants come in contact with the actuator, and may enter the actuator. L1, L2, L3 = Adjustable External Travel Switches This option allows up to 3 external switches to be included with the GSM Series Actuator. These switches provide travel indication to the controller and are adjustable. See drawing on page 53. Must purchase external anti-rotate with this option. XL = Non-Standard Lubrication This option provides for indication in the model number that the customer has specified a lubrication other than the standard provided by Exlar. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 47 GSM Series Linear Actuators Motor Speed Designators Motor Options All Exlar T-LAM™ motors and actuators carry a standard motor speed designator as defined below. This is representative of the standard base speed of the motor, for the selected bus voltage. GSM motor options are described with a 3 digit code. The first digit calls out the stack length, the second the rated bus voltage, and the third the number of poles of the motor. Refer to the mechanical/electrical specifications for motor torque and actuator rated force. If the model number is Actuator/Motor created and the Designator Base Speed Series location for the motor -50 5000 rpm GSM20 speed designator is left -30 3000 rpm GSM30, GSM40 blank, this is the base 01-99 Special Speed, Consult Exlar speed to which each motor will be manufactured. The model number can also be created including this standard speed designator. Exlar also provides the flexibility to manufacture all of its T-LAM products with special base speeds to match the customer’s exact application requirements. This may be a higher than standard speed motor, or lower base speed than standard which will allow the customer to get the required torque, at a speed optimized to their application, and use the minimum amount of current from their amplifier. The call out for a special speed is configured in the model number by using a two digit code from 01-99. These numbers represent the number, in hundreds, of RPM that will be the base speed for the particular motor. For example, an GSM30-0301-MFM-EM2-138-30 motor that normally has a 3000 rpm standard winding, can be changed to a 3300 rpm winding by changing the -30, to a -33. It can be changed to a 5000 rpm winding by changing the -30 to a -50. Changing this speed designator will change the ratings of the motor, and these must be obtained from Exlar applications engineers. Also, it is not possible to produce every possible speed from -01 to -99 for each motor at each voltage so please contact Exlar applications engineers for confirmation of the speed that is desired for the application. Feedback Options LT = ICT including signal conditioner This option provides for an actuator containing an internally mounted ICT transducer spanning the full stroke of the actuator. Inquire with Exlar engineering for details and signal conditioner output preference. LT is not available with absolute feedback. Due to the variability in size of some feedback devices, especially absolute feedback devices which are often very large relative to the size of the actuator motor, the actual size of the actuator may differ in length and width from these drawings for feedback types other than standard resolvers and standard encoders. Please consult Exlar for details. In the event that you order an actuator that differs from these standard dimensions, you will be sent a drawing of the final configuration of your actuator for approval. 48 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 118 = 138 = 158 = 115 Vrms 1 stack 230 Vrms 400 Vrms 168 = Class 180 H 8 Pole Class 180 H 460 Vrms 218 = 8 Pole 115 Vrms 238 = 258 = 268 = 2 stack 230 Vrms 400 Vrms 460 Vrms Note: 3 stack not available in GSM Series Rod End Attachments Rear Clevis Pin Spherical Rod Eye Rod Eye Rod Clevis See drawings on pages 52-53. Attachments ordered separate from actuator. Housing Options P5 = IP65 Sealing Option HC = Type III Hard Coat Anodized, Class I This option provides an actuator with type III hard coat anodized coating. Class I, no dye. XH = Special Housing Option Any housing option that is not designated by the above codes should be listed as XH and described at time of order. All special options must be discussed with Exlar engineering. GSM Series Linear Actuators 1.00 25.4 Ø 2.55 B.C. 64.7 0.750 19.05 0.12 3.1 Single Side Mount On This Side Ø 0.250 +0.000 -0.001 0.00 x.250 Deep 6.35-0.01 Ø1.500 +0.000 -0.003 0.00 38.10-0.08 2.24 56.9 1.12 28.45 2.24 56.9 1.000 25.4 GSM Series GSM20, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount #10-24 UNC-2A 1/4-20 UNC-2B x .375 Deep (x4 SS, x8 DS) 0.25 6.4 Dim "B" Dim "A" 1. Three mounting styles shown 2.  hown view is standard side for single side mount S * If “M” metric tie rod option, thread = M5 x 0.8 * f “J” or “K” metric side mount options, M6 x 1.0 x 9 mm with Ø 6 mm M7 x 9 mm deep Dowel Hole I GSM20 Side Trunnion Mount 2.740 69.6 Ø1.500 38.1 1.000 25.4 Ø1.000 ±0.001 25.40 ±0.03 2.240 56.9 3.115 79.1 5.115 129.9 1.000 25.4 Dim "C" Dim "A" * f “Q” metric side trunnion option, ø 25 mm h7 I GSM20 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount Ø.125 +.001 Ø3.17 +0.03 -0 -0.00 Ø 0.250 6.4 Ø 0.502 +0.000 -0.001 0.00 12.8 -0.03 1.000 25.4 R0.625 15.9 1.000 1.750 25.4 44.5 2.236 56.8 0.438 11.1 3.125 79.4 Dim "D" 0.750 19.1 1.500 38.1 3.750 95.3 Dim 3" (mm) Stroke 6" (mm) Stroke 10" (mm) Stroke 12" (mm) Stroke A 7.8 (198) 10.8 (274) 14.8 (375) 16.8 (426) B 5.6 (143) 8.6 (219) 12.6 (320) 14.6 (371) C 3.0 (76) 6.0 (152) 10.0 (254) 12.0 (305) D 8.8 (223) 11.8 (299) 15.8 (401) 17.8 (452) Note: Add 1.784 Inches to Dims “A & D” if ordering a Brake 0.750 19.1 1. Two mounting styles shown 2.  ith flange mount, dimension A is W equivalent to the top two drawing views. * If “G” metric clevis option, ø12 mm +0.01 / –0.06 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. Due to the size of many absolute encoders, the selection of such feedback types for the size 20 and 30 actuators results in a larger package size than is shown in the drawings. Consult Exlar for details, or refer to the drawings provided after receipt of order. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 49 GSM Series Linear Actuators GSM30, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount 1.32 [33.5] ø3.536 [ø89.8] BC 0.962 [24.4] 0.313 [8.0] Single Side Mount On This Side 3.046 [77.4] MAX ø0.2500 +0.0000 ø6.35 +0.00 -0.0005 -0.01 x 0.250 Deep ø 2.000+0.000 50.80 +0.00 -0.003 -0.08 1.750 [44.5] 1/4-20 UNC-2A 1.523 [38.68] 1/4-20 UNC-2B x 0.38 Deep (x4 SS, x8 DS) 3.046 [77.4] 1. Three mounting styles shown 2.  hown view is standard side for single side mount S * If “M” (metric tie rod) option, thread = M6 x 1 *  “J” or “K” metric side mount options, M6 x 1.0 x 9 mm deep If with Ø 6 mm M7 x 9 mm deep dowel hole 0.250 [6.4] Dim "B" Dim "A" GSM30 Side Trunnion Mount ø1.500 [ø38.1] ø1.000±0.001 [ø25.40±0.03] 3.546 [90.1] 1.32 [33.5] 3.046 [77.4] MAX 1.000 [25.4] 3.921 [99.6] Dim "C" Dim "A" 5.921 [150.4] *f “Q” metric side trunnion option, Ø 25 mm h7 I GSM30 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount 0.250 ±0.0005 [ø6.4 ±0.013] ø0.397 [ø10.1] (4x) Ø 0.7505+0.0000 -0.0010 0.00 19.1-0.02 1.32 [33.5] 2.430 [61.7] 3.046 [77.4] MAX 3.688 [93.7] 0.993 [25.2] 0.438 [11.1] 5.250 [133.4] Dim "D" R0.750 [R19.1] 5.940 [150.9] Dim 3" (mm) Stroke A 8.2 (209) 6" (mm) Stroke 10" (mm) Stroke 12" (mm) Stroke 18" (mm) Stroke 10.7 (272) 15.2 (387) 17.2 (437) 1.250 [31.8] 23.2 (590) B 6.1 (156) 8.6 (219) 13.1 (333) 15.1 (384) 21.1 (536) C 5.4 (137) 8.0 (203) 10.0 (254) 12.0 (305) 18.0 (457) D 9.5 (241) 12.0 (304) 16.5 (418) 18.5 (469) 24.5 (621) Note: Add 1.6 Inches to Dims “A & D” if ordering a Brake. 2.500 [63.5] 1. Two mounting styles shown 2.  ith flange mount, dimension A is W equivalent to the top two drawings * If “G” metric clevis option, ø20 mm +0.01 / –0.07 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 50 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Due to the size of many absolute encoders, the selection of such feedback types for the size 20 and 30 actuators results in a larger package size than is shown in the drawings. Consult Exlar for details, or refer to the drawings provided after receipt of order. GSM Series Linear Actuators GSM40, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount 1.65 41.9 (107.8) B.C. 1.380 35.1 0.100 2.5 Single Side Mount On This Side 3.900 99.1 Ø 2.499 63.5 1.750 44.5 0.313 8.0 3/8-16 UNC-2A 3.900 99.1 GSM Series Ø 4.243 +0.0000 Ø 0.3750 - 0.0005 0.00 9.53 - 0.01 x 0.375 Deep 3/8 -16 UNC-2B x 0.50 Deep 1. Three mounting styles shown (x4 SS, x8 DS 2.  hown view is standard side for single side mount S * If “M” metric tie rod option, thread = M8 x 1.25 * f “J” or “K” metric side mount options, M10 x 1.5 x19 mm deep with Ø 8 mm M7 x 12 mm deep dowel hole I GSM40 Side Trunnion Mount Dim "B" Dim "A" Ø1.5±0.001 [Ø38.10±0.03] (2 x) 4.4 [111.8] [Ø50.8] (2 x) 1.65 [41.9] 3.9 [99.1] 1 [25.4] 4.898 [124.4] Dim "C" Dim "A" 6.898 [175.2] * f “Q” metric side trunnion option, Ø 35 mm h7 I GSM40 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount Ø.25 +.001 -0 +0.03 Ø6.4 -0.00 Ø 0.752 (4X) + 0.000 - 0.001 0.00 19.1 - 0.03 1.65 [41.9] 2.920 74.2 5.250 133.4 3.800 96.5 R 0.750 19.1 Ø 0.516 13.1 (4X) 6.800 172.7 0.625 15.9 7.680 195.1 Dim 6" (mm) Stroke 1.250 31.8 Dim "D" 2.500 63.5 1.250 31.8 8" (mm) Stroke 10" (mm) Stroke 12" (mm) Stroke 18" (mm) Stroke A 12.6 (320) 14.6 (370) 16.6 (421) 18.6 (472) 24.6 (624) B 10.3 (262) 12.3 (313) 14.3 (364) 16.3 (414) 22.3 (567) C 6.0 (152) 8.0 (203) 10.0 (254) 12.0 (305) 18.0 (457) D 14.3 (364) 16.3 (415) 18.3 (466) 20.3 (516) 26.3 (669) 1. Two mounting styles shown 2.  ith flange mount, dimension A W is equivalent to top two drawings Note: Add 2.33 Inches to Dims “A & D” if ordering a Brake (p. 30). * If “G” metric clevis option, ø20 mm +0.01 / –0.07 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 51 GSM Series Linear Actuators Actuator Rod End Options B A *A Dim = 40mm D D B øC øC øE Male Thread øE A B ØC GSM20 in (mm) 0.813 (20.7) B 0.375 (9.5) 0.500 A (12.7) D GSM30 0.750 (19.1) 0.500 (12.7) GSM40 1.500 (38.1) 0.750 (19.1) Male Thread Female Thread in (mm) in (mm) D ØE F F Male U.S. Male Metric Female U.S. 0.200 (5.1) øC 0.440 (11.2) 0.750 (19.1) 3/8 – 24 UNF – 2A B M8 x 1 6g 5/16 – 24 UNF – 2B D 0.625 (15.9) 0.281 (7.1) 0.562 (14.3) 0.750 (19.1) 7/16 – 20 UNF– 2A M12 x 1.75* 6g øE 7/16 – 20 UNF – 2B M10 x 1.5 6h 1.000 (25.4) 0.381 (9.7) 0.875 (22.2) 1.000 (25.4) 3/4 – 16 UNF – 2A M16 x 1.5 6g 5⁄8 – 18 UNF – 2B M16 x 1.5 6h Female Metric M8 øC x 1 6h F Female Part numbers for rod attachment options indicate the through hole size or pin diameter. Before selecting a spherical rod Thread øE eye for use with a GSM series actuator, please consult the information on the anti-rotation option for the GSM actuators. Spherical rod eyes will allow the rod to rotate if the load is not held. D Rod Clevis Dimensions G E F D øG in (mm) GSM30 RC050 1.125 (28.58) 0.787 (20) 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 B (19.1) 1.25 (31.75) C 1.574 (40) 1.50 (38.1) C 2.375 (60.3) D .575 (14.6) 0.625 (15.88) E NA 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.75) ØJ NA 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.75) 3/8-24 7/16-20 3/4-16 in (mm) GSM20 SRM038 GSM30 SRM044 GSM40 SRM075 A K 1.50 (38.1) 1.625 (41.3) 1.81 (46.0) 2.88 (73.2) .375 (9.525) 0.438 (11.13) 0.75 (19.1) C .906 (23.0) 1.06 (26.9) 1.72 (43.7) D J 1.00 (25.4) ØB H 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) H øJ 0.50 (12.7) K H 0.375 (9.5) ØG K 0.375 (9.5) 0.50 (12.7) A 0.765 (19.43) ØF A C 1.0 (25.4) 1.13 (28.7) 1.265 (32.13) K H øJ Spherical Rod Eye Dimensions G F D E A øB A A B E 14 deg 14 deg .406 (10.3) 0.44 (11.1) G D K .500 (12.7) 0.56 (14.2) 0.88 (22.3) .688 (17.4) .562 (14.3) 0.75 (19.1) øD 0.63 (16.0) 1.13 (28.7) J J B 0.69 (17.5) H Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 6 deg F øA C 52 1.75 (44.5) C E A C H K 3/8-24 7/16-20 1.00 (25.4) 3/4-1 A F D GSM40 RC075 0.787 (20) B øF E GSM20 RC038 A C A E D øB B D øG GSM Series Linear Actuators A E B A in (mm) GSM30 RE050 GSM40 RE075 ØA 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) B 0.75 (19.1) 1.25 (31.8) C 1.50 (38.1) 2.06 (52.3) D 0.75 (19.1) 1.13 (28.7) E 0.63 (16.0) 0.88 (22.3) F 7/16 - 20 3/4 - 16 A øA C D GSM Series Rod Eye Dimensions F Rod Clevis Pin Dimensions B C A in (mm) C GSM20 Clevis or GSM30 Rod Eye CP050 GSM30 Clevis GSM40 Clevis CP075 øE øD A B C ØD ØE 2.28 (57.9) 1.94 (49.28) 0.17 (4.32) 0.50" +0.000/-0.002 (12.7 mm +0.00/-0.05) 0.106 (2.69) 3.09 (78.5) 2.72 (69.1) 0.19 (4.82) 0.75" +0.000/-0.002 (19.1 mm +0.00/-0.05) 0.14 (3.56) GSM20, GSM30 and GSM40 External Limit Switch Extension Options Dim A * Dimensions for Anti rotate option can be seen on page 22. 3 in (mm) stroke 6 in (mm) stroke 8 in (mm) stroke 10 in (mm) stroke 12 in (mm) stroke 18 in (mm) stroke GSM20 5.515 (140.1) 8.515 (216.3) NA 12.5 (317.5) 14.515 (368.7) NA GSM30 6.932 (176.1) 9.832 (249.7) NA 13.832 (351.3) 15.832 (402.1) 21.832 (554.5) GSM40 NA 9.832 (249.7) 11.83 (300.5) 13.832 (351.3) 15.832 (402.1) 21.832 (554.5) 36" Flying Leads L1 The external limit switch option (requires anti-rotate option) for the GSM Series of linear actuators provides the user with 1, 2 or 3 externally mounted adjustable switches for use as the end of travel limit switches or home position sensors. L2 L3 DIM "A" The switches are 9-30 VDC powered, PNP output, with either normally open or normally closed logic operation depending on the switch configuration ordered. Below is a diagram which logic operation will be provided for each switch, based on the option ordered. The number of switches desired is selected by ordering the L1, L2 or L3 option, in which 1, 2 or 3 switches will be provided, respectively. Option SW1 SW2 SW3 Switch Type Exlar Part Number Turck Part Number L1 Not Supplied Normally Open Not Supplied Normally Closed Switch 43404 BIM-UNT-RP6X L2 Normally Closed Not Supplied Normally Closed Normally Open Switch 43403 BIM-UNT-AP6X L3 Normally Closed Normally Open Normally Closed Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 53 GSM Series Ordering Information AA = GSM Actuator Size (nominal) 20 = 2 in (60 mm) frame 30 = 3 in (80 mm) frame 40 = 4 in (100 mm) frame BB = Stroke Length 03 =  in (75 mm) GSM20 and GSM30 3 06 =  in (150 mm) all GSM30 = 5.9 in 6 (150 mm) 08 =  in (200 mm) GSM40 8 10 =  in (250 mm) GSM20, GSM30 and 10 GSM40 12 =  in (300 mm) GSM20, GSM30 and 12 GSM40 18 =  in (450 mm) GSM30 and GSM40 18 CC 01 02 04 05 08 = Lead =  inch (all models) 0.1 =  inch (all models) 0.2 = 0.4 inch (GSM20) =  inch (GSM30 and GSM40) 0.5 = 0.75 inch (GSM40)3 D M I A D B P = Connections = Manufacturer’s connector1 = Exlar standard M23 style = MS style (anodized) = MS style (electroless nickel) = Embedded leads 3 ft. std. =  Embedded leads w/plug 3 ft. standard w/ “A” plug J =  Embedded leads w/ “I” plug, 3 ft. std X = Special (please specify) E B C F R S D T E J K Q M G Z = Mounting =  Front and rear flange = Rear clevis = Front flange = Rear flange = Side mount = Double side mount = Side trunnion = Extended tie rods = Metric side mount = Metric double side mount = Metric side trunnion = Metric extended tie rods = Metric rear clevis =  Clevis mount with same pin to pin as SR Series X = Special (please specify) F M A F B W R V L X 54 = = = = = = = = = = Rod End Male, US std. thread Male, metric thread Female, US std. thread Female, metric thread Male, US std. thread 17-4 SS Male metric thread 17-4 SS Female, US std. thread 17-4 SS Female, metric thread 17-4 SS Special (please specify) 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com GSMAA - BB CC - D E F - GGG - HHH - II - (XX..XX) GGG = Feedback Type (Also specify the Amplifier/Drive Model being used when ordering) -  tandard Incremental Encoder – 2048 line S (8192 cts) per rev. index pulse, Hall commutation, 5vdc -  tandard Resolver – Size 15, 1024 line S (2048 cts) per rev. two pole resolver -  otor files for use with select Emerson/CT, M Rockwell /AB and Danaher/Kollmorgen Drives are available at www.exlar.com Custom Feedback: Please consult application engineering: XX1 =  iring and feedback device information W must be provided and new feedback callout will be created Allen-Bradley/Rockwell: (Actuators used with Kinetix and/or Sercos based control systems require a 3rd party motion database purchased from AB/Rockwell. Please contact your AB/Rockwell representative for support.) AB5 =  tegmann SRM050 Hiperface multi-turn S absolute encoder - MPL 100 mm or higher motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option – Plug & Play feedback option AB6 = Standard Resolver AB7 =  tandard Incremental Encoder – MPL S 100mm or higher motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option AB8 =  tandard Incremental Encoder – MPL S 75mm or less motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option AB9 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn H absolute encoder - MPL 75 mm or less motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option – Plug & Play feedback option ABA =  iperface Stegmann SKM036 multi-turn H absolute encoder – MPL 215 mm or higher motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option – 460V Stator only – Plug & Play feedback option ABB =  iperface Stegmann SKM036 multi-turn H absolute encoder – MPL 75 mm or less motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option – 460V Stator only – Plug & Play feedback option AMKASYN: AK1 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1325 multi-turn E absolute encoder – DS motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option AK2 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoder – DS motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Advanced Motion Control: AM1 = Standard Incremental Encoder AM2 =  ncoder 1000 line, w/commutation, 5 VDC E AM3 = Standard Resolver AM5 =  ncoder 5000 line, w/commutation, 5 VDC E API Controls: AP1 = Standard Resolver AP2 =  tandard Incremental Encoder S Aerotech: AR1 =  ncoder 5000 line, w/commutation, 5 VDC E AR2 = Standard Incremental Encoder ABB Robot: BB1 = LTN Resolver Baldor: BD2 =  td Resolver – BSM motor wiring S w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option BD3 =  td Incremental Encoder – BSM motor S wiring w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option Beckhoff: BE1 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoderr – AM2XX motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Baumueller: BM2 = Standard Resolver B&R Automation: BR1 = Standard Resolver BR2 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1325 multi-turn E absolute encoder – 8LS/8LM motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Comau Robot: CM1 = Standard Resolver Copley Controls: CO1 = Standard Incremental Encoder CO2 = Standard Resolver Control Techniques/Emerson: CT1 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn H absolute encoder – FM/UM/EZ motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option CT3 =  iperface Stegmann SKM036 multi-turn H absolute encoder – FM/UM/EZ motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option CT4 =  tandard Incremental Encoder – S FM/UM/EZ motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option CT5 =  tandard Resolver – FM/UM/EZ motor S wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option CT7 =  ncoder 5000 line, w/commutation, E 5 VDC – FM/UM/EZ motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Delta Tau Data Systems: DT1 =  ncoder 1000 line, w/commutation, 5 VDC E DT2 = Standard Resolver Elmo Motion Control: EL1 = Standard Resolver EL2 = Standard Incremental Encoder EL3 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoder Emerson/Control Techniques: EM2 =  td Incremental Encoder – NT motor S wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option EM5 =  ncoder 5000 line, with commutation, E 5 VDC – NT motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option Elau: EU1 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn H absolute encoder – SH motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option EU4 =  iperface Stegmann SKM036 multi-turn H absolute encoder – SH motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option Exlar: EX4 = Standard Resolver Fanuc Pulsecoder: Consult Exlar G&L Motion Control/Danaher Motion: GL1 = Std Incremental Encoder – HSM motor  wiring w/ MS connectors for ‘M’ option GSM Series Ordering Information Moog: MG1 = Standard Resolver Motoman Robot: MM1 = Yaskawa Serial Encoder Nachi Robot: NC1 = Tamagawa Serial Encoder Ormec: OR1 = Standard Resolver OR2 =  td Incremental Encoder – G series motor S wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option Parker Compumotor: PC6 =  td Incremental Encoder – SMH motor S wiring w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option – European only PC7 =  td Resolver – SMH motor wiring S w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option – European only PC8 =  td Incremental Encoder – MPP series S motor wiring w/PS connectors for ‘M’ option –US Only PC9 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn H absolute encoder – MPP motor wiring w/ PS connectors for ‘M’ option – US Only PC0 =  td Resolver – MPP motor wiring w/PS S connectors for ‘M’ option – US Only Pacific Scientific: PS2 = Standard Incremental Encoder PS3 = Standard Resolver – PMA motor wiring  w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option Stober Drives: SB3 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoder – ED/EK motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Siemens: SM2 =  tandard Resolver – 1FK7 motor wiring S w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option SM3 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1325 multi-turn E absolute encoder – 1FK7 motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option SM4 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoder – 1FK7 motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option SEW/Eurodrive: SW1 =  tandard Resolver – CM motor wiring S w/ M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option SW2 = Standard Incremental Encoder SW3 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn H absolute encoder – CM motor wiring w/ M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Whedco: WD1 = Standard Resolver Yaskawa: YS2 =  askawa Absolute Encoder – SGMGH Y motor wiring 40/50/60 Exlar Frame Sizes YS3 =  askawa Absolute Encoder – SGMGH Y motor wiring 20/30 Exlar Frame Sizes HHH = Motor Stator2 – All 8 Pole 118 = 1 stack 218 = 2 stack 138 = 1 stack 238 = 2 stack 115 Vrms 230 Vrms 158 = 1 stack 258 = 2 stack 168 = 1 stack 268 = 2 stack 400 Vrms 460 Vrms XX .. XX =  ravel and Housing Options T (please list desired options) Travel Options AR = External anti-rotate HW =  ide handwheel manual drive S with limit switch RB = Rear brake RD = Rear manual drive9 SD = Hex side drive PF = Preloaded follower4 L1/L2/L3 = External limit switch8 XT = Special travel options, protective  and high temperature bellows or splined main rod GSM Series GL2 =  td Incremental Encoder – LSM-MSM S motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option GL3 =  td Incremental Encoder – NSM motor S wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option GL4 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoder – AKM motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Infranor: IF1 = Standard Resolver Indramat/Bosch-Rexroth: IN6 =  td Resolver – MKD/MHD motor wiring S w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option IN7 =  iperface Stegmann SKM036 multi-turn H absolute encoder – MSK motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option – plug & play option Jetter Technologies: JT1 =  tandard Resolver – JH/JL motor wiring S w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Kollmorgen/Danaher: KM4 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1325 multi-turn E absolute encoder – AKM motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option KM5 =  tandard Resolver – AKM motor wiring S w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option KM6 =  tandard Incremental Encoder – AKM S motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Kuka Robot: KU1 = Tyco Size 21 Resolver Kawasaki Robot: KW1 = Kawasaki Special Encoder Lenze/AC Tech: LZ1 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn H absolute encoder – MCS motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option LZ5 =  td Resolver – MCS motor wiring S w/ M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option LZ6 =  td Incremental Encoder – MCS motor S wiring w/ M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Matuschek: MC1 = LTN Resolver Metronix: MX1 = Standard Resolver MX2 =  iperface Stegmann SKM036 H multi-turn absolute encoder MX3 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoder Mitsubishi: MT1 =  itsubishi Absolute Encoder – HF-SP M motor wiring with ‘M’ option Modicon: MD1 = Standard Resolver Momentum: MN1 =  Hyperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn absolute encoder – MN motor wiring w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option MN2 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1325 multi-turn E absolute encoder – MN motor wiring connectors for ‘M’ option MN3 =  td incremental encoder – MN motor S wiring w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option MN4 =  td resolver – MN motor wiring w/M23 S connectors for ‘M’ option Housing Options EN = Electroless nickel plating XH = Special housing P5 = IP65 sealing option5 HC = Type III hard coat anodized6 XL =  pecial lubrication, food grade or S Mobilgrease 28, specify XM = Special motor options Absolute Linear Feedback LT = ICT, including signal conditioner4, 7, 9 ##### = Part No. Designator for Specials Optional 5 digit assigned part number to designate unique model numbers for specials. Note: 1. Available as described in Feedback Types. 2. Stator voltage and pole options allow for catalog rated performance at varying amplifier bus voltages and pole configuration requirements. 3. 0.75 lead not available over 12" stroke 4. The dynamic load rating of zero backlash, preloaded screws is 63% of the dynamic load rating of the standard non-preloaded screws. The calculated travel life of a preloaded screw will be 25% of the calculated travel life of the same size and lead of a non-preloaded screw. Preloaded follower is not available with absolute linear (LT) internal feedback option. 5. Not available with splined main rod option. 6. This housing option would typically be accompanied by the choice of the electroless nickel connectors if a connectorized unit were selected. This choice may also indicate the need for special material main rods or mounting. 7. Linear feedback is not available in the GSM20 and not available in the GSM30, 14" and 18". 8. Requires AR option 9. Not available with absolute feedback. II = Motor Speed 30 = 3000 rpm, GSM30, GSM40 50 = 5000 rpm, GSM20 01- 99 = Customer specified base speed 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 55 I Series Linear Actuators Exlar I Series Exlar I Series™ actuators present a new range of alternatives for linear motion solutions. The I Series actuators offer all of the benefits of Exlar’s planetary roller screw technology, along with extreme flexibility in actuator mounting style, and the type of motor used to drive the actuator. Exlar’s roller screw technology has been the integral component in creating the most reliable, long lasting electromechanical actuators on the market. Over the last 15 years, Exlar’s inverted roller screw actuators have provided a long-life, all-electric replacement for hydraulic cylinders in thousands of applications. The I Series actuators offer this same technology in a series of actuators that are economical and allow the use of lower cost motor technology. Two Models to Fit Your Needs Two product performance levels are available, so you can choose which option best suits your application and budgetary requirements. The IM Series offers Exlar’s standard capacity inverted roller screw in actuators with up to 5 times the travel life of ball screw actuators. The IX Series offers the same load carrying capacity as the IM Series but offers up to 15 times the life of an equivalent ball screw. I Series™ Features • Proven Exlar roller screw technology • Flexible mounting options • Adapts to various types of motors •  ptional inline planetary gear reducer for O high force output from lower motor torques IX Series™ Features • IP65 sealing •  oller screw provides 15X life of ball screw R • Low backlash IM Series™ Features • IP54 sealing • Roller screw provides 5X life of ball screw • Standard backlash 56 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com The Exlar Advantage Motor Flexibility The I Series actuators can be ordered to accept the motor type of the your choice. Whether a brushed type DC motor or stepper motor for lower performance applications, or a high performance brushless motor like Exlar’s SLM Series, the I Series actuators offer complete flexibility in ordering to accept any type. Integral Planetary Gearing The I Series actuators offer economical planetary gearing as an input reduction option. Compared to the low performance spur gears provided by most ball screw actuators, the I Series’ planetary gears offer an extended life, high input speed and output torque and quiet operation. The performance of the actuator is not limited by the gearing. Standard available ratios of 5:1 and 10:1 allow you to utilize smaller, lower torque motors to drive the I Series actuators, while still achieving the desired output force from the actuator. I Series Linear Actuators Sealed Actuator Body Large Diameter Output Rod The base unit of the IX Series actuators is offered with a standard IP65 rating. The in-line motor mounting adapters and parallel motor mounting adapters can be ordered as IP65 if required for the application. The I Series actuators provide a large diameter output rod and excellent internal bushing support which offers you long life in resistance to side loading. Actuator Materials and Coating The in-line motor mounting adapters and parallel motor mounting adapters can be ordered with IP65 if required for the application. The standard IM and IX Series actuators provide case materials made of aluminum with clear and black anodized coatings. These materials offer a durable and corrosion resistant package. The standard mounting hardware for the actuators are manufactured from black oxide-coated mild steel. Wear and Corrosion Resistant Output Rod Alternative Materials and Coatings The standard actuator main extending rods for the I Series actuators are provided with a surface treatment that provides equivalent corrosion resistance and superior wear resistance to chrome plated rods. The thermo-chemical process creates a surface that is a microstructural zone of iron nitrides, integral with the base material. The resultant surface not only has superior wear qualities compared to chrome, and equivalent corrosion resistance, but also eliminates the flaking issues of an electro-chemically applied process such as chrome plating. I Series The base unit of the IM Series actuators is offered with a standard IP54 rating. An optional IP65 sealed base unit is available. The I Series actuators offer several options to the standard construction for applications requiring further corrosion resistance. The actuator’s case parts can be ordered as electroless nickel coated and white powder coat epoxy. The mounting hardware for the I Series actuators can be ordered in two varieties offering more corrosion resistance than the standard components. These include the “corrosion resistant” mounting accessories which are constructed of mild steel and provided with the same surface preparation as the output rod. Also offered are mounting accessories manufactured from stainless steel. Ultimate Flexibility 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 57 I Series Linear Actuators I Series Life Curves See page 76 for explanation of life curve calculation. IM20 700 (3114) IM20-xx01 600 (2669) IM20-xx04 IM20-xx02 Cubic Mean Load lbf (N) Cubic Mean Load lbf (N) 800 (3559) 500 (2224) 400 (1779) 300 (1334) 200 (890) 100 (445) 0 1 (25.4) 10 (254) 100 (2,540) 1,000 (25,400) 10,000 (254,000) 100,000 (2,540,000) 1,000 (4448) 900 (4003) 800 (3559) 700 (3114) 600 (2669) 500 (2224) 400 (1779) 300 (1334) 200 (890) 100 (445) 0 1 (25.4) Travel Life Millions of inches (mm) IM30-xx02 Cubic Mean Load lbf (N) Cubic Mean Load lbf (N) IM30-xx01 IM30-xx05 1,600 (7117) 1,200 (5338) 800 (3559) 400 (1779) 10 (254) 100 (2,540) 1,000 (25,400) 10,000 (254,000) 100 (2,540) 1,000 (25,400) 10,000 (254,000) 100,000 (2,540,000) IX30 IX30-xx01 3,000 (13345) IX30-xx05 IX30-xx02 2,500 (11121) 2,000 (8896) 1,500 (6672) 1,000 (4448) 0 1 (25.4) 100,000 (2,540,000) 3,000 (13345) Cubic Mean Load lbf (N) IM40-xx01 IM40-xx02 IM40-xx05 IM40-xx08 3,500 (15569) 2,500 (11121) 2,000 (8896) 1,500 (6672) 1,000 (4448) 500 (2224) 10 (254) 100 (2,540) 1,000 (25,400) 10,000 (254,000) Travel Life Millions of inches (mm) 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 10 (254) 100 (2,540) 1,000 (25,400) 10,000 (254,000) 100,000 (2,540,000) Travel Life Millions of inches (mm) IM40 4,000 (17793) Cubic Mean Load lbf (N) 10 (254) 3,500 (15569) Travel Life Millions of inches (mm) 58 IX20-xx04 500 (2224) 0 0 1 (25.4) IX20-xx02 4,000 (17793) 2,000 (8896) 1 (25.4) IX20-xx01 Travel Life Millions of inches (mm) IM30 2,400 (10676) IX20 100,000 (2,540,000) 6,000 (26689) 5,500 (24465) 5,000 (22241) 4,500 (20017) 4,000 (17793) 3,500 (15569) 3,000 (13345) 2,500 (11121) 2,000 (8896) 1,500 (6672) 1,000 (4448) 500 (2224) 0 1 (25.4) IX40 IX40-xx01 IX40-xx02 IX40-xx05 IX40-xx08 10 (254) 100 (2,540) 1,000 (25,400) 10,000 (254,000) Travel Life Millions of inches (mm) 100,000 (2,540,000) I Series Linear Actuators I Series Performance Specifications in/sec (mm/sec) Life at Rated Continuous Force inx10 (mmx10 ) Dynamic Load Rating lbf (N) Screw Lead in (mm) Allowable Continuous Input Torque Allowable Peak Input Torque 1156 (5142) 8.33 (212) 2.9 (73.7) 1782 (7927) 0.1 (2.54) 11.5 (1.3) 23 (2.6) 289 (1286) 578 (2571) 16.67 (423) 13.1 (332.7) 1165 (5182) 0.2 (5.08) 11.5 (1.3) 23 (2.6) 145 (645) 289 (1286) 33.33 (847) 44.7 (1135.4) 696 (3096) 0.4 (10.16) 11.5 (1.3) 23 (2.6) IX20-xx01 578 (2571) 1156 (5142) 8.33 (212) 7.8 (198.2) 2470 (10987) 0.1 (2.54) 11.5 (1.3) 23 (2.6) IX20-xx02 385 (1713) 769 (3420) 16.67 (423) 41.3 (1049) 2273 (10111) 0.2 (5.08) 15.3 (1.73) 30.6 (3.5) IX20-xx04 192 (854) 385 (1713) 33.33 (847) 140.6 (3571.2) 1357 (6036) 0.4 (10.16) 15.3 (1.73) 30.6 (3.5) IM30-xx01 1347 (5992) 2694 (11984) 6.67 (169) 2.1 (53.3) 3697 (16445) 0.1 (2.54) 26.8 (3.03) 53.6 (6.1) IM30-xx02 674 (2998) 1347 (5992) 13.33 (338) 7.0 (177.6) 2204 (9804) 0.2 (5.08) 26.8 (3.03) 53.6 (6.1) 269 (1197) 539 (2398) 33.33 (846) 346.0 (8788.4) 2383 (10600) 0.5 (12.7) 26.8 (3.03) 53.6 (6.1) IX30-xx01 1347 (5992) 2694 (11984) 6.67 (169) 5.5 (139.8) 5124 (22793) 0.1 (2.54) 26.8 (3.03) 53.6 (6.1) IX30-xx02 905 (4026) 1810 (8051) 13.33 (338) 21.5 (546.1) 4300 (19127) 0.2 (5.08) 36.0 (4.07) 72.0 (8.1) IX30-xx05 362 (1610) 724 (3221) 33.33 (846) 1059.8 (26918.2) 4649 (20680) 0.5 (12.7) 36.0 (4.07) 72.0 (8.1) IM40-xx01 3966 (17642) 7932 (35283) 5 (127) 0.4 (10.16) 6124 (27241) 0.1 (2.54) 78.9 (8.91) 157.8 (17.8) IM40-xx02 1983 (8821) 3966 (17642) 10 (254) 2.1 (53.3) 4353 (19363) 0.2 (5.08) 78.9 (8.91) 157.8 (17.8) IM40-xx05 793 (3527) 1586 (7055) 25 (635) 32.6 (829) 3193 (14203) 0.5 (12.7) 78.9 (8.91) 157.8 (17.8) 529 (2351) 1058 (4706) 37.5 (952) 174.3 (4427.2) 3251 (14461) 0.75 (19.05) 78.9 (8.91) 157.8 (17.8) IX40-xx01 3966 (17642) 7932 (35283) 5 (127) 1.0 (25.4) 8488 (37757) 0.1 (2.54) 78.9 (8.91) 157.8 (17.8) IX40-xx02 2692 (11975) 5383 (23945) 10 (254) 6.3 (160) 8492 (37774) 0.2 (5.08) 107.1 (12.1) 214.2 (24.2) IX40-xx05 1077 (4791) 2153 (9577) 25 (635) 96.9 (2461.2) 6230 (27712) 0.5 (12.7) 107.1 (12.1) 214.2 (24.2) IX40-xx08 718 (3193) 1436 (6388) 37.5 (952) 517.5 (13144.5) 6343 (28215) 0.75 (19.05) 107.1 (12.1) 214.2 (24.2) Continuous Force* Peak Force Speed at Max Rated RPM IM20-xx01 578 (2571) IM20-xx02 Model No. in (mm) IM20-xx04 lbf (N) lbf (N) 6 6 lbf-in (Nm) lbf-in (Nm) 2 (51) IM30-xx05 RPM 5000 3 (76) IM40-xx08 Max Rated Input I Series Approx Frame Size 4000 4 (102) 3000 * The continuous force rating is achieved at the allowable continuous input torque level. For configurations that use an input ratio, the input torque rating must be divided by the ratio. The output force ratings remain the same. For the 2:1 parallel belt ratio the input torque ratings must be divided by 2 for allowable motor torque. Specifications subject to change without notice. For the 10:1 internal planetary gearing option the input torque ratings must be divided by 10 for allowable motor torque. For any custom belt ratio or externally mounted gearing, the input torque ratings must be divided by that ratio for the allowable motor torque. For the 5:1 internal planetary gearing option the input torque ratings must be divided by 5 for allowable motor torque. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 59 I Series Linear Actuators I Series Mechanical Specifications IM20/IX20 Nominal Backlash in (Nm) Lead Accuracy (mm/300 mm) Maximum Radial Load lb (N) Friction Torque Damping Constant Ibf-in (Nm) Ibf-in/Krpm (Nm/Krpm) IM30/IX30 IM40/IX40 .008 (.2) / .004 (.1) .008 (.2) / .004 (.1) .008 (.2) / .004 (.1) .001 (.025) .001 (.025) .001 (.025) 25 (111) 35 (155) 45 (200) 1.5 (0.17) / 3 (0.34) 2 (0.28) / 4 (0.45) 3 (0.34) / 6 (0.68) 0.5 (0.06) 1 (0.10) 3 (0.34) Environmental Rating: Standard/optional for IM IP54 / IP65 IP54 / IP65 IP54 / IP65 Maximum Operating Temperature 175˚F / 80˚C 175˚F / 80˚C 175˚F / 80˚C Weights lb (kg) Base Unit - Zero Stroke 2.32 (1.1) 5.29 (2.4) 14.6 (6.6) Adder per inch of stroke 0.33 (.15) 0.63 (.3) 1.31 (.6) Adder for inline (excluding motor) 0.73 (.33) 0.98 (.44) 0.2* (.09) Adder for gearset 1.63 (.74) 3.32 (1.5) 9.91 (4.5) Adder for front flange 0.44 (.2) 1.74 (.79) 2.6 (1.2) Adder for parallel drive (exluding motor) 2.53 (1.15) 2.51(1.14) 11.7** (5.3) Adder for 2 trunnions 2.12 (.96) 2.12 (.96) 2 (.91) Adder for 2 side mounts 1.75 (.79) 1.75 (.79) 2.69 (1.2) Adder for 2 adjustable flanges 1.46 (.66) 2.24 (1.02) 4.28 (1.94) * For Nema motor size matching actuator size ** For Nema motor size matching actuator size (I40 adder for Nema 34 = 7.3) 60 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Specifications subject to change without notice. I Series Linear Actuators I Series Inertia Actuator Configuration lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2) Inline Unit - w/ motor collar clamp 10:1 Gearhead - w/ motor collar clamp 0.000056+ 0.000000047/in (0.063 + 0.000053/in) 0.00046+ 0.0000047/in (0.52 + 0.0053/in) 2:1 Reduction parallel drive 0.00048+ 0.0000012/in (0.54 + 0.0013/in) 1:2 Speed up ratio parallel drive 0.0015+ 0.000019/in (1.7 + 0.021/in) Base Unit - Input drive shaft only 0.00043+ 0.000023/in (0.487 + 0.0256/in) Inline Unit - w/ motor collar clamp 0.00053+ 0.000023/in (0.596 + 0.0256/in) 5:1 Gearhead - w/ motor collar clamp 0.00023+ 0.000001/in (0.254 + 0.001/in) 10:1 Gearhead - w/ motor collar clamp 0.00020+ 0.0000003/in (0.23 + 0.00026/in) 1:1 Reduction parallel drive 0.00075+ 0.000023/in (0.845 + 0.0256/in) 2:1 Reduction parallel drive 0.00046+ 0.0000057/in (0.52 + 0.0256/in) 1:2 Speed up ratio parallel drive 0.003+ 0.000091/in (3.4 + 0.1/in) Base Unit - Input drive shaft only 0.00145+ 0.000073/in (1.65 + 0.0823/in) Inline Unit - w/ motor collar clamp 0.002+ 0.000073/in (2.15 + 0.0823/in) 5:1 Gearhead - w/ motor collar clamp 0.0045+ 0.000003/in (5.11 + 0.00329/in) 10:1 Gearhead - w/ motor collar clamp 0.0034+ 0.0000007/in (3.87 + 0.000823/in) 1:1 Reduction parallel drive, 3 inch motor" 0.0023 + 0.000073/in (2.67 + 0.082/in) 2:1 Reduction parallel drive, 3 inch motor" 0.00073 + 0.000018/in (0.83 + 0.02/in) 1:2 Speed up ratio parallel drive, 3 inch motor" 0.011 + 0.00029/in (12.6 + 0.34/in) 1:1 Reduction parallel drive, 4 inch motor" 0.021 + 0.000073/in (23.9 + 0.082/in) 2:1 Reduction parallel drive, 4 inch motor" 0.0082 + 0.000018/in (9.27 + 0.020/in) 1:2 Speed up ratio parallel drive, 4 inch motor" I40 Actuator 0.000062+ 0.00000019/in (0.07 + 0.00021/in) 1:1 Reduction parallel drive I30 Actuator 0.00013+ 0.0000047/in (0.14 + 0.0053/in) 5:1 Gearhead - w/ motor collar clamp I20 Actuator 0.0001+ 0.0000047/in (0.11 + 0.0053/in) 0.039 + 0.000029/in (44.4 + 0.33/in) I Series Base Unit - Input drive shaft only NEMA Standard Motor Dimensions The I Series actuators offer the selection for motor mounting provisions to be the various NEMA motor sizes. Because there are variations from brand to brand of motor as to what is called NEMA dimensions, we publish this table of NEMA dimensions that we use as the standards for the product line. If the motor that you choose differs from these dimensions, it would not be called out by the N23, N34, N42, N56 call outs, and rather, by the A## alpha numeric callout for specific motors. Dimension (in) ØA +0.0000 [0.0] - 0.0005 [0.0] NEMA 23 NEMA 34 NEMA 42 “A” Motor Shaft Diameter “B” Motor Shaft Length 0.81 “C” Motor Pilot Diameter ØC 0.25 1.5 0.5 NEMA 56 0.75 0.625 1.19 2.19 2.0625 2.875 2.186 4.5 “D” Pilot Depth ØF Hole (4x) Equally Spaced on a "E" Dia B.C. B D 0.05 0.0625 0.0625 0.1 - 0.16 “E” Mounting Bolt Circle 2.625 3.875 4.95 5.875 “F” Mounting Bolt Hole Dia. 0.205 0.223 0.328 3/8-16 UNC tap Specifications subject to change without notice. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 61 I Series Linear Actuators ctuator I20 Base Unit .38 [9.5] 1.25 [31.8] .38 [9.5] 2.25 [57.2] 2.25 [57.2] 4.38 + Stroke [111.3] Ø I20 Side Flange Attachments (*Integral Flange) Ø.28 [7.1] 3.94 [100.1] *.50 [12.7] .55 [14] 1.25 [31.8] .38 [9.5] 1.75 [44.5] 2.25 [57.2] 2.25 [57.2] 4.38 +Stroke [111.3] 3.44 [87.4] Ø.55 [14] *Note:If using integral flange this dimension is .38 [9.5] I20 Side Lug Attachments 2.87 [72.8] *1.00 [25.4] .63 [15.9] 1.25 31.8 *1.00 [25.4] Ø.41 [10.3] Ø.55 14 2.25 [57.2] 5.00 [127] 2.25 57.2 4.00 [101.6] .38 .38 [9.5] 4.38 +Stroke [111.3] *Note: Approximate distance for shipping. [9.5] May be re-positioned by customer per application. I20 Side Trunnion Attachments 5.98 [151.9] Ø 0.999 +.000 -.002 [25.37 +.000 ] -.051 2.00 [50.8] *Stroke Length 2.98 [75.7] 1.25 [31.8] Ø.55 [14] 2.25 [57.2] 2.25 [57.2] .38 [9.5] *Note: Approximate distance for shipping. May be re-positioned by customer per application. 62 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 4.38 +Stroke [111.3] 3.00 [76.2] .38 [9.5] I Series Linear Actuators I20 Parallel Drive 7.64 194.1 2.25 57.2 2.00 50.8 I Series 4.00 101.6 2.17 55 4.38 +Stroke 111.3 I20 Inline Integrated Coupling G .38 9.5 2.25 57.2 4.38 +Stroke 111.3 H I20 5:1, 10:1 Planetary Gearset .38 9.5 G 2.25 57.2 4.38 +Stroke 111.3 Motor Frame Size (Inline Integrated Coupling) G in (mm) H in (mm) NEMA 23 1.25 (31.8) 2.25 (51.2) Exlar 60 mm 1.55 (39.4) 2.36 (60.0) NEMA 34 1.37 (34.7) 3.25 (82.6) NEMA 42 1.37 (34.7) H 4.19 (106.4) Motor Frame Size (5:1, 10:1 Planetary Gearset) NEMA 23 2.90 (73.7) 2.25 (57.2) Exlar 60 mm 2.90 (73.7) 2.36 (60.0) NEMA 34 8.57 (217.7) 11.04 (280.5) 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 63 I Series Linear Actuators I30 Base Unit .38 [9.5] 1.15 [29.3] .50 [12.7] 3.25 [82.6] 3.25 [82.6] 6.17 + Stroke [156.7] Ø.63 [16] I30 Side Flange Attachments (*Integral Flange) 4.75 [120.7] *.63 [15.9] Ø.41 [10.3] (4x) .50 [12.7] 1.15 [29.3] 2.25 [57.2] 3.25 [82.6] 3.25 [82.6] Ø.63 [16] 6.17 + Stroke [156.7] 3.75 [95.3] * Note: If using integral flange this dimension is .50 [12.7] I30 Side Lug Attachments 3.77 [95.8] 5.00 [127] 3.25 [82.6] *1.00 [25.4] .63 [15.9] Ø.41 [10.3] *1.00 [25.4] 1.15 [29.3] Ø.63 [16] 4.00 [101.6] * Note: Approximate distance for shipping. May be re-positioned by customer per application. .38 [9.5] 3.25 [82.6] .50 [12.7] 6.17 + Stroke [156.7] I30 Side Trunnion Attachments 6.79 [172.5] 3.79 [96.3] Ø 0.999 +.000 -.002 [25.37 +.000 ] -.051 * Stroke Length 1.15 [29.3] 2.00 [50.8] Ø.63 [16] 3.25 [82.6] 3.25 [82.6] * Note: Approximate distance for shipping. May be re-positioned by customer per application. 64 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com .38 [9.5] 3.00 [76.2] 6.17 + Stroke [156.7] .50 [12.7] pling I Series Linear Actuators I30 Parallel Drive 7.64 [194.1] 3.25 [82.6] 2.00 [50.8] 2.17 [55] 4.00 [101.6] I30 Inline Integrated Coupling I Series 6.17 + Stroke [156.7] G .38 [9.5] 3.25 [82.6] 6.17 + Stroke [156.7] I30 5:1, 10:1 Planetary Gearset H G .38 [9.5] 3.25 [82.6] 6.17 + Stroke [156.7] H Motor Frame Size H in (mm) G in (mm) (Inline Integrated Coupling) NEMA 23 0.80 (20.3) 3.25 (82.6) Exlar 60 mm 0.80 (20.3) 3.25 (82.6) NEMA 34 0.68 (17.1) 3.25 (82.6) Exlar 90 mm 1.44 (36.6) 3.31 (84.0) NEMA 42 0.68 (17.1) 4.19 (106.4) Motor Frame Size (5:1, 10:1 Planetary Gearset) NEMA 23 2.95 (74.8) 3.25 (82.6) Exlar 60 mm 2.95 (74.8) 3.25 (82.6) NEMA 34 2.95 (74.8) 3.25 (82.6) Exlar 90 mm 3.29 (83.4) 3.52 (89.4) NEMA 42 2.95 (74.8) 4.19 (106.4) 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 65 I Series Linear Actuators I40 Base Unit 1.38 [35.1] .63 [15.9] .63 [15.9] 4.19 [106.4] 4.19 [106.4] 8.36 + Stroke [212.3] Ø.98 [25] I40 Side Flange Attachments (*Integral Flange) 6.25 [158.8] Ø.41 [10.3] (4x) 4.19 [106.4] *.88 [22.2] .63 [15.9] 1.38 [35.1] 4.19 [106.4] 3.00 [76.2] Ø.98 [25] 8.36 +Stroke [212.3] 4.75 [120.7] * Note: If using integral flange this dimension is .63 [15.9] I40 Side Lug Attachments 4.72 [119.9] .63 [15.9] *1.00 [25.4] *1.00 [25.4] Ø.52 [13.1] 1.38 [35.1] Ø.98 [25] 4.88 6.00 [152.4] [123.8] 4.19 [106.4] 4.19 [106.4] * Note: Approximate distance for shipping. May be re-positioned by customer per application. .63 [15.9] .63 [15.9] 8.36 +Stroke [212.3] I40 Side Trunnion Attachments 7.75 [196.9] *Stroke Length 4.75 [120.7] Ø 0.999 +.000 -.002 [25.37 +.000 ] -.051 2.25 [57.2] 1.38 [35.1] Ø.98 [25] 4.19 [106.4] 4.19 [106.4] .63 [15.9] * Note: Approximate distance for shipping. May be re-positioned by customer per application. 66 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 3.00 [76.2] 8.36 +Stroke [212.3] .63 [15.9] I Series Linear Actuators I40 Parallel Drive 12.75 [323.9] 4.19 [106.4] 2.69 [68.3] 5.50 [139.7] 2.70 [68.7] I Series 8.36 +Stroke [212.3] I40 Inline Integrated Coupling .63 [15.9] G 4.19 [106.4] 8.36+Stroke [212.3] H I40 5:1, 10:1 Planetary Gearset .63 [15.9] G 4.19 [106.4] 8.36 +Stroke [212.3] Motor Frame Size (Inline Integrated Coupling) G in (mm) NEMA 34 1.00 (25.4) NEMA 42 0.75 (19.1) Exlar 115 mm H in (mm) 0.75 (19.1) Exlar 90 mm H 1.25 (31.75) 4.19 (106.4) Motor Frame Size (5:1, 10:1 Planetary Gearset) NEMA 34 3.25 (82.6) Exlar 90 mm 3.45 (87.6) NEMA 42 3.25 (82.6) Exlar 115 mm 3.88 (98.6) 4.19 (106.4) 4.53 (115) 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 67 I Series Linear Actuators I20 Linear Actuator Rod Ends I20 Rod Ends A D D Male Thread Female Thread .750 Deep F ØC E E B Rod End Option Thread U.S. Male 1/2-20 UNF-2A U.S. Female 1/2-20 UNF-2B Metric Male M12 x 1.5 Metric Female M12 x 1.5 M F A B A in (mm) B in (mm) 0.90 (22.9) C in (mm) D in (mm) 0.88 (22.2) 0.18 (4.4) na 0.7 (19.1) 0.90 (22.9) E in (mm) 0.20 (5.1) 0.95 (24.1) 0.20 (5.1) 0.95 (24.1) na F in (mm) 1.00 (25.4) I30 Linear Actuator I30 Rod Ends Rod Ends A D D Male Thread Female Thread x .750 Deep F E ØC Rod End Option M F A B 68 Thread U.S. Male 3/4-16 UNF U.S. Female 3/4-16 UNF Metric Male M16 x 1.5 Metric Female M16 x 1.5 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com E B A in (mm) 0.75 (19.1) 0.87 (22.1) 0.75 (19.1) 0.87 (22.1) B in (mm) 1.13 (28.6) na 1.13 (28.6) na C in (mm) 0.88 (22.3) 1.00 (25.4) 0.88 (22.3) 1.00 (25.4) D in (mm) 0.50 (12.7) E in (mm) 0.62 (15.8) 1.17 (29.7) 0.62 (15.8) 1.17 (29.7) F in (mm) 1.38 (35.0) I Series Linear Actuators I40 Linear Actuator Rod Ends I40 Rod Ends A D D Male Thread Female Thread 1.0 Deep F E E B Rod End Option M F A B Thread U.S. Male 1-14 UNS-2A U.S. Female 1-14 UNS-2B Metric Male M27 x 2 Metric Female M24 x 2 A in (mm) B in (mm) 1.63 (41.3) C in (mm) na 1.13 (28.6) 1.25 (31.8) 1.63 (41.3) na I Series ØC D in (mm) 0.75 (19.1) 0.63 (15.9) 0.75 (19.1) 0.63 (15.9) E in (mm) 0.87 (22.1) 1.37 (34.8) 0.87 (22.1) 1.37 (34.8) F in (mm) 1.97 (50.0) Rod Clevis Dimensions Rod Clevis Dimensions D E D H I20* RCI050 0.750 (19.05) 0.750 (19.05) 1.500 (38.1) 0.500 (12.7) 0.765 (19.43) 0.500 (12.7) 1.000 (25.4) 1.000 (25.4) ØJ NA I30 RC075 1.125 (28.58) 1.25 (31.75) 2.375 (60.3) 0.625 (15.88) 1.265 (32.13) 0.75 (19.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.25 (31.75) 1.25 (31.75) K 1/2-20 3/4-16 in (mm) ØG A ØF B C B C D A E ØF K H ØJ ØG I40 RC100 1.625 (41.2) 1.500 (38.1) 3.125 (79.4) .750 (19.1) 1.515 (38.5) 1.000 (25.4) 2.000 (50.8) 1.500 (38.1) 1.500 (38.1) 1-14 *Requires 0.5 in. dia. pin CPO50. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 69 I Series Linear Actuators Spherical Rod Eye Dimensions G D F I20/I30 ØB E in (mm) K J .500 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.156 (29.4) 1.72 (43.7) D H 2.88 (73.2) C C I30 SRM075 2.125 (54.0) ØB A I20 SRM050 A 1.312 (33.3) 1.75 (44.5) E 6 Deg 14 Deg R1 3/8" 0.69 (17.5) .625 (15.9) 0.88 (22.3) H 7/8" .500 (12.7) .875 (22.2) .750 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1/2-20 See Spherical Rod Eye Drawing. 1.13 (28.7) J Ø1" F G K I40 I40 SRF100 3/4-16 Requires Female Rod End. 1 7/8" R1 7/16" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1"-14 s Clevis Pin Dimensions C B C A in (mm) B in (mm) C in (mm) ØD in (mm) ØE in (mm) 0.106 (2.69) Rod Eye Dimensions A 2.28 (57.9) 1.94 (49.28) 0.17 (4.32) 3.09 (78.5) 2.72 (69.1) 0.19 (4.82) 0.75" +0.000/-0.002 (19.1 mm +0.00/-0.05) 0.14 (3.56) I40 CP100 ØD I20 CP050 I30 CP075 E 0.50" +0.000/-0.002 (12.7 mm +0.00/-0.05) 3.59 (91.2) 3.22 (81.8) 0.19 (4.82) 1.00" +0.000/-0.002 (25.4 mm +0.00/-0.05) 0.14 (3.56) Rod Eye Dimensions E A A B I20 REI050 I30 RE075 I40 RE100 ØA A in (mm) 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.05) 1.00 (25.4) B 70 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 2.81 (71.4) 0.75 (19.05) 1.13 (28.7) 1.63 (41.4) 0.375 (9.53) 0.88 (22.2) 1.19 (30.2) F F 1.50 (38.1) 2.06 (52.3) E D 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) D C 0.75 (19.05) C ØA 1/2-20 3/4-16 1-14 I Series Linear Actuators I20 Case Dimensions 0.320 2.210 R 0.035 Typ 0.973 Typ 0.486 Typ A R0.251 0.130 0.091 0.307 0.150 0.083 0.137 0.164 0.338 0.675 0.206 B 0.063 0.775 DETAIL A R0.015 TYP 0.260 0.206 0.675 0.510 R 0.025TYP I Series 2.230 C 0.230 0.027 DETAIL B DETAIL C I30 Case Dimensions 2.821 R 0.500 0.975 TYP 0.488 TYP A 0.165 0.091 0.307 0.190 R 3.900 4 Places 3.036 B 0.675 0.320 R 0.035 TYP C 0.338 0.150 0.205 0.164 0.775 DETAIL A 0.063 0.083 0.050 0.028 0.510 R0.015 TYP 0.675 R0.025 TYP 0.205 0.260 DETAIL C DETAIL B I40 Case Dimensions R 0.500 A 3.748 1.250 TYP 0.625 TYP 0.320 R 0.063 TYP THESE SLOTS 0.161 0.317 0.192 REF R 9.00 4 PLACES 0.676 0.320 0.675 DETAIL A 4.000 0.338 B 0.150 C 0.028 2 PLACES .005 R MAX DETAIL C 0.083 2 PLACES 0.190 0.050 0.205 REF 0.205 0.064 0.260 R 0.015 6 PLACES THIS SLOT 0.510 REF R 0.031 TYP THIS SLOT 0.676 REF DETAIL B 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 71 I Series Accessories Ordering Guide Model No. I Series Mounting Attachments (includes proper number of standard T nuts and screws) Model No. Side Flange Attachments (Black Oxide Steel) ISFA-20 ISFA-30 ISFA-40 Spherical Rod Eye Size 20 I Series (2) SRM-050 Size 20 I Series Size 30 I Series (2) SRM-075 Size 30 I Series Size 40 I Series (2) SRF-100 Size 40 I Series (fits standard imperial female threaded rod) Side Trunnion Attachments ISTA-20 ISTA-30 ISTA-40 Rod Eye Size 20 I Series (2) REI-O50 Size 20 I Series Size 30 I Series (2) RE-075 Size 30 I Series Size 40 I Series (2) RE-100 Size 40 I Series Side Lug Attachments ISLA-20 Rod End Attachments, Standard Materials (Consult Factory for Corrosion Resistant Options) Rod Clevis Size 20 I Series (2) RCI-050 ISLA-30 Size 30 I Series (2) RC-075 Size 30 I Series ISLA-40 Size 40 I Series (2) RC-100 Size 40 I Series Size 20 I Series (requires 0.5" dia. Pin, CP-050) Clevis Pins for Rod Clevis/Rod Eye CP-050 Model No. ISSF-30 ISSF-40 Size 40 I Series Clevis Pins for Spherical Rod Eye CP-050 Size 20 I Series Size 20 I Series CP-075 Size 30 I Series Size 30 I Series CP-100 Size 40 I Series Stainless Steel Side Flange Attachments (Stainless Steel) ISSF-20 Size 30 I Series CP-100 Mounting Attachments, Corrosion Resistant or Stainiess Steel Size 20 I Series CP-075 Size 40 I Series Corrosion Resistant Side Trunnion Attachments (Treated Hardened Steel Trunnions) ICRT-20 Size 20 I Series ICRT-30 Size 30 I Series ICRT-40 Size 40 I Series Replacement Limit Switches Stainless Steel Side Trunnion Attachments (Hardened Stainless Steel Trunnions) ISST-20 Size 20 I Series ISST-30 Size 30 I Series ISST-40 Size 40 I Series Stainless Steel Side Lug Attachments (Stainless Steel) ISSL-20 Size 20 I Series ISSL-30 Size 30 I Series ISSL-40 Size 40 I Series Standard T Nuts and Screws ITNUT 5/16 - 18 T nut - use with all mounts ISCR34 5/16 - 18 x 3/4" screw - use with trunnion mounts ISCR10 5/16 - 18 x 1" screw - use with side flange and side lug mount Consult Exlar’s application engineering department regarding all special actuator components. 72 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Switch Type Exlar Part Number Turck Part Number Normally Closed Switch 43404 BIM-UNT-RP6X Normally Open Switch 43403 BIM-UNT-AP6X Actuator Series IM = Standard mechanical grade, IP54 IX = Premium mechanical grade, IP65 AA = Frame Size (nominal) 20 = 2 inch (60 mm) 30 = 3 inch (80 mm) 40 = 4 inch (100 mm) BB = Stroke Length 02-18 = 2 to 18 inch (50-455 mm) 12 in. max on I20 in 2 inch (300 mm) increments. Special available strokes: Maximum 24 inch (609 mm) stroke is available for the I30 and maximum 24 in. (609 mm) stroke for the I40. CC = Lead (linear motion per screw revolution) 01 = 0.1 inch (2.54 mm) 02 = 0.2 inch (5.08 mm) 04 = 0.4 inch (10.16 mm) I20 only 05 =  inch (12.7 mm) I30 and I40 only 0.5 08 =  0.75 inch (19.05 mm) I40 only, up to 8 inch stroke max.1 D = Mounting Options N = None, base unit F = Front flange X = Special E = Rod End M = Male, US std. thread A = Male, metric thread F = Female, US std. thread B = Female, metric thread X = Special (please specify) FFF = Input Drive Provisions NMT =  rive shaft only, no motor mount D G05 =  nline planetary gearing, 5:1 ratio I G10 =  nline planetary gearing, 10:1 ratio I ISC = Inline, includes shaft coupling P10 = Parallel, 1:1 ratio P20 = Parallel, 2:1 ratio P## =  ustom ratio, (ex. P13 = 1.3:1 ratio) C IM/XAA - BBCC - DE - FFF - GGG - (XX..XX - #####) GGG = Motor Mount Provisions6 A## =  lpha numeric motor call out - contact A Exlar Applications Engineering Department. Motor not included. NMT =  o motor mount - keyed shaft on base N unit only N23 =  ema 23 standard dimension N N34 =  ema 34 standard dimension N N42 =  ema 42 standard dimension. Not N available on I20. N56 =  ema 56 standard demension. Not N available on I20 or I30. M60 =  xlar 60 mm SLM. Motor not included. E Not available on I40. M90 =  xlar 90 mm SLM. Motor not included. E M11 =  xlar 115 mm SLM and ER. Motor not E included. Available on I40 only. M14 =  xlar 142 mm SLM. Motor not E included. Available on I40 only. G60 =  xlar 60 mm SLG. Motor not included. E Not available on I40. G90 =  xlar 90 mm SLG. Motor not included. E G11 =  xlar 11 mm SLG and ER. Motor not E included. Available on I40 only. AB3,4 =  llen Bradley 3 & 4 inch motors A BD3,4 = Baldor 3 & 4 inch motors CE3,4 =  arker (Custom Servo Motors) P Imperial 3 & 4 inch motors CM3,4 =  arker (Custom Servo Motors) Metric P 3 & 4 inch motors EE3,4 =  merson EMC Imperial 3 & 4 inch E motors EM3,4 =  merson CT Metric 3 & 4 inch motors E FA4 =  anuc 4 inch motors F IN3,4 =  osch-Rexroth (Indramat) 3 & 4 inch B motors KM2,4 =  ollmorgen 2, 3 & 4 inch motors K MT3,4 = Mitsubishi 3 & 4 inch motors PS3,4 =  acific Scientific PMA/PMB Series P 3 & 4 inch motors PC2,3 =  arker Compumotor 2.7, 3.6, 4.5, & P 5.6 inch motors YS3,4 =  askawa 3 & 4 inch motors Y MXX =  nlisted or special motor mounting U provisions to be assigned an alpha numeric code at time of order X..XX = Travel and Housing Options (Multiple Possible) EN =  lectroless nickel plating of housing E parts5 HC =  ard coat anodized, acceptable for H food grade5 PB =  rotective bellows for extending rod P L1 =  ne external limit switch, channel O mount magnetic sensing proximity switch, N.O.3 L2 =  Two external limit switches, channel mount magnetic sensing proximity switch, N.C. 10-30 VDC3 L3 =  hree external limit switches, channel T mount magnetic sensing proximity switch, 1 N.O., 2 N.C. 10-30 VDC3 L# =  xternal limit switches, channel E mount magnetic sensing prox switch3. P5 = P65 sealed housing (option for I IM Series) PF = Pre-loaded follower2 XH = Special housing option XL = Special lubrication XT = Special travel option I Series I Series Ordering Information ##### = Part No. Designator for Specials Optional 5 digit assigned part number to designate unique model numbers for specials. Consult Exlar’s application engineering department regarding all special actuator components. Note: 1.  aximum stroke length for 0.75 inch lead (19.05 mm) on I40 is 8" (228.6 mm). M 2.  he dynamic load rating of zero backlash, preloaded screws is 63% of the dynamic load T rating of the standard non-preloaded screws. The calculated travel life of a preloaded screw will be 25% of the calculated travel life of the same size and lead of a non-preloaded screw. 3.  lease see page 53 for limit switch details and replacements. P 4.  0 mm square max frame size for I20. 100 mm square max frame size for I30. 120 mm 9 square max frame size for I40. Consult Application Engineer for larger motors. 5.  hese housing options would typically be accompanied by the choice of the electroless T nickel connectors if a connectorized unit were selected. This choice may also indicate the need for special material main rods or mounting. 6.  EMA callout must meet specifications on page 67 or use alpha numeric callout. N 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 73 FT Series Linear Actuators FT Series Linear Actuators Exlar FT Series force tube actuators use a planetary roller screw mounted inside a telescoping tube mechanism. The follower is attached to the moveable force tube, which then extends and retracts as the screw rotates. An external motor (supplied by Exlar or the customer) provides the rotational force. High Performance As with all of Exlar’s roller screw products, the FT Series actuators deliver heavy load capacity, high speed capabilities, and exceptionally long life when compared to other linear actuator technologies. Other comparably-sized screw actuator products on the market - specifically ball screw and acme screw actuators - have relatively low load capacities, short working lives and limited speed capabilities. At equivalent sizes, under moderate to heavy loads, it is reasonable to project that FT units will deliver up to 15 times the working life of those other designs. For OEM designers, this often means much more power and durability can be achieved from a much smaller footprint when Exlar FT units are used. Contamination Protection The FT Series design has all the contaminationisolation advantages of hydraulic cylinders without the limited load, life, and speed of designs built around ball or acme screws. The bearing and roller screw components in the Exlar FT Series force tubes are mounted within the sealed housing. This prevents abrasive particles and other contaminants from entering the actuator’s critical mechanisms, and assures trouble-free operation even in the most severe environments. FT Series actuators are provided with standard grease lubrication. Custom provisions can be made for oil filled lubrication. Engineered Compatibility Exlar has removed much of the end-user-engineering burden by designing the FT series to be compatible with a wide variety of standard motors. Motor mounting, actuator mounting, and gearing configurations are available to meet nearly any application’s requirements. 74 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Motors shown in drawings are for illustrative purposes only and are not included with FT Actuators. Feature Standard Optional 12 inches to 8 feet Intermediate & Custom Stroke Lengths Pre-Loaded Follower No Yes External Limit Switches No One, two or three Adjustable Switches Side Mount, Side Lug, Extended Tie Rods, Rear Clevis, Front Flange, Side Trunnion, Rear Flange, Front/Rear Flange Specials Available Inline Direct Drive, Parallel 1:1 Drive, Parallel, 2:1Reduction Specials Available Long Strokes Multiple Actuator Mountings Multiple Motor Mounting Configurations FT Series Linear Actuators Special Sealing Options In standard units with inline, or parallel motor mounting, the mounting surface between the actuator and the motor, and between the end cover, or inline cover of the actuator and the actuator housing are not sealed as a standard feature. Stainless steel FT35 with stainless steel SLM115 motor These areas of the FT actuators can be sealed as a special option if the environment in which the actuator will be mounted requires the actuator to be sealed. Because of the vast differences in the design of various brands of motors that are mounted to the FT Series actuators, sealing of these two areas may alter the design of the actuator. Consult Exlar applications engineering for details and quotations on special sealing of this type. Food grade & stainless steel FT60 with food grade SLG90 motor Food grade & stainless steel FT35 with food grade SLM90 motor Exlar FT Series Actuators Applications Include: Hydraulic cylinder replacement Ball screw replacement Pneumatic cylinder replacement Chip and wafer handling Automated flexible fixturing Dispensers Machine tool Automated assembly Parts clamping Automatic tool changers Volumetric pumps Medical equipment Conveyor diverters / gates Plastics equipment Cut-offs Die cutters Packaging machinery Entertainment Sawmill equipment Open / close doors Fillers Formers Precision grinders The robust design of the FT series actuator can survive the rugged environment of a sawmill while providing accurate positioning at high rates and with high force. Motors shown in drawings are for illustrative purposes only and are not included with FT Actuators. Indexing stages Lifts Product sorting Material cutting Material handling Riveting / fastening / joining Molding Volumetric pumps Semiconductor Pick and place systems Robot manipulator arms Simulators FT Series The base unit of the FT actuators are sealed at the extending rod end by a rod seal, and on the drive end by a shaft seal (see base unit drawings on pages 86, 88 and 90). These rod and shaft seals, and o-ring sealing provides IP65 sealing for the FT actuator base units. Precision valve control Ventilation control systems Pressing Process control Tube bending Welding Stamping Test stands Tension control Web guidance Wire winding The smooth and accurate motion of Exlar’s actuators combined with today’s servo technology make multiple degree of freedom motion simulation applications easier to implement, cleaner and more efficient than hydraulic solutions. With their high thrust capability, compact size and smooth controlled motion, FT Series actuators are an ideal fit for replacing hydraulics or pneumatics on injection mold toggles. Control improvements from an electromechanical servo system offer less abuse of valuable molds and more consistent performance. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 75 FT Series Linear Actuators FT Series Lifetime Curves The L10 expected life of a roller screw linear actuator is expressed as the linear travel distance that 90% of properly maintained roller screws manufactured are expected to meet or exceed. For higher than 90% reliability, the result should be multiplied by the following factors: 95% x 0.62; 96% x 0.53; 97% x 0.44; 98% x 0.33; 99% x 0.21. This is not a guarantee and these charts should be used for estimation purposes only. The underlying formula that defines this value is: Travel life in millions of inches, where: C = Dynamic load rating (lbf ) C 3 F = Cubic mean applied load (lbf ) L10 = F x S = S = Roller screw’s lead (inches) ( ) FT 3 5 AAll curves represent properly lubricated and maintained actuators. ct uat or FT35, 60 & 80 High Capacity FT35, 60 & 80 Standard Capacity FT35 Actuator 12000 12000 Cubic Mean Load lbf (N) (53379) 10000 10000 (44482) 8000 8000 (35586) 6000 6000 (26689) 4000 4000 (17793) 2000 2000 (8896) 00 1 (25.4) 1 10 100 1,000 10,000 (2,540) (25,400) 100 F T 6 0 A c t ua t o r1000 (254) 10 (254,000) 10000 100,000 (2,540,000) 100000 Travel Life Millions of inches (mm) FT60 Actuator 25000 25000 Cubic Mean Load lbf (N) (111206) 20000 20000 (88964) 15000 15000 (67723) 10000 10000 (44482) 5000 5000 (22241) 00 1 (1 25.4) 10 10 (254) 100 100 (2,540) 1,000 FT 8 0 A 1,000 or ct uat (25,400) 10,000 10,000 (254,000) 100,000 100,000 (2,540,000) 100,000,000 1,000,000 (25,400,000) Cubic Mean Load lbf (N) Travel Life Millions of inches (mm) 50000 50000 (53379) 45000 40000 40000 (44482) 35000 30000 30000 (35586) 25000 20000 20000 (26689) 15000 10000 10000 (17793) 5000 00 FT80 Actuator 1 1 (25.4) 10 10 (254) 100 100 (2,540) 1,000 1000 (25,400) 10,000 10000 (254,000) Travel Life Millions of inches (mm) 76 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 100,000 100000 (2,540,000) 100,000,000 1000000 (25,400,000) FT Series Linear Actuators FT35 Series Performance Specifications Approx Frame Size Stroke Screw Lead Speed at Max Rated RPM Dynamic Load Rating Dynamic Load Rating Torque @ Max. Force (high capacity)1 lbf (kN) 0.2 (5) 14.7 (373) 10700 (47.5) 26168 (116.4) 29.5 (750) 8700 (38.5) 21177 (94.2) 300 (33.9) FT35-0620 0.79 (20) 59.3 (1500) 7100 (31.5) 23987 (106.7) 0.2 (5) 14.7 (373) 10700 (47.5) 26168 (116.4) 29.5 (750) 8700 (38.5) 21177 (94.2) 300 (33.9) FT35-1220 0.79 (20) 59.3 (1500) 7100 (31.5) 23987 (106.7) 0.2 (5) 14.7 (373) 10700 (47.5) 26168 (116.4) 29.5 (750) 8700 (38.5) 21177 (94.2) 300 (33.9) FT35-1820 0.79 (20) 59.3 (1500) 7100 (31.5) 23987 (106.7) 0.2 (5) 14.7 (373) 10700 (47.5) 26168 (116.4) 29.5 (750) 8700 (38.5) 21177 (94.2) 300 (33.9) FT35-2420 0.79 (20) 59.3 (1500) 7100 (31.5) 23987 (106.7) 0.2 (5) 8.9 (226) 10700 (47.5) 26168 (116.4) 17.8 (452) 8700 (38.5) 21177 (94.2) 300 (33.9) FT35-3620 0.79 (20) 35.6 (903) 7100 (31.5) 23987 (106.7) 0.2 (5) 5.7 (145) 10700 (47.5) 26168 (116.4) 11.4 (290) 8700 (38.5) 21177 (94.2) 300 (33.9) 0.79 (20) 22.4 (568) 7100 (31.5) 23987 (106.7) 35 (16) 0.0037 (0.00042) 4000 (17.8) 4500 40 (18) 0.0045 (0.00051) 4000 (17.8) 4500 45 (21) 0.0061 (0.00069) 4000 (17.8) 2700 55 (25) 0.0076 (0.00086) 4000 (17.8) 1700 65 (30) 150 (16.5) 0.39 (10) 4500 600 (67.8) FT35-4805 4000 (17.8) 150 (16.5) 0.39 (10) 0.0027 (0.00031) 600 (67.8) FT35-3605 30 (14) 150 (16.5) 0.39 (10) 4500 600 (67.8) FT35-2405 4000 (17.8) 150 (16.5) 0.39 (10) 0.0019 (0.00022) 600 (67.8) FT35-1805 Weight Base 150 (16.5) 0.39 (10) Max Rated Input 600 (67.8) FT35-1205 Max Force2 150 (16.5) 0.39 (10) Screw Inertia 600 (67.8) Model No. in (mm) in (mm) FT35-0605 FT35-0610 FT35-1210 FT35-1810 FT35-2410 FT35-3610 FT35-4810 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 6 (152) 12 (304) 18 (457) 24 (610) 36 (914) 48 (1219) FT35-4820 in (mm) Intermediate and custom stroke lengths are available. Intermediate leads may also be available. Belt and pulley inertia varies with ratio & motor selection. Contact Exlar’s Applications Engineering Department for more information. See page 78 for definition of terms. lb-in (N-m) lb-in-s2 (Kg-m2) lbf (kN) rpm lb (kg) FT Series in/sec (mm/sec) (std. capacity) lbf (kN) FT35 actuators with high capacity screw option are 20 mm longer. See dimensions page 80. 1 The rated and max force on the FT series actuators are those forces derived from using typical servo motors of similar frame size to the actuator, at their rated continuous and peak torques. In many cases FT actuators can be configured with input torque sufficient to exceed these forces. Contact Exlar for further details. 2 Pulley inertias lbf-in-sec2, reflected at motor including typical pulleys, belt and standard bushings. Because of differences in belt and pulley selection due to particular motor choices, please contact Exlar’s Application Engineering Department if these values are critical to FT Standard Inline Coupling Maximum Torque Ratings and Inertia your application. FT35 Torque Rating Inertia 40N-m (354 lbf-in) 0.30 lb-in , 0.000777 lbf-in-sec2 2 FT35 3 inch motor 1:1 = 0.004874 FT35 3 inch motor 2:1 = 0.002087 FT35 4 inch motor 1:1 = 0.009993 FT35 4 inch motor 2:1 = 0.005003 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 77 FT60 Series Linear Actuators FT60 Series Performance Specifications Model No. Approx Frame Size Stroke Dynamic Load Rating Dynamic Load Rating 0.47 (12) 15.8 (401) 44600 (199) 49750 (221.3) 1720 (194.3) 39.0 (1000) 41700 (186) 63958 (284.5) 7.9 (201) 51900 (231) 57933 (257.7) 0.47 (12) 15.8 (401) 44600 (199) 49750 (221.3) 1720 (194.3) 39.0 (1000) 41700 (186) 63958 (284.5) 4400 (497.1) 7.9 (201) 51900 (231) 57933 (257.7) 920 (103.9) 0.47 (12) 15.8 (401) 44600 (199) 49750 (221.3) 1720 (194.3) 39.0 (1000) 41700 (186) 63958 (284.5) 48 (1219) 7.9 (201) 51900 (231) 57933 (257.7) 920 (103.9) 0.47 (12) 15.8 (401) 44600 (199) 49750 (221.3) 1720 (194.3) 39.0 (1000) 41700 (186) 63958 (284.5) Weight Base 4400 (497.1) 1.18 (30) FT60-4806 Max. Rated Input 920 (103.9) 4400 (497.1) Intermediate and custom stroke lengths are also available. Intermediate leads may also be available. Belt and pulley inertia varies with ratio and motor selection. lb-in (N-m) lb-in-s2 (Kg-m2) Max. Force* 4400 (497.1) 0.23 (6) FT60-3630 (high capacity) lbf (kN) Screw Inertia 920 (103.9) 1.18 (30) 36 (914) FT60-4830 57933 (257.7) 0.23 (6) 6.0 (152) FT60-4812 51900 (231) 1.18 (12) 24 (610) FT60-3612 7.9 (201) 0.23 (6) FT60-2406 FT60-2412 in (mm) 1.18 (30) FT60-1230 (std. capacity) lbf (kN) Torque @ Max. Force in/sec (mm/sec) in (mm) 12 (305) FT60-1212 FT60-3606 Speed at Max. Rated RPM 0.23 (6) in (mm) FT60-1206 FT60-2430 Screw Lead lbf (kN) rpm lb (kg) 0.0454 (0.0051) 100 (45) 0.073 (0.0083) 130 (59) 20,000 (90.8) 2000 0.1 (0.0113) 160 (72) 0.126 (0.0142) 190 (86) *  he rated and max force on the FT series actuators are those forces derived from T using typical servo motors of similar frame size to the actuator, at their rated continuous and peak torques. In many cases FT actuators can be configured with input sufficient to exceed these forces. Contact Exlar for further details. Pulley inertias lbf-in-sec2, reflected at motor including typical pulleys, belt and standard bushings. Because of differences in belt and pulley selection due to particular motor choices, please contact Exlar’s Application Engineering Department if these values are critical FT Standard Inline Coupling Maximum Torque Ratings and Inertia to your application. Torque Rating Inertia FT60 100N-m (885 lbf-in) 0.90 lb-in2, 0.002331 lbf-in-sec2 FT60 1:1 = 0.030000 FT60 2:1 = 0.035000 Definitions: Max Linear Speed: The linear speed achieved by the actuator at a screw speed equal to the max rotational speed value. Rated Force: The linear force produced by the actuator at the torque at the rated force value. Dynamic Load Rating: A design constant used in calculating the estimated travel life of the roller screw. The dynamic mean load is the mean load at which the device will perform one million revolutions. 78 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Torque at Rated Force: The torque required at the screw to produce the force rating. Screw Inertia: The rotary inertia of the planetary roller screw in the actuator. Max. Rot. Speed: The maximum allowable rotational screw speed determined by the screw length or the rotational speed limit of the roller screw nut. FT80 Series Linear Actuators FT80 Series Performance Specifications in (mm) in/sec (mm/sec) Dynamic Load Rating (std. capacity) lbf (kN) (high capacity) lbf (kN) 0.23 (6) 6.9 (175) 80700 (358) 94330 (419.6) 1950 (220.3) 0.47 (12) 13.8 (351) 70200 (312) 84079 (374.0) 3550 (401.1) FT80-1230 1.18 (30) 34.4 (875) 64700 (288) 95971 (426.9) 8840 (998.8) FT80-2406 0.23 (6) 6.9 (175) 80700 (358) 94330 (419.6) 1950 (220.3) 0.47 (12) 13.8 (351) 70200 (312) 84079 (374.0) 3550 (401.1) 1.18 (12) 34.4 (875) 64700 (288) 95971 (426.9) 8840 (998.8) 0.23 (6) 6.9 (175) 80700 (358) 94330 (419.6) 1950 (220.3) 0.47 (12) 13.8 (351) 70200 (312) 84079 (374.0) 3550 (401.1) 1.18 (30) 34.4 (875) 64700 (288) 95971 (426.9) 8840 (998.8) 0.23 (6) 6.9 (175) 80700 (358) 94330 (419.6) 1950 (220.3) 0.47 (12) 13.8 (351) 70200 (312) 84079 (374.0) 3550 (401.1) 1.18 (30) 34.4 (875) 64700 (288) 95971 (426.9) 8840 (998.8) Stroke in (mm) in (mm) FT80-1212 12 (305) FT80-2412 FT80-2430 FT80-3606 Screw Lead 24 (610) 8.0 (203) FT80-3612 36 (914) FT80-3630 FT80-4806 48 (1219) FT80-4812 FT80-4830 Intermediate and custom stroke lengths are also available. Intermediate leads may also be available. Belt and pulley inertia varies with ratio and motor selection. Please contact Exlar’s Applications Engineering Department for more information. See page 78 for definitions of terms. Dynamic Load Rating Torque @ Max. Force lb-in (N-m) Screw Inertia lb-in-s2 (Kg-m2) Max. Force* lbf (kN) Max. Rated Input rpm Weight Base lb (kg) 0.1630 (0.0184) 190 (86) 0.247 (0.0279) 265 (120) 40,000 (178) 1750 0.331 (0.0374) 340 (153) 0.415 (0.0468) 415 (187) FT Series Speed at Max. Rated RPM Model No. FT80-1206 Approx Frame Size *  he rated and max force on the FT series actuators are those forces derived from T using typical servo motors of similar frame size to the actuator, at their rated continuous and peak torques. In many cases FT actuators can be configured with input torque sufficient to exceed these forces. Contact Exlar for further details. Pulley inertias lbf-in-sec2, reflected at motor including typical pulleys, belt and standard bushings. Because of differences in belt and pulley selection due to particular motor choices, please contact Exlar’s Application Engineering Department if these values are critical FT Standard Inline Coupling Maximum Torque Ratings and Inertia to your application. FT80 Torque Rating Inertia 200N-m (1770 lbf-in) 3.89 lb-in , 0.010075 lbf-in-sec2 2 FT80 1:1 = 0.235000 FT Series Mechanical Specifications Model No. FT35, FT60, FT80 Roller Screw Backlash in (mm) Preloaded Loader Screw Backlash System Backlash in (mm) * Standard Lead Accuracy** in/ft (mm/mm) 0.0004 - 0.001 (0.01 - 0.03) 0 0.002 (0.06) 0.001 (.025/300) Dynamic Torque Values (lbf* in/krpm) nm/krpm * System backlash will be different with various types of motor  mounting arrangements and couplings. Please discuss your particular configuration with Exlar application engineers. ** Optional lead accuracy – from 0.0002 in/ft (6 μm/300 mm) to  0.002 in/ft (200 μm/10000 mm) – are also available. *** For IP65 scaling of unit with motor mounted, please contact  Exlar’s Applications Engineering Department for more information and ordering information. FT35: 6.0 (0.68) FT60: 11.0 (1.24) FT80: 20.0 (2.26) Friction Torque Values (lbf in) nm FT80 2:1 = 0.157000 FT35: 7.0 (0.79) FT60: 14.0 (1.58) FT80: 35.0 (3.95) * Maximum Radial Load Environmental Rating (Base Unit Only)*** Case: Standard Optional 0 IP65 Standard Epoxy-coated aluminum Food Grade Coating 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 79 FT35 Series Linear Actuators Base Unit All dimensions shown in inches with millimeter equivalent in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. .57 14.5 .10 2.5 1.69 42.8 2.13 54.0 3.63 92.1 9.1 + Stroke * 232 * dd 20mm if choosing high capacity option. A 1.50 38.1 +.004 +.0000 .138-.000 Ø .748 -.0005 +0.1 3.5 0.000 0.0 19.0 -0.013 3.63 92.1 -.000 .236 -.002 -0.012 6 -0.042 Ø 3.86 B.C. 3/8-16 UNC-2A 98.0 [M8x1.25] Ø 3.00 76.2 Clevis Mount Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeter equivalent in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. 1.50 38.1 ** +.002 Ø 1.000 -.001 +.05 25.40 -.03 1.69 42.9 9.60 243.8 2.0 50 5.25 [133.4] * 9.1 + Stroke 232 6.3 159 1.00 25.4 .74 19 1.52 38.5 * dd 20mm if choosing high capacity option. A * f “G” metric clevis option, Ø 27 mm + 0.00 / - 0.06 I Front Flange Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeter equivalent in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. 5.25 133.4 Ø .53 13.5 3.63 92.1 4.75 120.7 * dd 20mm if choosing high capacity option. A 1.69 42.9 9.60 243.8 +.001 Ø .375 -.000 +0.03 9.53 0.00 2.50 63.5 5.8 146 1.96 49.8 .63 15.9 * 9.1 + Stroke 232 4.19 106.3 Rear Flange Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeter equivalent in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. 1.69 42.9 9.60 243.8 1.96 49.8 5.25 133.4 * dd 20mm if choosing high capacity option. A Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 80 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Ø .53 13.5 * 9.1 + Stroke 232 4.13 104.8 3.50 88.9 .63 15.9 2.50 63.5 6.50 7.50 165.1 190.5 FT35 Series Linear Actuators 5.25 133.4 Trunnion Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeters equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. 1.69 42.9 3.63 92.1 1.81 46.0 5.12 130.1 7.12 180.9 Extended Tie Rod Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeters equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. Stroke 1.00 25.4 Ø 2.00 50.8 9.1 + Stroke * 231 5.25 133.4 1.25 31.8 9.60 243.8 Ø 3.000 +.000 -.002 3/8-16 UNC-2A [M8x1.25] 0.00 76.20 - 0.05 3.63 92.1 1.96 49.8 Ø 3.86 B.C. 98.0 1.69 42.9 * dd 20mm if choosing high capacity option. A FT Series * dd 20mm if choosing high capacity option. A ** f “Q” metric side trunnion option, Ø 35 mm h7 I ** Ø 1.500±.001 38.1±0.03 4.19 106.3 9.1 + Stroke * 232 Side Lug Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeters equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. 9.60 243.8 1.69 42.9 3.63 92.1 1.81 46.0 2.56 65.1 * dd 20mm if choosing high capacity option. A .19 4.7 .75 19.1 5.25 133.4 Ø .41 10.3 7.50 6.50 190.5 165.1 5.25 6.25 133.4 158.8 1.00 25.4 .50 12.7 * 9.1 + Stroke 232 3.88 98.4 Side Mount Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeters equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. 9.60 243.8 * dd 20mm if choosing high capacity option. A * f “J” or “K” metric side mount options, M6 x 1.0  9 mm I with Ø 6 mm M7  9 mm Dowel Hole Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 1.81 46.0 1.69 42.9 3.63 92.1 5.25 133.4 .31 Ø .25 +.0000 x .400 Deep 8.0 -.0005 6.4 1.81 46.0 * 9.1 + Stroke 232 4.19 106.3 9.1 + Stroke * 232 1.63 41.3 1/4-20 UNC-2B x .63 [15.9] 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 81 FT60 Series Linear Actuators Base Unit All dimensions shown in inches with millimeter equivalent in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. .83 21.1 2.25 57.1 .10 2.5 9/16-12 UNC-2A [M14x2] +.0000 Ø 1.378 -.0006 0.000 35.0-0.016 6.38 161.9 15.3 + Stroke 388 2.00 50.8 2.41 61.2 Ø 5.00 127.0 6.38 161.9 .394-.0006 -.0020 10.0-0.015 -0.051 .197+.008 -.000 5.0+0.2 0.0 Ø 6.79 B.C. 172.4 Clevis Mount Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeter 14.32 363.7 equivalent in brackets. 6.38 See rod ends for rod end 161.9 thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. 2.50 63.5 ** +.002 Ø 1.750 -.001 44.45 +.05 -.03 3.19 81.0 8.50 215.9 2.25 57.1 15.3 + Stroke 388 1.00 25.4 8.1 205 2.51 63.9 2.13 54.0 1.25 31.8 ** If “G” metric clevis option, Ø 45 mm + 0.00 / - 0.08  Front Flange Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeter equivalent in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. 6.88 174.6 Ø .66 16.7 +.001 Ø .501-.000 +0.03 12.73 0.00 2.25 57.1 14.32 363.7 4.57 116.2 6.38 161.9 8.32 211.2 10.00 254.0 3.29 83.6 1.00 25.4 15.3 + Stroke 388 Rear Flange Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeter equivalent in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. 8.50 215.9 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com +.001 Ø .501-.000 12.7+0.0 0.0 2.25 57.1 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 82 4.6 116 3.29 83.6 15.3 + Stroke 388 4.57 116.1 Ø .66 16.7 14.32 363.7 6.38 161.9 4.58 116.2 11.00 279.4 13.00 330.2 FT60 Series Linear Actuators Trunnion Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeters equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. 6.88 174.6 Ø 3.50 88.9 2.25 57.1 7.88 200.0 14.32 363.7 3.29 83.6 2.00 50.8 8.13 206.4 12.13 308.0 Stroke Ø 2.50±.001 63.5±0.03 15.3 + Stroke 389 * f “Q” metric side trunnion option, Ø 60 mm h9 I 6.88 174.6 Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeters equivalents in brackets. 6.38 See rod ends for rod end thread details. 161.9 Motor plate and cover dimensions +.000 Ø 5.000-.002 are subject to change depending 0.00 127.0 on the motor selection. -0.05 2.25 57.1 14.32 363.7 2.00 50.8 Ø 6.79 B.C. 172.4 3.29 83.6 9/16-12 UNC-2A [M14x2] FT Series Extended Tie Rod Unit 4.57 116.1 15.3 + Stroke 388 6.88 174.6 Side Lug Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeters equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. 14.32 363.7 6.38 161.9 4.29 109.0 .50 12.7 1.00 25.4 9.8 249 Ø .53 13.5 8.50 215.9 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 15.3 + Stroke 388 4.13 104.9 Side Mount Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeters equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. 14.32 363.7 2.25 57.1 6.38 161.9 3.19 81.0 3.19 81.0 6.88 174.6 3.29 83.6 .50 12.7 15.3 + Stroke 388 15.3 + Stroke 388 4.57 116.1 2.50 63.5 * f “J” or “K” metric side mount options, M12 x 1.75  19 mm I with Ø 12 mm M7  12 mm Dowel Hole 1/2-13 UNC 1.125[28.6] ø 0.500 x 1.00 Deep Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 83 FT80 Series Linear Actuators Base Unit All dimensions shown in inches with millimeter equivalent in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. .90 22.9 3.03 77.0 3.34 84.7 .10 2.5 +.005 Ø 2.362 -.000 +0.13 60.0 0.00 8.50 215.9 +.005 .295 -.000 +0.1 7.5 0.0 8.78 223.0 -.001 -.002 -0.018 18 -0.061 .709 19.8 + Stroke 503 Ø 9.33 B.C. 237.0 3/4-10 UNC-2A 2.00 50.8 Ø 6.75 171.5 Front Flange Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeter equivalent in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. 8.77 222.7 3.03 77.0 1.25 31.8 17.3 [440.1] 6.00 152.4 8.50 215.9 10.75 273.1 12.75 323.9 4.4 112 +.001 Ø .625 -.000 +0.025 15.9 0.000 19.8 + Stroke 503 6.44 163.6 Ø .78 19.8 Extended Tie Rod Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeter equivalent in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. 8.77 222.7 17.3 440.1 8.50 215.9 +.000 Ø 6.750 -.002 0.00 171.5 -0.05 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 84 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 3.50 88.9 3/4-10 UNC-2A 4.4 112 Ø 9.33 B.C. 237.0 3.03 77.0 19.8 + Stroke 503 6.44 163.6 FT80 Series Linear Actuators Side Lug Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeters equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. 8.77 [222.7] 3.03 77.0 17.3 [440.1] 8.50 215.9 6.25 158.8 2.00 50.8 1.25 31.8 12.75 323.9 .50 12.7 Ø .78 19.8 19.8 + Stroke 503 5.94 150.9 10.75 273.1 FT Series 2.50 63.5 Side Mount Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in inches with millimeters equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. 8.77 222.7 3.03 77.0 17.3 440.1 4.25 108.0 8.50 215.9 19.8 + Stroke 503 * f “J” or “K” metric side mount options, M16 x 2.0  16 mm I with Ø 12 mm M7  12 mm Dowel Hole .75 19.1 5/8-11 UNC-2B 1.25 6.44 163.6 19.8 + Stroke 503 4.00 101.6 Ø 0.625 +.0000 -.0005 1.375 NOTE: For Clevis, Trunnion or  Rear Flange, Consult Exlar Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 85 FT Series Linear Actuators Rod Ends F A Thread Thread øE øE B øC D D A in (mm) B in (mm) ØC in (mm) D in (mm) ØE in (mm) F in (mm) Male Metric Female U.S. FT35 0.87 (22.1) 1.125 (28.6) 1.000 (25.4) 0.500 (12.7) 1.750 (44.5) 0.750 (19.1) Male U.S. 3/4-16 UNF-2A M16x1.5 6g 3/4-16 UNF-2B Female Metric M16x1.5 6h FT60 2.00 (50.8) 2.750 (69.9) 2.360 (59.9) 0.750 (19.1) 3.000 (76.2) 2.000 (50.8) 1 7/8-12 UN-2A M42x4.5 6g 1 7/8-12 UN-2B M42x4.5 6h FT80 2.75 (69.9) 4.019 (102.1) 3.143 (79.8) 1.000 (25.4) 4.000 (101.6) 2.250 (57.2) 2 1/2-12 UN-2A M56x5.5 6g 2 1/2-12 UN-2B M56x5.5 6h NEMA Standard Motor Dimensions The I Series actuators offer the selection for motor mounting provisions to be the various NEMA motor sizes. Because there are variations from brand to brand of motor as to what is called NEMA dimensions, we publish this table of NEMA dimensions that we use as the standards for the product line. If the motor that you choose differs from these dimensions, it would not be called out by the N23, N34, N42, N56 call outs, and rather, by the A## alpha numeric callout for specific motors. ØA +0.0000 [0.0] - 0.0005 [0.0] 0.625 0.81 1.19 2.19 2.0625 1.5 2.875 2.186 4.5 “D” Pilot Depth D Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com NEMA 56 0.75 “C” Motor Pilot Diameter 86 NEMA 42 0.5 “B” Motor Shaft Length B NEMA 34 0.25 0.05 0.0625 0.0625 0.1 - 0.16 “E” Mounting Bolt Circle 2.625 3.875 4.95 5.875 “F” Mounting Bolt Hole Dia. 0.205 0.223 0.328 3/8-16 UNC tap Dimension (in) ØC Ø F Hole (4x) Equally Spaced on a "E" Dia B.C. NEMA 23 “A” Motor Shaft Diameter FT Series Linear Actuators Case Dimensions 0.645 SEE T-SLOT DETAIL 3.310 0.270 0.075 R0.0375 3.310 FT35 0.138 0.426 T-SLOT DETAIL SEE T-SLOT DETAIL 6.024 FT Series 0.609 6.024 FT60 1.173 SEE T-SLOT DETAIL 7.900 7.900 FT80 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 87 FT Series Ordering Information AA = 35 = 60 = 80 = FT Frame Size 3.5 inch (90 mm) 6.0 inch (150 mm) 8.0 inch (200 mm) BB = 06 = 12 = 18 = 24 = 36 = 48 = Stroke Length 6 inch (150 mm) FT35 12 inch (300 mm) FT35, 60, 80 18 inch (450 mm) FT35 24 inch (600 mm) FT35, 60, 80 36 inch (915 mm) FT35, 60, 80 48 inch (1220 mm) FT35, 60, 80 CC 05 06 10 12 20 30 = = = = = = = Screw Lead 0.2 inch, FT35 0.23 inch, FT60, 80 0.39 inch, FT35 0.47 inch, FT60, 80 0.79 inch, FT35 1.18 inch, FT60, 80 D L B C F R S D T E J K Q M G X = Mounting Style1 = Side lugs =  Front/rear flange (5) = Rear clevis (5) = Front flange =  Rear flange (5) = Side mount = Double side mount = Side trunnion mount (5) = Extended tie rods = Metric side mount = Metric double side mount = Metric side trunnion = Metric extended tie rods = Metric rear clevis (5) = Special (please specify) E =  Moter Mounting Configurations N = None I =  Inline direct drive (includes Exlar standard coupling) P = Parallel, 1:1 drive Q = Parallel, 2:1 reduction X = Special F M A F B W = Rod End = Male, US std. thread = Male, metric thread = Female, US std. thread = Female, metric thread =  Male, US std. thread 416C SS, rod end only R =  Male metric thread 416C SS, rod end only V =  Female, US std. thread 416C SS, rod end only L =  Female, metric thread 416C SS, rod end only X = Special (please specify) FTAA - BBCC - DEF - GGG - XX .. .. XX GGG = Motor Mount Provisions 3, 4 A## =  lpha numeric motor call out – contact A Exlar Applications Engineering Department. Motor not included. NMT =  o motor mount – keyed shaft on N base unit only N23 = Nema 23 standard dimension N34 = Nema 34 standard dimension N42 = Nema 42 standard dimension. N56 = Nema 56 standard demension. M60 = Exlar 60 mm SLM. Motor not included. M90 = Exlar 90 mm SLM. Motor not included. M11 =  xlar 115 mm SLM and ER. Motor not E included. M14 =  xlar 142 mm SLM. Motor not included. E M18 =  xlar 180 mm SLM. Motor not included. E G60 = Exlar 60 mm SLG. Motor not included. G90 = Exlar 90 mm SLG. Motor not included. G11 = Exlar 115 mm SLG and ER. Motor not  included. AB3, 4, 6, 8 = Allen Bradley Ultra 3, 4, 6 and  8 inch motors BD3, 4, 6, 8 = Baldor 3, 4, 6 & 8 inch motors CE3, 4, 6, 8 =  arker (Custom Servo Motors) P Imperial 3, 4, 6 and 8 inch motors CM3, 4, 6, 8 =  arker (Custom Servo Motors) P Metric 3, 4, 6 & 8 inch motors EC3, 4, 6, 8 =  lectroCraft F&H 3000, 4000, E 6000 and 8000 Series EE3, 4 = Emerson EMC Imperial 3 & 4 inch EM3, 4, 6, 8 = Emerson EMC Metric 3, 4, 6 & 8  inch FA 4, 6, 8 = Fanuc 4, 6 & 8 inch motors IN3, 4, 6, 8 = Bosch-Rexroth (Indramat) 3, 4, 6  and 8 inch motors KM2, 4, 6, 8 = Kollmorgen B & M 20, 40, 60 and  80 Series MT3, 4, 6, 8 = Mitsubishi 3, 4, 6 & 8 inch motors PS3, 4, 6, 8 = Pacific Scientific PMA/PMB Series  PC2, 3, 4, 6 =  arker Compumotor Apex 2.7, P 3.6, 4.5 and 5.6 inch YS3, 4, 6, 8 = Yaskawa 3, 4, 6 and 8 inch motors MXX =  nlisted or special motor mounting U provisions XX .. XX = Options Housing Options XH = Special housing options HC = Type III hard coat anodized, class I2 XT = High capacity roller screw SS = Stainless steel2 FG = Smooth white epoxy2 (IP65 sealing of unit with motor mounted requires “XH” option.)2 Special Follower PF =  reloaded follower. The dynamic load rating of zero backlash, preloaded screws is 63% of P the dynamic load rating of the standard non-preloaded screws. The calculated travel life of a preloaded screw will be 25% of the calculated travel life of the same size and lead non-preloaded screw for the same application. FX = Special follower End Switches (adjustable position throughout stroke) L1 = One adjustable switch, (10-30 VDC, PNP, N.C., 1m. 3 wire embedded cable) L2 = Two adjustable switches, (10-30 VDC, PNP, N.C., 1m. 3 wire embedded cable) L3 = Three adjustable switches, (10-30 VDC, PNP, N.C., 1m. 3 wire embedded cable) Please provide a drawing of motor dimensions with all orders to insure proper mounting compatibility. ##### = Part No. Designator for Specials Optional 5 digit assigned part number to designate unique model numbers for specials. Note: 1. Mounting face size, shaft length and other details of particular motors may require  special adapters or provisions for mounting. Always discuss your motor selection with Exlar engineering. 2.  hese housing options may also indicate the need for special material main rods, T faceplate and motor mounting provisions. Internal anti-rotate is not available with stainless steel options. Consult Exlar Applications Engineering. 3. NEMA callout must meet specifications on page 92 or use alpha-numberic callout. 4. MAX Std. motor size FT35: 4 inch/115 mm, FT60 & 80: 8 inch/200 mm. For oversized  motors, consult Exlar Applications Engineer. 5. Not available with inline motor mount. Consult Exlar Applications Engineering. Consult Exlar’s Application Engineering Department regarding all special actuator components. 88 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com FT Series 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 89 SLM and SLG Series Motors Introducing Exlar’s SLM Series Motors and SLG Series Integrated Gearmotors Brushless servo motor and gearmotor technology from Exlar provides the highest torque-to-size ratio available in motion control today. Small size, outstanding performance specifications, quality and customization capabilities offer you the solution you need for your motion control application. Very High Torque Density SLG Series Gearmotor Exlar’s T-LAM technology produces an efficient and powerful motor in a very small package. •  0 mm SLM060 offers continuous torque up to 15 lbf-in 6 and base speed of 5000 rpm. •  0 mm SLM090 offers continuous torque up to 56 lbf-in 9 and base speed of 4000 rpm. •  15 mm SLM115 offers continuous torque up 1 to 176 lbf-in and base speed of 3000 rpm. •  42 mm SLM142 offers continuous torque 1 up to 237 lbf-in and base speed of 2400 rpm. Standard Features SLM Motor Standard Features UL recognized component IP65 sealing SLM Motor MS connectors embedded leads, or embedded leads with cable plugs Feedback configurations for nearly all servo amplifiers 115, 230 or 460 Vrms motor voltages Anodized housings Class 180H insulation system All features of SLM motor shown above plus… High side load bearing design Integrated armature and sungear SLG Gearmotor Higher stiffness than bolt-on gearhead and motor 10 arc minute standard backlash, single stage; 13 arc minute standard backlash, dual stage Single and double reduction ratios: 4:1, 5:1, 10:1, 16:1, 20:1, 25:1, 40:1, 50:1, and 100:1 90 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com SLM and SLG Series Motors Unique T-LAM™ Stator Design Advantage This innovative design offers several advantages over traditional motor winding for a more efficient and powerful motor. Built for durability, T-LAM segmented lamination stator technology consists of individual segments, each containing individual phase wiring for maximum motor performance. The robust insulation, high coercive strength magnets, and complete thermal potting all provide a more robust motor design – a design yielding a 35 to 70% torque increase in the same package size! T-LAM motor designs have Class 180-H insulation systems and UL recognition. Customization to Suit Your Requirements Exlar Corporation has capabilities allowing custom motors to be manufactured to meet your OEM requirements. Whatever your special requirements are… custom shafts, custom mountings, custom stators, custom housing materials… please contact Exlar or your local sales representative to discuss your needs. Typical Applications SLM Series Motors and SLG Series Gearmotors are perfectly suited for applications in any industry. Semiconductor Stage Positioning Conveyor Drives Labeling Plastics Machinery Medical Applications Automotive Assembly Machine Tools Tensioning Winding Machines Parts Handling Simulation Robotics Web Feed Glass Manufacturing Screw Drives SLM/SLG Series EXLAR SLM & SLG Series Motors applications include: Packaging Fluid Handling Exlar’s closed-loop, servo-controlled rotary actuators are ideal for operating quarter-turn, full-turn, or multi-turn valves or shaft driven dampers. Exlar’s brushless motors are the highest performance with very compact size. This makes them perfect for high-speed labeling and demanding conveyor drive applications. The FT Series combined with SLM/G Series motors provides a complete Exlar actuator solution for applications requiring heavy load capacity and high speeds. The motor can be configured to operate with nearly any manufacturer’s servo amplifier. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 91 SLM and SLG Series Motors SLM/SLG Speed/Torque Curves These speed vs. torque curves represent approximate continuous torque ratings at indicated rpms. Different types of servo amplifiers will offer varying motor torque. SLM/SLG-060 1 STACK MOTORS 14 (1.6) Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 16 (1.8) 12 (1.4) 10 (1.1) 8 (0.9) 6 (0.7) 4 (0.5) 2 (0.2) 0 0 2000 3000 Motor RPM SLM/SLG-060 4000 5000 SLM/SLG-090 50 (5.6) 45 (5.1) 40 (4.5) 35 (4.0) 30 (3.4) 25 (2.8) 20 (2.3) 15 (1.7) 10 (1.1) 5 (0.6) 0 0 6000 2 STACK MOTORS 20 (2.3) 15 (1.7) 10 (1.1) 5 (0.6) 1000 4000 2 STACK MOTORS 80 (9.0) 70 (7.9) 60 (6.8) 50 (5.6) 40 (4.5) 30 (3.4) 20 (2.3) 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 Motor RPM SLM/SLG-060 35 (4.0) Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 25 (2.8) 20 (2.3) 15 (1.7) 10 (1.1) 5 (0.6) 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 SLM/SLG-090 120 (13.6) 30 (3.4) 0 2000 4000 6000 3 STACK MOTORS 100 (11.3) 80 (9.0) 60 (6.8) 40 (4.5) 20 (2.3) 0 0 1000 2000 Motor RPM Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 10" x 10" x 1/4" on SLM/SLG060 and 10" x 10" x 3/8" on SLM/SLG090 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 3000 Motor RPM 3 STACK MOTORS Motor RPM 92 3000 0 0 Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 2000 10 (1.1) 0 0 1 STACK MOTORS Motor RPM SLM/SLG-090 90 (10.2) Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 25 (2.8) Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 1000 Peak Torque Continuous Torque 3000 4000 SLM and SLG Series Motors SLM/SLG Speed/Torque Curves Peak Torque Continuous Torque SLM/SLG-115 1 STACK MOTORS 140 (15.8) Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 160 (18.1) 120 (13.6) 100 (11.3) 80 (9.0) 60 (6.8) 40 (4.5) 20 (2.3) 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 SLM/SLG-142 500 (56.5) 450 (50.8) 400 (45.2) 350 (39.5) 300 (33.9) 250 (28.2) 200 (22.6) 150 (16.9) 100 (11.3) 50 (5.6) 0 3500 0 1000 Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 2 STACK MOTORS 200 (22.6) 150 (16.9) 100 (11.3) 50 (5.6) 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 SLM/SLG-142 500 (56.5) 450 (50.8) 400 (45.2) 350 (39.5) 300 (33.9) 250 (28.2) 200 (22.6) 150 (16.9) 100 (11.3) 50 (5.6) 0 3500 0 1000 Motor RPM SLM/SLG-115 3 STACK MOTORS 300 (33.9) 250 (28.2) 200 (22.6) 150 (16.9) 100 (11.3) 50 (5.6) 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 Motor RPM 4000 2 STACK MOTORS 2000 3000 4000 Motor RPM Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 350 (39.5) 3000 SLM/SLG Series SLM/SLG-115 2000 Motor RPM Motor RPM 250 (28.2) 1 STACK MOTORS 2500 3000 3500 SLM/SLG-142 500 (56.5) 450 (50.8) 400 (45.2) 350 (39.5) 300 (33.9) 250 (28.2) 200 (22.6) 150 (16.9) 100 (11.3) 50 (5.6) 0 0 1000 3 STACK MOTORS 2000 3000 4000 Motor RPM Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 12" x 12" x 1/2" on SLM/SLG115 and 12" x 12" x 1/2" on SLM/SLG142 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 93 SLM and SLG Series Motors SLM/SLG060 Electrical/Mechanical Specifications SLM/G060 Stator Data 1 Stack Motor Sinusoidal Commutation Data Continuous Motor Torque 118 138 2 Stack Motor 158 168 218 238 3 Stack Motor 258 268 318 338 358 368 lbf-in (Nm) 7.6 (0.86) 7.3 (0.83) 7.0 (0.79) 7.0 (0.79) 11.9 (1.35) 11.5 (1.30) 11.2 (1.27) 11.3 (1.28) 15.3 (1.73) 15.3 (1.73) 14.8 (1.67) 15.0 (1.69) Peak Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 15.3 (1.72) 14.7 (1.66) 14.0 (1.58) 14.0 (1.58) 23.8 (2.69) 23.0 (2.60) 22.5 (2.54) 22.6 (2.56) 30.7 (3.47) 30.7 (3.46) 29.6 (3.34) 29.9 (3.38) Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 2.5 (0.28) 5.2 (0.6) 8.3 (0.9) 9.5 (1.1) 2.5 (0.3) 5.2 (0.6) 8.9 (1.0) 10.2 (1.1) 2.3 (0.3) 5.3 (0.6) 8.8 (1.0) 10.2 (1.1) Continuous Current Rating A 3.4 1.6 1.9 0.8 5.4 2.5 1.4 1.2 7.3 3.2 1.9 1.6 Peak Current Rating A 6.9 3.1 3.8 1.6 10.8 4.9 2.8 2.5 14.6 6.5 3.8 3.3 Trapezoidal Commutation Data Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 7.3 (0.82) 7.0 (0.79) 6.7 (0.76) 6.7 (0.76) 11.4 (1.29) 11.0 (1.24) 10.7 (1.21) 10.8 (1.22) 14.7 (1.66) 14.6 (1.65) 14.1 (1.6) 14.3 (1.61) Peak Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 14.6 (1.65) 14.0 (1.6) 13.4 (1.5) 13.4 (1.5) 22.8 (2.6) 22.0 (2.5) 21.5 (2.4) 21.6 (2.4) 29.3 (3.3) 29.3 (3.3) 28.3 (3.2) 28.6 (3.2) Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 1.93 (0.22) 4.06 (0.46) 6.5 (0.73) 7.41 (0.84) 1.93 (0.22) 4.06 (0.46) 6.90 (0.78) 7.92 (0.89) 1.83 (0.21) 4.11 (0.46) 6.85 (0.77) 7.92 (0.89) Continuous Current Rating A 4.22 1.93 1.15 1.01 6.59 3.02 1.74 1.52 8.96 3.98 2.30 2.02 Peak Current Rating A 8.44 3.86 2.3 2.02 13.18 6.04 3.47 3.04 17.92 7.96 4.61 4.04 Motor Data Voltage Constant (Ke) Vpk/Krpm 23.9 50.3 80.5 91.8 23.9 50.3 85.5 98.1 22.6 50.9 84.9 98.1 Vrms/Krpm 16.9 35.6 56.9 64.9 16.9 35.6 60.5 69.4 16.0 36.0 60.0 69.4 8 (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Ohms 2.62 12.52 35.22 45.79 1.11 5.26 15.95 20.69 0.62 3.14 9.36 12.22 mH 3.1 13.7 35.0 45.5 1.5 6.6 19.0 25.0 0.9 4.4 12.3 16.5 Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L)(+/– 5% @ 25˚C) Inductance (L-L)(+/– 15%) SLM Armature Inertia (+/– 5%) Brake Inertia 0.000237 (0.268) 0.00012 (0.135) Brake Current @ 24 VDC 0.000413 (0.466) 0.000120 (0.135) 0.000589 (0.665) 0.000120 (0.135) .33 lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2 ) lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2) .33 .33 19 (2.2) A Brake Holding Torque lbf-in (Nm) 19 (2.2) 19 (2.2) Brake Engage/Disengage Time ms 14/28 14/28 Mechanical Time Constant (tm) ms 1.41 1.52 1.67 1.67 0.60 0.64 0.67 0.66 0.37 0.37 0.40 0.39 Electrical Time Constant (te) ms 1.18 1.09 0.99 0.99 1.34 1.25 1.19 1.21 1.42 1.41 1.32 1.35 Damping Constant 14/28 lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) 0.02 (0.002) 0.03 (0.003) 0.05 (0.006) Friction Torque lbf-in (Nm) 0.07 (0.008) 0.10 (0.011) 0.14 (0.016) Voltage Rating Vrms Speed @ Bus Voltage rpm 115 230 400 460 115 230 Insulation Class Insulation System Volt Rating 400 460 115 230 400 460 5000 180 (H) Vrms 460 Environmental Rating IP65 For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by .707 and current by 1.414. SLG060 Gearmotor Data 1 Stack Motor SLG Armature Inertia* lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2 ) Gearing Reflected Inertia 2 Stack Motor 0.000226 (0.255) Single Reduction Gear Stages lbf-in-sec2 3 Stack Motor 0.000401 (0.453) (Kg-cm2) 0.000576 (0.651) Double Reduction Gear Stages lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2) 4:1 0.0000132 (0.0149) 16:1 0.0000121 (0.0137) 5:1 0.0000087 (0.00984) 20:1, 25:1 0.0000080 (0.00906) 0.0000023 (0.00261) 40:1, 50:1, 100:1 0.0000021 (0.00242) 10:1 Backlash at 1% rated torque: 10 Arc minutes Efficiency: Single reduction 91% *  dd armature inertia to gearing inertia for total SLG system inertia A Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 10" x 10" x 1/4" 94 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 13 Arc minutes Double Reduction: 86% SLM and SLG Series Motors SLM/SLG090 Electrical/Mechanical Specifications SLM/G090 Stator Data 1 Stack Motor Sinusoidal Commutation Data Continuous Motor Torque 118 138 2 Stack Motor 158 168 218 238 258 3 Stack Motor 268 338 358 368 lbf-in (Nm) 23.8 (2.68) 24.0 (2.71) 23.7 (2.67) 24.7 (2.79) 39.6 (4.47) 40.0 (4.52) 39.5 (4.46) 39.9 (4.51) 55.7 (6.30) 55.4 (6.26) 55.7 (6.30) Peak Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 47.5 (5.37) 48.0 (5.42) 47.3 (5.35) 49.4 (5.58) 79.1 (8.94) 80.0 (9.04) 79.0 (8.93) 79.9 (9.02) 111.5 (12.59)110.9 (12.52) 111.5 (12.59) Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 3.2 (0.37) 6.6 (0.7) 11.6 (1.3) 13.2 (1.5) 3.2 (0.4) 6.6 (0.7) 11.6 (1.3) 13.2 (1.5) 6.6 (0.7) 11.6 (1.3) 13.1 (1.5) Continuous Current Rating A 8.2 4.0 2.3 2.1 13.6 6.8 3.8 3.4 9.5 5.3 4.8 Peak Current Rating A 16.4 8.1 4.6 4.2 27.3 13.5 7.6 6.7 19.0 10.7 9.5 Trapezoidal Commutation Data Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 22.7 (2.56) 22.9 (2.59) 22.6 (2.55) 23.6 (2.67) 37.8 (4.27) 38.2 (4.32) 37.7 (4.26) 38.1 (4.31) 53.2 (6.01) 52.9 (5.98) 53.2 (6.01) Peak Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 45.4 (5.13) 45.8 (5.2) Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) 45.2 (5.1) 47.2 (5.3) 75.6 (8.5) 76.4 (8.6) 75.5 (8.5) 76.3 (8.6) 106.5 (12.0) 105.9 (12.0) 106.4 (12.0) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 2.53 (0.29) 5.16 (0.58) 9.01 (1.02) 10.32 (1.17) 2.53 (0.29) 5.16 (0.58) 9.01 (1.02) 10.32 (1.17) 5.11 (0.58) 9.06 (1.02) 10.21 (1.15) Continuous Current Rating A 10.04 4.96 2.80 2.55 16.71 8.27 4.68 4.13 11.64 6.53 5.82 Peak Current Rating A 20.07 9.91 5.61 5.11 33.43 16.53 9.36 8.25 23.29 13.05 11.64 Motor Data Vpk/Krpm 31.3 64.0 111.6 127.9 31.3 64.0 111.6 127.9 63.3 112.3 126.5 Vrms/Krpm 22.1 45.2 78.9 90.4 22.1 45.2 78.9 90.4 44.7 79.4 89.5 8 (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Ohms 0.75 3.06 9.57 11.55 0.30 1.21 3.78 4.86 0.69 2.19 2.75 mH 6.1 25.6 78.0 88.6 2.9 12.2 37.2 48.9 7.9 24.7 31.4 Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L)(+/– 5% @ 25˚C) Inductance (L-L)(+/– 15%) SLM Armature Inertia (+/– 5%) Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2 ) lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2) Brake Current @ 24 VDC 0.00054 (0.609) 0.00097 (1.09) 0.00140 (1.58) 0.00096 (1.08) 0.00096 (1.08) 0.00096 (1.08) .67 .67 .67 97 (11) A Brake Holding Torque SLM/SLG Series Voltage Constant (Ke) lbf-in (Nm) 97 (11) 97 (11) Brake Engage/Disengage Time ms 20/29 20/29 Mechanical Time Constant (tm) ms 0.53 0.52 0.54 0.49 0.38 0.37 0.38 0.37 0.31 0.31 0.31 Electrical Time Constant (te) ms 8.21 8.36 8.14 7.67 9.88 10.09 9.85 10.06 11.43 11.30 11.43 20/29 lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) 0.07 (0.008) 0.12 (0.014) 0.18 (0.020) Friction Torque lbf-in (Nm) 0.20 (0.023) 0.35 (0.040) 0.50 (0.056) Voltage Rating Vrms Speed @ Bus Voltage rpm Damping Constant 115 230 400 460 115 400 460 230 400 460 4000 Insulation Class Insulation System Volt Rating 230 180 (H) Vrms 460 Environmental Rating IP65 For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by .707 and current by 1.414. SLG090 Gearmotor Data 1 Stack Motor 2 Stack Motor 3 Stack Motor 0.00114 (1.29) Single Reduction SLG Armature Inertia* lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2 ) Gearing Reflected Inertia 0.00157 (1.77) 0.00200 (2.26) Double Reduction Gear Stages lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2) Gear Stages lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2) 4:1 0.000154 (0.174) 16:1 0.000115 (0.130) 5:1 0.000100 (0.113) 20:1, 25:1 0.0000756 (0.0854) 0.0000265 (0.0300) 40:1, 50:1, 100:1 0.0000203 (0.0230) 10:1 Backlash at 1% rated torque: 10 Arc minutes Efficiency: Single reduction 91% 13 Arc minutes Double Reduction: 86% *  dd armature inertia to gearing inertia for total SLG system inertia A Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 10" x 10" x 3/8" 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 95 SLM and SLG Series Motors SLM/SLG115 Electrical/Mechanical Specifications SLM/SLG115 Stator Data 1 Stack Motor Sinusoidal Commutation Data 118 Continuous Motor Torque 138 74.2 (8.39) lbf-in (Nm) 75.8 (8.57) Peak Motor Torque 158 74.4 (8.41) 2 Stack Motor 168 238 3 Stack Motor 258 268 338 358 368 74.2 (8.38) 123.8 (13.99) 121.6 (13.74) 123.8 (13.99) 174.2 (19.68) 173.1 (19.56) 177.1 (20.01) lbf-in (Nm) 151.7 (17.14) 148.5 (16.77) 148.9 (16.82) 148.4 (16.77) 247.6 (27.98) 243.2 (27.48) 247.6 (27.98) 348.4 (39.36) 346.2 (39.11) 354.2 40.02) Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 4.5 (0.51) 8.7 (1.0) 15.7 (1.8) 17.4 (2.0) 8.7 (1.0) 15.9 (1.8) 17.4 (2.0) 8.5 (1.0) 15.9 (1.8) 17.6 (2.0) Continuous Current Rating A 18.7 9.5 5.3 4.8 15.9 8.6 8.0 22.9 12.2 11.3 Peak Current Rating A 37.4 19.1 10.6 9.5 31.8 17.1 15.9 45.8 24.4 22.5 70.9 (8.01) 71.1 (8.03) Trapezoidal Commutation Data Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 72.4 (8.18) Peak Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 144.8 (16.36) 141.8 (16.0) 142.1 (16.1) 141.7 (16.0) 236.5 (26.7) 232.3 (26.2) 236.5 (26.7) 332.7 (37.6) 330.6 (37.3) 338.2 (38.2) Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 3.53 (0.40) 70.9 (8.01) 118.2 (13.36) 116.1 (13.12) 118.2 (13.36) 166.4 (18.8) 165.3 (18.67) 169.1 (19.11) 6.78 (0.77) 12.22 (1.38) 13.55 (1.53) 6.78 (0.77) 12.37 (1.40) 13.55 (1.53) 6.63 (0.75) 12.37 (1.40) 13.7 (1.55) Continuous Current Rating A 22.89 11.69 6.50 5.84 19.5 10.49 9.75 28.04 14.93 13.79 Peak Current Rating A 45.78 23.38 12.99 11.68 39.0 20.98 19.18 55.24 29.85 27.18 Vpk/Krpm 43.8 83.9 151.4 167.9 83.9 153.3 167.9 82.1 153.3 169.7 Vrms/Krpm 31.0 59.4 107.1 118.7 59.4 108.4 118.7 58.1 108.4 120 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Ohms 0.21 0.80 2.60 3.21 0.34 1.17 1.35 0.20 0.69 0.81 mH 2.1 7.8 25.5 31.3 3.8 12.7 15.2 2.4 8.4 10.2 Motor Data Voltage Constant (Ke) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L)(+/– 5% @ 25˚C) Inductance (L-L)(+/– 15%) SLM Armature Inertia (+/– 5%) lb-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2) 0.00344 (3.89) 0.00623 (7.036) 0.00901 (10.181) Brake Inertia 0.00327 (3.70) 0.00327 (3.70) 0.00327 (3.70) lb-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2) Brake Current @ 24 VDC A Brake Holding Torque .75 .75 .75 195 (22) lbf-in (Nm) 195 (22) 195 (22) Brake Engage/Disengage Time ms Mechanical Time Constant (tm) ms 0.49 0.51 0.51 0.51 0.39 Electrical Time Constant (te) ms 10.18 9.76 9.81 9.75 11.23 Damping Constant 25/50 lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) Friction Torque Vrms Speed @ Bus Voltage 0.21 (0.024) lbf-in (Nm) Voltage Rating 25/50 rpm 230 400 0.39 0.34 10.84 11.23 12.11 0.35 (0.040 0.56 (0.06) 115 25/50 0.40 230 400 0.33 12.11 12.69 0.40 (0.045) 1.00 (0.113) 460 0.34 1.20 (0.136) 460 230 400 460 3000 Insulation Class 180 (H) Insulation System Volt Rating Vrms 460 Environmental Rating IP65 For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by .707 and current by 1.414. SLG115 Gearmotor Data 1 Stack Motor 2 2 2 Stack Motor 3 Stack Motor 0.00538 (6.08) Single Reduction SLG Armature Inertia lbf-in-sec (Kg-cm ) Gearing Reflected Inertia * 0.00816 (9.22) 0.00109 (12.37) Double Reduction Gear Stages (Kg-cm2) 4:1 0.0000635 (0.717) 5:1 0.0000428 (0.484) 10:1 Backlash at 1% rated torque: lbf-in-sec2 0.0000111 (0.125) 40:1, 50:1, 100:1 10 Arc minutes Efficiency: Single reduction 91% *  dd armature inertia to gearing inertia for total SLG system inertia A Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 12" x 12" x 1/2" 96 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Gear Stages lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2) 16:1 0.000513 (0.580) 20:1, 25:1 0.000350 (0.396) 0.000911 (0.103) 13 Arc minutes Double Reduction: 86% SLM and SLG Series Motors SLM142 Electrical/Mechanical Specifications SLM142 Stator Data 1 Stack Motor Sinusoidal Commutation Data 2 Stack Motor 3 Stack Motor 118 138 158 168 238 258 268 358 368 Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 108.1 (12.21) 106.8 (12.07 104.4 (11.79) 109.0 (12.31) 179.2 (20.25) 178.2 (20.13) 177.2 (20.02) 236.4 (26.70) 237.5 (26.83) Peak Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 216.1 (24.42) 213.7 (24.14) 208.8 (23.59) 218.0 (24.63) 358.4 (40.50) 356.3 (40.26) 354.4 (40.04) 472.7 (53.41) 474.9 (53.66) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 5.9 (0.66) 11.8 (1.3) 20.1 (2.3) 23.5 (2.7) 11.8 (1.3) 20.1 (2.3) 23.5 (2.7) 20.1 (2.3) 23.9 (2.7) Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Continuous Current Rating A 20.5 10.2 5.8 5.2 17.0 9.9 8.4 13.1 11.1 Peak Current Rating A 41.1 20.3 11.6 10.4 34.1 19.8 16.8 26.2 22.2 Trapezoidal Commutation Data Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 103.2 (11.66) 102.0 (11.53) 99.7 (11.26) 104.1 (11.76) 171.1 (19.34) 170.1 (19.22) 169.2 (19.12) 225.7 (25.50) 226.8 (25.62) Peak Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 206.4 (23.32) 204.1 (23.1) 199.4 (22.5) 208.2 (23.5) 342.3 (38.7) 340.3 (38.4) 338.4 (38.2) 451.4 (51.0) 453.5 (51.2) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 4.58 (0.52) 9.16 (1.04) 15.71 (1.77) 18.33 (2.07) 9.16 (1.04) 15.71 (1.77) 18.33 (2.07) 15.71 (1.77) 18.66 (2.11) Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Continuous Current Rating A 25.16 12.44 7.09 6.34 20.87 12.10 10.32 16.05 13.58 Peak Current Rating A 50.33 24.88 14.18 12.69 41.73 24.20 20.63 32.11 27.16 Motor Data Vpk/Krpm 56.8 113.5 194.6 227.1 113.5 194.6 227.1 194.6 231.1 Vrms/Krpm 40.1 80.3 137.6 160.6 80.3 137.6 160.6 137.6 163.4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Ohms 0.21 0.87 2.68 3.34 0.359 1.01 1.39 0.61 0.858 mH 5.4 21.7 63.9 78.3 10.4 30.5 41.5 20.0 28.2 Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L)(+/– 5% @ 25˚C) Inductance (L-L)(+/– 15%) Armature Inertia (+/– 5%) lb-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2 ) 0.00927 (10.47) 0.01537 (17.36) 0.02146 (24.25) Brake Inertia 0.008408 (9.5) 0.008408 (9.5) SLM/SLG Series Voltage Constant (Ke) (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) 0.008408 (9.5) lb-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2) Brake Current @ 24 VDC A Brake Holding Torque 1.0 Brake Engage/Disengage Time 1.0 1.0 354 (39.99) 354 (39.99) 354 (39.99) 25/73 lbf-in (Nm) 25/73 25/73 ms Mechanical Time Constant (tm) ms 0.79 0.81 0.85 0.78 0.52 0.53 0.54 0.45 0.45 Electrical Time Constant (te) ms 25.59 25.02 23.88 23.43 30.58 30.22 29.89 32.60 32.90 Damping Constant lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) 0.60 (0.068) 0.80 (0.090) 1.20 (0.136) lbf-in (Nm) 1.50 (0.17) 1.75 (0.20) 2.00 (0.23) Friction Torque Bus Voltage Vrms Speed @ Bus Voltage rpm 115 230 400 460 Insulation Class Insulation System Volt Rating 230 400 460 400 460 2400 180 (H) Vrms Environmental Rating 460 IP65 For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by .707 and current by 1.414. Gearmotor not available on 142 frame motor. Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 12" x 12" x 1/2" 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 97 SLG Series Motors SLG Series Gearmotor General Performance Specifications Two torque ratings for the SLG Series Gearmotors are given in the table below. The left hand columns give the maximum (peak) allowable output torque for the indicated ratios of each size SLG Series Gearmotor. This is NOT the rated output torque of the motor multiplied by the ratio of the reducer. multiplied by the gear ratio exceeds these ratings. It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the settings of the system, including the amplifier, do not allow these values to be exceeded. The right hand columns give the output torque at the indicated speed which will result in 10,000 hour (L10). The setup of the system, including the amplifier, will determine the actual output torque and speed. It is possible to select a configuration of the motor selection and gear ratio such that the rated motor torque, Radial Load and Bearing Life Output Torque Ratings–Mechanical Model SLG060 Ratio 4:1 Maximum Allowable Output Torque – Set by User 603 (68.1) Output Torque @ Speed for 10,000 Hour Life – ibf. in (Nm) SLM/G090 SLM/G115 SLM142 lbf (N) lbf (N) lbf (N) lbf (N) 3000 RPM 104 (11.7) 5000 RPM 88 (9.9) 50 195 (867) 389 (1730) 939 (4177) 1350 (6006) 100 155 (690) 309 (1375) 745 (3314) 1071 (4767) 250 114 (507) 227 (1010) 549 (2442) 789 (3512) 500 90 (400) 180 (801) 435 (1935) 626 (2788) 1000 72 (320) 143 (636) 346 (1539) 497 (2213) 5:1 522 (58.9) 170 (19.2) 125 (14.1) 105 (11.9) 327 (36.9) 200 (22.6) 140 (15.8) 120 (13.6) 16:1 603 (68.1) 224 (25.3) 160 (18.1) 136 (15.4) 20:1 603 (68.1) 240 (27.1) 170 (19.2) 146 (16.5) 25:1 522 (58.9) 275 (31.1) 200 (22.6) 180 (20.3) 40:1 603 (68.1) 288 (32.5) 208 (23.5) 180 (20.3) 50:1 522 (58.9) 340 (38.4) 245 (27.7) 210 (23.7) 100:1 327 (36.9) 320 (36.1) 280 (31.6) 240 (27.1) 1000 RPM 2500 RPM 4000 RPM 4:1 2078 (234.8) 600 (67.8) 456 (51.5) 396 (44.7) 5:1 1798 (203.1) 775 (87.6) 590 (66.7) 510 (57.6) 10:1 1126 (127.2) 890 (100.6) 680 (76.8) 590 (66.7) 16:1 2078 (234.8) 912 (103.4) 688 (77.7) 592 (66.9) 20:1 2078 (234.8) 980 (110.7) 740 (83.6) 640 (72.3) 25:1 1798 (203.1) 1250 (141.2) 950 (107.3) 825 (93.2) 40:1 2078 (234.8) 1200 (135.6) 920 (103.9) 1798 (203.1) 1550 (169.4) 1200 (135.6) 1126 (127.2) 1100 (124.3) 1100 (124.3) 1100 (124.3) 1000 RPM 2000 RPM Visit www.exlar.com for full details on radial load and bearing life. 1000 (112.9) 100:1 Side load ratings shown below are for 10,000 hour bearing life at 25mm from motor face at given rpm. 800 (90.4) 50:1 3000 RPM 4:1 4696(530.4) 1392 (157.3) 1132 (127.9) 1000 (112.9) 5:1 4066 (459.4) 1445 (163.3) 1175 (132.8) 1040 (117.5) 10:1 2545 (287.5) 1660 (187.6) 1350 (152.6) 1200 (135.6) 16:1 4696 (530.4) 2112 (238.6) 1714 (193.0) 1518 (171.0) 20:1 4696 (530.4) 2240 (253.1) 1840 (207.9) 1620 (183.0) 25:1 4066 (459.4) 2350 (265.5) 1900 (214.7) 1675 (189.2) 40:1 4696 (530.4) 2800 (316.4) 2240 (253.1) 2000 (225.9) 50:1 4066 (459.4) 2900 (327.7) 2350 (265.5) 2100 (237.3) 100:1 SLG115 SLM/G060 1000 RPM 144 (16.2) 10:1 SLG090 RPM 2545 (287.5) 2500 (282.5) 2500 (282.5) 2400 (271.2) Motor and Gearmotor Weight (lbs) Motor SLM/G060 1 Stage 2 Stage Motor SLM/G090 1 Stage 2 Stage Motor SLM/G115 1 Stage SLM142 2 Stage 1 Stack 3.0 7.5 9.3 5.4 12.8 14.8 14.2 28 34 31 2 Stack 4.1 8.6 10.4 7.8 15.2 17.2 22.0 35.8 41.8 39 3 Stack 5.2 9.7 11.5 10.2 17.6 19.6 29.8 43.6 49.6 Brake 98 1.8 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 2.7 4.1 47 6.0 (gear stages not available on SLM142) SLG Series Motors Motor Speed Designators Motor Options All Exlar T-LAM motors and actuators carry a standard motor speed designator as defined below. This is representative of the standard base speed of the motor, for the selected bus voltage. SLM/SLG motor options are described with a 3 digit code. The first digit calls out the stack length, the second the rated bus voltage, and the third the number of poles of the motor. Refer to the mechanical/ electrical specifications for motor torque and actuator rated force. Exlar also provides the flexibility to manufacture all of its “T-LAM” products with special base speeds to match the customer’s exact application requirements. This may be a higher than standard speed motor, or lower base speed than standard which will allow the customer to get the required torque, at a speed optimized to their application, and use the minimum amount of current from their amplifier. The call out for a special speed is configured in the model number by using a two digit code from 01-99. These numbers represent the number, in hundreds, of RPM that will be the base speed for the particular motor. For example, an SLG090-010-KCGS-AB1-138-40 motor that normally has a 4000 rpm standard winding, can be changed to a 3300 rpm winding by changing the -40, to a -33. It can be changed to a 5000 rpm winding by changing the -40 to a -50. Changing this speed designator will change the ratings of the motor, and these must be obtained from Exlar applications engineers. Also, it is not possible to produce every possible speed from -01 to -99 for each motor at each voltage so please contact Exlar applications engineers for confirmation of the speed that is desired for the application. 118 = 138 = 158 = 115 Vrms 1 stack 230 Vrms 400 Vrms 168 = Class 180 H 8 Pole Class 180 H 8 Pole Class 180 H 460 Vrms 218 = 8 Pole 115 Vrms 238 = 258 = 2 stac 230 Vrms 400 Vrms 268 = 460 Vrms 318 = 115 Vrms 338 = 358 = 368 = 3 stac 230 Vrms 400 Vrms 460 Vrms Refer to specification pages 94-97 for availability of 115V stators by configuration. SLM/SLG Series If the model Designator Base Speed Motor Series number is SLM/SLG060 5000 rpm -50 created and the SLM/SLG090 4000 rpm -40 location for the SLM/SLG115 3000 rpm -30 motor speed SLM142 2400 rpm -24 designator is left blank, this is the 01-99 Special Speed, Consult Exlar base speed to which each motor will be manufactured. The model number can also be created including this standard speed designator. Housing Options G = Anodized Aluminum F = Smooth White Epoxy This option provides for an actuator coated with FDA approved white epoxy. E = Electroless Nickel Plating This option provides for an actuator with electroless nickel plating. SS = Stainless Steel Housing This option provides an actuator with all stainless steel construction. Housing dimensions for this option are not equal to the standard housing. Force, torque and current ratings are reduced 25% with this option. Please inquire with Exlar for dimensions and ratings. HC = Type III Hard Coat Anodized, Class I This option provides an actuator with type III hard coat anodized coating. Class I, no dye. XH = Special Housing Option Any housing option that is not designated by the above codes should be listed as XH and described at time of order. All special options must be discussed with Exlar engineering. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 99 SLM060 Series Motors SLM060 2.27 57.6 0.34 8.7 0.10 2.5 0.1969 0.1957 [5mm (h9)] 0.79 20.0 1.9681 1.9675 [50mm (g6)] Ø Ø 0.22 [ Ø 5.6] Equally Spaced on a Ø 2.76 [ Ø 70.0] B.C. (4x) 2.50 63.4 (Varies With Conn. Type) 0.08 2.0 0.63 15.9 2.36 60.0 0.89 22.7 0.5512 0.5508 [14mm (h6)] Ø 1.18 30.0 Dim "A" DIM 1 Stack Motor in (mm) 2 Stack Motor in (mm) 3 Stack Motor in (mm) A 4.61 (117.1) 5.86 (149.9) 7.11 (180.6) Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) SLM060 With Brake Option 2.27 57.6 0.34 8.7 0.1969 0.1957 [5mm (h9)] 0.10 2.5 0.89 22.7 0.79 20.0 0.63 15.9 2.36 60.0 1.9681 1.9675 [50mm (g6)] Ø Ø 0.22 [ Ø 5.6] Equally Spaced on a Ø 2.76 [ Ø 70.0] B.C. (4x) 2.50 63.4 (Varies With Conn. Type) 0.08 2.0 0.5512 0.5508 [14mm (h6)] Ø 1.28 32.4 Dim "A" DIM 1 Stack Motor in (mm) 2 Stack Motor in (mm) 3 Stack Motor in (mm) A 5.63 (143.0) 6.88 (174.7) 8.13 (206.4) Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 100 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com SLM090 Series Motors SLM090 0.392 ±0.005 [10 ±0.13] 0.236 [6] 0.118 [3] 1.382 [35] 0.847 [21.5] ø0.275 [ø7] Equally Spaced on a ø3.937 [ø100] B.C. (4x) ø 0.7480 0.7476 [19mm(h6)] 1.770 [45] 3.1492 3.1485 [80mm(g6)] 1.57 [40] Dim "A" DIM 1 Stack Motor in (mm) 2 Stack Motor in (mm) 3 Stack Motor in (mm) A 4.650 (118) 5.650 (144) 6.650 (169) SLM/SLG Series 3.540 [90] 2.300 [58] Typ. (Varies With Conn. Type) Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) SLM090 With Brake Option 0.392 ±0.005 [10 ±0.13] 0.236 [6] 0.118 [3] 1.382 [35] 3.540 [90] ø0.275 [ø7] Equally Spaced on a ø3.937 [ø100] B.C. (4x) 0.847 [21.5] 2.300 [58] Typ. (Varies With Conn. Type) ø 0.7480 0.7476 [19mm(h6)] 3.1492 3.1485 [80mm(g6)] 1.770 [45] 1.57 [40] Dim "A" DIM 1 Stack Motor in (mm) 2 Stack Motor in (mm) 3 Stack Motor in (mm) A 5.960 (151) 6.960 (177) 7.960 (202) Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 101 SLM115 Series Motors SLM115 0.45 11.5 0.3150 0.3135 [8mm (h9)] 0.16 4.0 1.42 36.0 0.04 1.0 1.06 27.0 4.53 115.1 3.67 93.1 (Varies With Conn. Type) 0.9449 0.9444 [24mm (h6)] Ø 1.97 50.0 4.3302 4.3294 [110mm (g6)] Ø Ø 0.34 [Ø 8.5] Equally Spaced on a B.C. Ø 5.12 [130.0] (4x) Dim "A" DIM 1 Stack–no brake in (mm) 2 Stack–no brake in (mm) 3 Stack –no brake in (mm) A 6.02 (153.0) 8.02 (203.7) 10.02 (254.5) Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) SLM115 With Brake Option 0.45 11.5 0.3150 0.3135 [8mm (h9)] 0.16 4.0 1.42 36.0 0.04 1.0 1.06 27.0 4.53 115.1 3.67 93.1 (Varies With Conn. Type) 0.9449 0.9444 [24mm (h6)] Ø 4.3302 4.3294 [110mm (g6)] Ø Ø 0.335 [Ø 8.5] Equally Spaced on a B.C. Ø 5.12 [130.0] (4x) DIM A 1.97 50.0 Dim "A" 1 Stack–with brake 2 Stack–with brake 3 Stack –with brake in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) 7.75 (196.9) 9.75 (247.7) 11.75 (298.5) Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 102 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com SLM142 Series Motors SLM142 0.3937 0.3923 [10mm (h9)] 5.1175 Ø 5.1166 [130mm (g6)] 0.67 17.0 0.14 3.5 1.57 40.0 1.38 35.0 5.59 142.0 3.69 93.7 (Varies With Conn. Type) 0.20 5.1 1.2598 1.2592 [32mm (h6)] Ø 2.28 58.0 Ø 0.43 [Ø 11.0] Thru Equally spaced on a B.C. Ø 6.50 [ Ø 165.0] (4x) Case will Clear 3/8 or 10mm SHCS Dim "A" 1 Stack–no brake in (mm) 2 Stack–no brake in (mm) 3 Stack –no brake in (mm) A 7.87 (199.8) 9.62 (244.2) 11.37 (288.7) SLM/SLG Series DIM Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) SLM142 With Brake Option 0.67 17.0 0.3937 0.3923 [10mm (h9)] 5.1175 5.1166 [130mm (g6)] Ø 0.138 3.5 1.575 40.0 3.69 93.7 (Varies With Conn. Type) 0.200 5.1 1.38 35.0 5.59 142.0 1.2598 Ø 1.2592 [32mm ( h6)] 2.28 58.0 Ø 0.43 [Ø 11.0] Thru Equally spaced on a B.C. Ø 6.50 [ Ø 165.0] (4x) Case will Clear 3/8 or 10mm SHCS DIM A Dim "A" 1 Stack–with brake 2 Stack–with brake 3 Stack –with brake in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) 9.53 (241.9) 11.28 (286.4) 13.03 (330.8) Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 103 SLG060 Series Motors SLG060 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.0 0.1969 0.1957 [5mm (h9)] 0.89 22.7 0.98 25.0 2.50 63.4 (Varies With Conn. Type) 0.08 1.9 0.70 17.9 2.36 60.0 2.27 57.6 1.9681 1.9675 [50mm (g6)] Ø 0.6302 0.6298 [16mm (j6)] Ø 1.43 36.2 Ø 0.22 [Ø 5.6] Equally Spaced on a Ø 2.76 [Ø 70.0] B.C. (4x) Dim "A" DIM 1 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead 2 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead 3 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead 6.915 (176) 8.165 (207) 9.415 (239) A 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 7.960 (202) 9.210 (234) 10.460 (266) Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) SLG060 With Brake Option 0.1969 0.1957 [5mm (h9)] 2.50 63.4 (Varies With Conn. Type) 0.08 1.9 1.9681 1.9675 [50mm (g6)] Ø 0.89 22.7 0.98 25.0 0.70 17.9 2.36 60.0 2.27 57.6 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.0 0.6302 0.6298 [16mm (j6)] Ø 1.427 36.2 Ø 0.22 [Ø 5.6] Equally Spaced on a Ø 2.76 [Ø 70.0] B.C. (4x) Dim "A" DIM 1 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead 2 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead 7.930 (201) 9.180 (233) 10.430 (265) A 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 8.975 (228) 10.225 (260) 11.475 (291) Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 104 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 3 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead SLG090 Series Motors SLG090 0.118 [3] 1.417 [36] 2.300 [58] Typ. (Varies With Conn. Type) 0.120 [3] 3.540 [90] ø 0.8665 0.8659 [22mm(j6)] 1.770 [45] 3.1492 ø 3.1485 [80mm(g6)] ø0.257 [ø6.5] Equally Spaced on a ø3.937 [ø100] B.C. (4x) Dim "A" 1.89 [48] DIM 1 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead 2 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead 3 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead 7.760 (197) 8.760 (223) 9.760 (248) A 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 9.025 (229) 10.025 (255) 11.025 (280) SLM/SLG Series 0.97 [24.5] 0.627 [16] 0.236 [6] Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) SLG090 With Brake Option 0.97 [24.5] 0.627 [16] 0.236 [6] 0.118 [3] 1.417 [36] 2.300 [58] Typ. (Varies With Conn. Type) 0.120 [3] 3.540 [90] ø 0.8665 0.8659 [22mm(j6)] 3.1492 ø 3.1485 [80mm(g6)] ø0.257 [ø6.5] Equally Spaced on a ø3.937 [ø100] B.C. (4x) 1.770 [45] 1.89 [48] Dim "A" 2 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead 3 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead DIM 1 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead 9.070 (230) 10.070 (256) 11.070 (281) A 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 10.335 (263) 11.335(288) 12.335 (313) Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 105 LG115 SLG115 Series Motors SLG115 0.64 16.2 0.16 4.0 0.3937 0.3923 [10mm (h9)] 3.67 93.1 (Varies With Conn. Type) 1.97 50.0 0.20 5.1 1.38 35.0 4.53 115.1 1.2603 1.2596 [32mm (j6)] Ø 4.3302 4.3294 [110mm (g6)] Ø 2.56 65.0 Dim "A" Ø 0.34 [Ø 8.5] Equally Spaced on a B.C. Ø 5.12 [130.0] (4x) DIM 1 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead 2 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead 3 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead 10.03 (254.8) 12.03 (305.6) 14.03 (356.4) A 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 11.64 (295.7) 13.64 (346.5) 15.64 (397.3) NOTE: imension format = in. (mm) D Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) SLG115 With Brake Option 0.64 16.2 0.3937 0.3923 [10mm (h9)] 1.97 50.0 0.20 5.1 1.38 35.0 4.53 115.1 3.67 93.1 (Varies With Conn. Type) 0.16 4.0 1.2603 1.2596 [32mm (j6)] Ø 4.3302 4.3294 [110mm (g6)] Ø Ø 0.34 [Ø 8.5] Equally Spaced on a B.C. Ø 5.12 [130.0] (4x) 2.56 65.0 Dim "A" DIM 1 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead 2 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead 3 Stack Stator in (mm) 1 Stage Gearhead 11.58 (294.2) 13.58 (345.0) 15.58 (395.8) A 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 13.19 (335.1) 15.19 (385.9) 17.19 (436.7) NOTE: imension format = in. (mm) D Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 106 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com SLM/SLG Series 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 107 SLM/SLG Motor Ordering Info. SLM/G = Model Series SLG = SLG Series Servo Gear Motor SLM = SLM Series Servo Motor  (No Gear Reduction) AAA = Frame Size 060 = 60 mm 090 = 90 mm 115 = 115 mm 142 = 142 mm BBB = Gear Reduction Ratio Blank = SLM Single reduction ratios 004 = 4:1 005 = 5:1 010 = 10:1 Double reduction ratios 016 = 16:1 020 = 20:1 025 = 25:1 040 = 40:1 050 = 50:1 100 = 100:1 CC = Shaft Type K = Keyed R = Smooth/round X = Special shaft D = Connections M = Manufacturer’s connector2 I = Exlar standard M23 style A = MS style (anodized) D = MS style (electroless nickel) B = Embedded leads 3 ft. std. P =  Embedded leads w/plug 3 ft. std.w/ “A” plug J =  Embedded leads w/ “I” plug 3 ft. standard X = Special (please specify) E G E F X = Coating Options1 = Anodized Aluminum = Electroless nickel plated = Smooth white epoxy = Special coating F = Brake Options B = Brake S = Standard no brake 108 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com SLM/GAAA - BBB - CDEF - GGG - HHH - II - XX - ##### GGG = Feedback Type (Also specify the Amplifier/Drive Model being used when ordering) -  tandard Incremental Encoder – 2048 line S (8192 cts) per rev. index pulse, Hall commutation, 5vdc -  tandard Resolver – Size 15, 1024 line S (2048 cts) per rev. two pole resolver -  otor files for use with select Emerson/CT, M Rockwell /AB and Danaher/Kollmorgen Drives are available at www.exlar.com Custom Feedback - Please consult application engineering: XX1 =  iring and feedback device information W must be provided and new feedback callout will be created Allen-Bradley/Rockwell: (Actuators used with Kinetix and/or Sercos based control systems require a 3rd party motion database purchased from AB/Rockwell. Please contact your AB/Rockwell representative for support.) AB5 =  tegmann SRM050 Hiperface multi-turn S absolute encoder - MPL 100mm or higher motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option – Plug & Play feedback option AB6 = Standard Resolver AB7 =  tandard Incremental Encoder – MPL S 100mm or higher motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option AB8 =  tandard Incremental Encoder – MPL S 75mm or less motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option AB9 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn H absolute encoder - MPL 75mm or less motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option – Plug & Play feedback option ABA =  iperface Stegmann SKM036 multi-turn H absolute encoder – MPL 215mm or higher motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option – 460V Stator only – Plug & Play feedback option ABB =  iperface Stegmann SKM036 multi-turn H absolute encoder – MPL 75mm or less motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option – 460V Stator only – Plug & Play feedback option AMKASYN: AK1 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1325 multi-turn E absolute encoder – DS motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option AK2 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoder – DS motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Advanced Motion Control: AM1 = Standard Incremental Encoder AM2 =  ncoder 1000 line, w/commutation, E 5 VDC AM3 = Standard Resolver AM5 =  ncoder 5000 line, w/commutation, E 5 VDC API Controls: AP1 = Standard Resolver AP2 =  tandard Incremental Encoder S Aerotech: AR1 =  ncoder 5000 line, w/commutation, 5 VDC E AR2 = Standard Incremental Encoder ABB Robot: BB1 = LTN Resolver Baldor: BD2 =  td Resolver – BSM motor wiring S w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option BD3 =  td Incremental Encoder – BSM motor S wiring w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option Beckhoff: BE1 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoderr – AMXX motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Baumueller: BM2 = Standard Resolver B&R Automation: BR1 = Standard Resolver BR2 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1325 multi-turn E absolute encoder – 8LS/8LM motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Comau Robot: CM1 = Standard Resolver Copley Controls: CO1 = Standard Incremental Encoder CO2 = Standard Resolver Control Techniques/Emerson: CT1 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn H absolute encoder – FM/UM/EZ motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option CT3 =  iperface Stegmann SKM036 multi-turn H absolute encoder – FM/UM/EZ motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option CT4 =  tandard Incremental Encoder – S FM/UM/EZ motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option CT5 =  td Resolver – FM/UM/EZ motor wiring S w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option CT7 =  ncoder 5000 line, with commutation, E 5 VDC – FM/UM/EZ motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Delta Tau Data Systems: DT1 =  ncoder 1000 line, w/commutation, 5 VDC E DT2 = Standard Resolver Elmo Motion Control: EL1 = Standard Resolver EL2 = Standard Incremental Encoder EL3 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoder Emerson/Control Techniques: EM2 =  td Incremental Encoder – NT motor S wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option EM5 =  ncoder 5000 line, with commutation, E 5 VDC – NT motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option Elau: EU1 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn H absolute encoder – SH motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option EU4 =  iperface Stegmann SKM036 multi-turn H absolute encoder – SH motor wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option SLM/SLG Motor Ordering Information Momentum: MN1 =  Hyperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn absolute encoder – MN motor wiring w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option MN2 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1325 multi-turn E absolute encoder – MN motor wiring connectors for ‘M’ option MN3 =  td incremental encoder – MN motor S wiring w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option MN4 =  td resolver – MN motor wiring w/M23 S connectors for ‘M’ option Moog: MG1 = Standard Resolver Motoman Robot: MM1 = Yaskawa Serial Encoder Nachi Robot: NC1 = Tamagawa Serial Encoder Ormec: OR1 = Standard Resolver OR2 =  td Incremental Encoder – G series motor S wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option Parker Compumotor: PC6 = Std Incremental Encoder – SMH motor  wiring w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option – European only PC7 = Std Resolver – SMH motor wiring  w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option – European only PC8 = Std Incremental Encoder – MPP series  motor wiring w/PS connectors for ‘M’ option –US Only PC9 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn H absolute encoder – MPP motor wiring w/PS connectors for ‘M’ option – US Only PC0 = Std Resolver – MPP motor wiring w/PS  connectors for ‘M’ option – US Only Pacific Scientific: PS2 = Standard Incremental Encoder PS3 =  tandard Resolver – PMA motor wiring S w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option Stober Drives: SB3 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoder – ED/EK motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Siemens: SM2 =  tandard Resolver – 1FK7 motor wiring S w/M23 connectors for ‘M’ option SM3 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1325 multi-turn E absolute encoder – 1FK7 motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option SM4 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoder – 1FK7 motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option SEW/Eurodrive: SW1 =  tandard Resolver – CM motor wiring S w/ M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option SW2 = Standard Incremental Encoder SW3 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 H multi-turn absolute encoder – CM motor wiring w/ M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Whedco: WD1 = Standard Resolver HHH = Motor Stator – All 8 Pole3 158 = 1 stack 118 = 1 stack 400 115 218 = 2 stack 258 = 2 stack Vrms Vrms 318 = 3 stack 358 = 3 stack 168 = 1 stack 138 = 1 stack 460 230 238 = 2 stack 268 = 2 stack Vrms Vrms 438 = 3 stack 368 = 3 stack II = Optional Speed and Mechanical Designations 30 = 3000 rpm, SLM/G115 40 = 4000 rpm, SLM/G090 50 = 5000 rpm, SLM/G060 01-99 = Special speed, consult Exlar XX =  art Number Designator P for specials HC = Type III hard coat anodized, class I1 HW =  ide handwheel drive with limit S switch RD = Rear manual drive5 SD = Hex side drive SS = Stainless steel housing1 XH =  pecial housing or mounting option4 S XM = Special motor options XF = Special feedback option XL =  pecial lubrication, food grade S or Mobilgrease 28, specify XT = Special option  ##### = Part No. Designator for Specials Optional 5 digit assigned part number to designate unique model numbers for specials. SLM/SLG Series Exlar: EX4 = Standard Resolver Fanuc Pulsecoder: Consult Exlar G&L Motion Control/Danaher Motion: GL1 =  td Incremental Encoder – HSM motor S wiring w/ MS connectors for ‘M’ option GL2 =  td Incremental Encoder – LSM-MSM S motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option GL3 =  td Incremental Encoder – NSM motor S wiring w/MS connectors for ‘M’ option GL4 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoder – AKM motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Infranor: IF1 = Standard Resolver Indramat/Bosch-Rexroth: IN6 =  td Resolver – MKD/MHD motor wiring S w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option IN7 =  iperface Stegmann SKM036 multi-turn H absolute encoder – MSK motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option – plug & play option Jetter Technologies: JT1 =  tandard Resolver – JH/JL motor wiring S w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Kollmorgen/Danaher: KM4 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1325 multi-turn E absolute encoder – AKM motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option KM5 =  tandard Resolver – AKM motor wiring S w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option KM6 =  tandard Incremental Encoder – AKM S motor wiring w/ M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Kuka Robot: KU1 = Tyco Size 21 Resolver Kawasaki Robot: KW1 = Kawasaki Special Encoder Lenze/AC Tech: LZ1 =  iperface Stegmann SRM050 multi-turn H absolute encoder – MCS motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option LZ5 =  tandard Resolver – MCS motor wiring S w/ M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option LZ6 =  tandard Incremental Encoder – MCS S motor wiring w/ M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option Matuschek: MC1 = LTN Resolver Metronix: MX1 = Standard Resolver MX2 =  iperface Stegmann SKM036 H multi-turn absolute encoder MX3 =  nDat Heidenhain EQN1125 multi-turn E absolute encoder Mitsubishi: MT1 =  itsubishi Absolute Encoder – HF-SP M motor wiring with ‘M’ option Modicon: MD1 = Standard Resolver Note: A  ny specials denoted by an X in the part number require definition and quotation from the factory. 1.  hese housing options would T typically be accompanied by the choice of the electroless nickel connectors if a connectorized unit were selected. Please inquire with Exlar Engineering. 2.  vailable as described in Feedback A Types. 3.  ee page 99 for explanation of S voltage, speed and stack options. 4.  hen selecting special housing W options, use “G” in this model mask location. 5.  ot available with absolute N feedback. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 109 Cables Feedback Cable Configuration - e.g. CBL-ENCOD-SMI-015 CBL – AAAAA – BCD – EEE Cable CBL = Cable Cable Style S = Standard Cabl 40c to 100c F = High Flex Cable 5c to 70c* Cable Model ENCOD = Incremental Encoder ABSOL = Absolute Encoder RESOL = Resolver Connection Option I = Exlar Standard M23 European Style A = MS Style Anodized D = MS Style Electroless Nickel* Connection Mounting M = Molded Straight R = Strain Relief Straight T = 90 Degree MS Style Only* Length ft (M) 015 (4.6) Standard 025 (7.6 ) Standard 050 (15.2) Standard 075 (22.9) Standard 100 (30.5) Standard 1-999 - Custom Power Cable Configuration - e.g. CBL-PWRB1-SMI-015 CBL – AAAAA – BCD – EEE Cable CBL = Cable Cable Style S = Standard Cabl 40c to 100c F = High Flex Cable 5c to 70c* Cable Model*** PWRB1 = 20,30,060,090 Frames Power/Brake PWRB2 = 40,50,115,142 Frames Power/Brake PWRB3 = 60 Frame Power/Brake Connection Option I = Exlar Standard M23 Size 1** A = MS Style Anodized D = MS Style Electroless Nickel* Connection Mounting M = Molded Straight R = Strain Relief Straight T = 90 Degree MS Style Only* Length ft (M) 015 (4.6) Standard 025 (7.6 ) Standard 050 (15.2) Standard 075 (22.9) Standard 100 (30.5) Standard 1-999 - Custom Accessory Cable Configuration - e.g. CBL-ASSY1-SMI-015 CBL – AAAAA – BCD – EEE Cable CBL = Cable Cable Style S = Standard Cabl 40c to 100c F = High Flex Cable 5c to 70c* Cable Model ASSY1 = EB Accessory Brake/XT  Load Cell/HW Handwheel Interlock * Non-standard options – require longer lead times. ** PWRB3 uses M40 size 1.5. *** Special stator winding may require a special power cable 110 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Connection Option I = Exlar Standard M23 European Style A = MS Style Anodized D = MS Style Electroless Nickel* Connection Mounting M = Molded Straight R = Strain Relief Straight T = 90 Degree MS Style Only* Length ft (M) 015 (4.6) Standard 025 (7.6 ) Standard 050 (15.2) Standard 075 (22.9) Standard 100 (30.5) Standard 1-999 - Custom Cable Selection Guide Manufacturers Feedback Cable Selection Guide AMKASYN: All Drives Beckhoff: All Drives B&R Automation: All Drives Emerson/Control Techniques: Unidrive SP/Epsilon EP En/Epsilon/MDS Elau: All Drives G&L Motion Control/Danaher Motion: MMC Smart Drive/ Digital MMC Control Indramat/Bosch-Rexroth: DKC Series/DIAX IndraDrive Jetter Technologies: JetMove 2xx JetMove 6xx Kollmorgen/Danaher: All Drives Lenze/AC Tech: All Drives Mitsubishi: MR-J3 Momentum: All Drives Ormec: All Drives Parker Compumotor: All Drives Pacific Scientific: All Drives Stober Drives: FDS/MDS 5000 Siemens: 611U/Masterdrives/SMC20 SEW/Eurodrive: All Drives Yaskawa: Sigma II Series Feedback Selected AB1 AB5/AB6/AB7/ABA AB8/AB9/ABB AK1/AK2 BE1 BR1 BR2 CT1/CT3 CT2/EM2/EM5 CT4/CT7 CT5 CT4/CT7 EM2/EM5 EU1/EU4 Manufacturers Part Number 2090-UXNFBHF-Sxx 2090-UXNFBMP-Sxx 2090-XXNFMF-Sxx (Drive side flying leads) DS Series Absolute Encoder Cable ZK4000-26yy-2zzz 8CRxxx.12-1 8CExxx.12-1 SSBAP/SSBAHC UFCS SIBAA/SIBAAA SRBAC/SRBABB SIBAH/SIBAFA CFCS SH Series Absolute Encoder Cable GL1 GL2 GL3 GL4 ENC-H&F ENC-L&M ENC-NSM ENDAT-AKM IN1 IN5 IN6 IN7 IKS4001 IKS4001 IKS4374 RKG4200 JT1 JT1 KM4 KM5 KM6 LZ1 LZ5 LZ6 MT1 MN1 MN2 MN3 MN4 OR2 PC6 PC7 PC8 PC9/ PCØ PS3 SB3 SM2 SM3/SM4 SM5 SW1 SW3 YS2/YS3 JH/JL Series Resolver Cable Nr. 23 JH/JL Series Resolver Cable Nr. 423 AKM Series Absolute Encoder Cable AKM Series Resolver Cable AKM Series Incremental Encoder Cable MCS Series Absolute Encoder Cable MCS Series Resolver Cable MCS Series Incremental Encoder Cable MR-J3ENSCBLxxM-H SC-AE1-xxx SC-AE2-xxx SC-IE1-xxx SC-RS1-xxx Consult Exlar SMH Series Incremental Encoder Cable SMH Series Resolver Cable COMPAX3 F-2C1-xx or Aries F-1A1-xx F-2B1-xx CEF-RO-XXX-900X Stober Absolute Encoder Cable 6FX5002-2CF02-.... 6FX5002-2EQ10-.... 6FX5002-2CA31-.... CM Series Resolver Cable CM Series Absolute Encoder Cable JZSP-CMP02-XX(B) Cables Amplifier/Drive Selected Allen-Bradley/Rockwell: Ultra 3000/5000/Kinetix 6000 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 111 Manufacturers Power/Brake Cables Models: GSM/GSX20, GSM/GSX30, SLM/SLG060, SLM/SLG090 Feedback Selected Power only 4 wire Power + Brake/Therm Brake Cable AB1 AB5/AB6/AB7/ABA AB8/AB9/ABB N/A 2090-XXNPMP-16Sxx N/A Exlar CBL-PWRB1-xxA-xxx N/A 2090-XXNPMF-16Sxx Exlar CBL-ASSY1-xxA-xxx 2090-UXNBMP-18Sxx N/A AMKASYN: All Drives AK1/AK2 N/A DS Series Power Cable Size 1 N/A Beckhoff: All Drives BE1 N/A ZK4000-2xx1-2xxxx N/A BR1/BR2 N/A 8CMxxx.12-1 N/A CT1/CT3/CT4/CT5/CT7 CT2/EM2/EM5 PSBxA CMDS PBBxA N/A N/A CBMS EU1/EU4 N/A E-MO-111 N/A GL1 GL2 GL3 GL4 PWR-H&F…16AA N/A PWR-NSM…16AA N/A N/A PWR-L&M…16-64 N/A PWR-AKM…16-64 Exlar CBL-ASSY1-xxA-xxx N/A Exlar CBL-ASSY1-xxA-xxx N/A IN1/IN5/IN6 IN7 N/A N/A MKD/MHD Power Cable Size 1 MSK Power Cable Size 1 N/A N/A JT1 N/A JH/JL Power Cable Size 1 #24.1 N/A KM4/KM5/KM6 N/A AKM Power Cable Size 1 N/A LZ1/LZ5/LZ6 N/A MCS Power Cable Size 1 N/A MT1 MR-J3P2-xM N/A MR-J3BRKS1-xM MN1/MN2/MN3/MN4 PCBL1.5-MNT-xxx PCBL1.5-MNB-xxx N/A Amplifier/Drive Selected Allen-Bradley/Rockwell: Ultra 3000/5000/Kinetix 6000 B&R Automation: All Drives Emerson/Control Techniques: All Drives Elau: All Drives G&L Motion Control/ Danaher Motion: MMC Smart Drive/ Digital MMC Control Indramat/Bosch-Rexroth: DKC Series/DIAX IndraDrive Jetter Technologies: All Drives Kollmorgen/Danaher: All Drives Lenze/AC Tech: All Drives Mitsubishi: MR-J3 Momentum: All Drives Ormec: All Drives Parker Compumotor: All Drives Consult Exlar OR2 PC6/PC7 PC8/PC9/PC0 N/A N/A SMH Power Cable Size 1 P-3B1-xx N/A N/A Pacific Scientific: All Drives PS3 N/A PMA Power Cable Size 1 N/A Stober Drives: FDS/MDS 5000 SB3 N/A Stober Power Cable Size 1 N/A Siemens: All Drives with flying leads SM2/SM3/SM4/SM5 SEW/Eurodrive: All Drives SW1/SW3 N/A CM Power Cable Size 1 N/A YS2 YS3 N/A B1E-xxA N/A B1BE-xxA N/A N/A Yaskawa: Sigma II Series 112 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 6FX5002-5DA01-.... N/A Manufacturers Power/Brake Cables GSM/GSX40, GSX50, SLM/SLG115, SLM142 GSX60 Power + Brake/Therm Brake Cable Power only 4 wire Power + Brake/Therm Brake Cable N/A 2090-UXNPMP-14Sxx N/A Exlar CBL-PWRB2-xxA-xxx N/A 2090-XXNPMF-14Sxx Exlar CBL-ASSY1-xxA-xxx 2090-UXNBMP-18Sxx N/A N/A 2090-UXNPMP-10Sxx N/A Exlar CBL-PWRB3-xxA-xxx N/A Exlar CBL-PWRB3-xxI-xxx N/A 2090-UXNBMP-18Sxx N/A N/A DS Series Power Cable Size 1 N/A N/A DS Series Power Cable Size 1.5 N/A N/A ZK4000-2xx1-2xxxx N/A N/A Exlar CBL-PWRB3-xxI-xxx N/A N/A 8CMxxx.12-3 N/A N/A 8CMxxx.12-5 N/A PSBxA CMMS PBBxA N/A N/A CBMS PSBxB CMLS PBBxB N/A N/A CBMS N/A E-MO-112 N/A N/A E-MO-114 N/A PWR-H&F…14-AA N/A N/A N/A N/A PWR-L&M…14-6H N/A PWR-AKM…14-6H Exlar CBL-ASSY1-xxA-xxx N/A N/A N/A PWR-H&F…10-AA N/A N/A N/A N/A PWR-L&M…12-6H N/A PWR-AKM…12-6H Exlar CBL-ASSY1-xxA-xxx N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A MKD/MHD Power Cable Size 1 MSK Power Cable Size 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A MKD/MHD Power Cable Size 1.5 MSK Power Cable Size 1.5 N/A N/A N/A JH/JL Power Cable Size 1 #24.1 N/A N/A Exlar CBL-PWRB3-xxI-xxx N/A N/A AKM Power Cable Size 1 N/A N/A AKM Power Cable Size 1.5 N/A N/A MCS Power Cable Size 1 N/A N/A MCS Power Cable Size 1.5 N/A MR-J3P6-xM N/A MR-J3BRKS1-xM MR-J3P7-xM N/A MR-J3BRKS1-xM PCBL2.5-MNT-xxx PCBL2.5-MNB-xxx N/A PCBL4.0-MNT-xxx PCBL4.0-MNB-xxx N/A Consult Exlar Cables Power only 4 wire Consult Exlar N/A N/A SMH Power Cable Size 1 P-4B1-xx N/A N/A N/A N/A SMH Power Cable Size 1.5 P-6B2-xx N/A N/A N/A PMA Power Cable Size 1 N/A N/A Exlar CBL-PWRB3-xxI-xxx N/A N/A Stober Power Cable Size 1 N/A N/A Stober Power Cable Size 1.5 N/A 6FX5002-5DA11-.... N/A 6FX5002-5DA61-.... N/A N/A CM Power Cable Size 1 N/A N/A SM Power Cable Size 1.5 N/A B1E-xxA N/A B1BE-xxA N/A N/A N/A B2E-xxA N/A B2BE-xxA N/A N/A N/A (Please note, Euro style connectors are size 1.5 M40 connectors. If Manufacturer does not offer a size 1.5 M40 power cable, an Exlar Power Cable must be purchased. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 113 Hazardous Location EL Series Linear Actuators EL Series Explosion Proof Linear Actuators This electromechanical system provides process engineers A clean, fast, simple and cost effective replacement for Hydraulic actuation and a longer life alternative to pneumatic actuation. The roller screw technology manufactured by Exlar outperforms rival ball screws by 15 times in travel life, and can carry higher loads. The compact design allows users to effectively replace hydraulic or air cylinders with an electromechanical actuator, yet meet all required capabilities of the application. Reduced emissions, reduced energy consumption (80% system energy efficiency), increased position control and accuracy – all leading to reduced cost – are provided by servo electric actuation. EL30 Explosion-Proof Linear Actuator Class I, div 1, Groups B, C and D The EL30 explosion-proof linear actuator offers CSA Class I*, Division 1, Groups B, C or D rating. The EL100 explosion-proof linear actuator offers a Class I, Division, Groups B, C, D & T3. The EL100 linear actuators. Also meet ATEX essential requirements and are in Conformance with the EU ATEX Directive 94/9/EC. The EL Series linear actuators are compatible with nearly any Manufacturers’ resolver-based amplifier. * “Class I” means that flammable gases or vapors may be present in the air in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures. “Division 1” means that hazardous concentrations in the air may exist continuously, intermittently, or periodically under normal operating conditions. “Group B” allows for atmospheres containing hydrogen, or gases (or vapors) of equivalent hazard, such as manufactured gas. “Group C” allows for atmospheres containing ethyl-ether vapors, ethylene or cyclo propane. “Group D” allows for atmospheres containing gasoline, hexane, naphtha, benzene, butane, alcohol, acetone, benzol, lacquer solvent vapors or natural gas. EL Series actuators are not rated for operation in atmospheres containing acetylene Temperature classification defines the maximum surface temperature the product will reach at full load. T3 = 200 °C, T3A – 180 °C, T4 = 135 °C EL Series explosion-proof motors are well-suited to many applications: Turbine fuel flow Chemical process plants Printing presses Fuel distribution systems Engine test stands Shipbound fuel management Valve control Damper control Paint booths 114 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 0518 II 2G SIRA 10ATEX1037X Ex d II B T3 Gb IP66 163694 Class I, Div 1 Group B,C,D,T3 EL100 Explosion-Proof Linear Actuator Class I, div 1, Groups B, C, D and T3 Features T-LAM technology yielding 35% increase in continuous motor torque over traditional windings Forces to 2000 lbs Speeds to 25 ips Resolver feedback Strokes up to 6 inches 8 pole motors Rod end options Several mounting configurations Potted NPT connectors Windings available from 24 VDC to 460 VAC rms Class 180H insulation Hazardous Location EL Series Linear Actuators EL Series Performance Curves torque and thus actuator thrust. These values are at constant velocity and do not account for motor torque required for acceleration. EL30-.1 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 Force lbf (N) 0 1 (25.4) 2 (50.8) 3 (76.2) 4 (101.6) 5 (127) 1000 (4448) 900 (4003) 800 (3559) 700 (3114) 600 (2669) 500 (2224) 400 (1779) 300 (1334) 200 (890) 100 (445) 0 6 (152.4) EL30-.2 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 3X8 0 2 (50.8) 4 (101.6) 8 (203.2) 10 (254) 12 (304.8) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) Force lbf (N) 6 (152.4) EL30-.5 Inch Lead 450 (2002) 400 (1779) 350 (1557) 300 (1334) 250 (1112) 200 (890) 150 (667) 100 (445) 50 (222) 0 1X8 2X8 3X8 0 5 (127) 10 (254) 15 (381) 20 (508) 25 (635) EL Series 1000 (4448) 900 (4003) 800 (3559) 700 (3114) 600 (2669) 500 (2224) 400 (1779) 300 (1334) 200 (890) 100 (445) 0 30 (762) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) EL100 Speed Force EL100 Speed Force Lead inch (mm) 0.5 (12.70) 0.2 (5.08) 2000 (8.9) 1500 (6.7) 1000 (4.4) 2000 (8.9) 200 (0.9) 500 (2.2) 1000 (4.4) 0 0 Max Speed -40 Stators 3000 13.3) 400 (1.8) Max Speed -25 Stators 4000 (17.8) 600 (2.7) Max Speed -10 Stators 0.1 (2.54) 800 (3.6) Force lbf (KN) Force lbf (N) The below speed vs. force curves represent approximate continuous thrust ratings at indicated linear speed. Different types of servo amplifiers will offer varying motor 25˚C peak 80˚C peak 25˚C cont 80˚C cont 0 inch (mm) 0 sec 1.67 (42.4) 3.33 (84.6) 5.0 (127.0) 6.67 (169.4) 8.33 (211.6) 0 3.33 (84.6) 6.67 (169.4) 10.0 (254.0) 13.33 (338.6) 16.67 (423.4) 0 8.33 (211.6) 16.67 (423.4) 25.0 (635.0) 33.33 (846.6) 41.67 (1058.4) Lead inch (mm) 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.5 (12.70) Speed inch/sec (mm/sec) 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 115 Hazardous Location EL Series Linear Actuators EL Performance Specifications Frame Size Stroke Screw Lead Force Rating Max Velocity in (mm) 0.1 (2.54) 543/885/NA (2415/3936/NA) 0.2 (5.08) 271/442/NA (1205/1966/NA) 10 (254.0) EL30-0305 0.5 (12.7) 109/177/NA (485/787/NA) 25 (635.0) EL30-0601 0.1 (2.54) 543/885/NA (2415/3936/NA) 5 (127.0) 10.8/17.6/NA (1.22/1.99/NA) 0.2 (5.08) 271/442/626 (1205/1966/2785) 10 (254.0) 10.8/17.6/24.9 (1.22/1.99/2.81) 0.5 (12.7) 109/177/250 (485/787/1112) 25 (635.0) 10.8/17.6/24.9 (1.22/1.99/2.81) 2A8-10 1806/1246 (8032/5542) 1.66 (4.16) 1806/1246 (8032/5542) 41.66 (105.66) 1834/1266 (8160/5631) 1989/1373 (8848/6105) 6.66 (169.33) 6.66 (169.33) 36.5 (25.2) 39.6 (27.3) 238.40 2011/1387 (8943/6171) 6.66 (169.33) 40 (27.6) 258.40 1986/1371 (8835/6097) 6.66 (169.33) 39.5 (27.3) 268.40 2008/1385 (8930/6162) 6.66 (169.33) 39.9 (27.6) 2A8-10 903/623 (4016/2771) 3.33 (84.58) 35.9 (24.8) 2B8-25 903/623 (4016/2771) 8.33 (211.58) 35.9 (24.8) 2C8-40 917/633 (4080/2815) 13.33 (338.58) 36.5 (25.2) 995/686 (4424/3053) 13.33 (338.58) 39.6 (27.3) 238.40 1005/694 (4472/3086) 13.33 (338.58) 40 (27.6) 258.40 993/685 (4417/3048) 13.33 (338.58) 39.5 (27.3) 268.40 1004/693 (4465/3081) 13.33 (338.58) 39.9 (27.6) 2A8-10 361/249 (1606/1108) 8.33 (211.58) 35.9 (24.8) 2B8-25 361/249 (1606/1108) 20.83 9529.08) 35.9 (24.8) 2C8-40 367/253 (1632/1126) 33.33 (846.58) 36.5 (25.2) 398/275 (1770/1221) 33.33 (846.58) 39.6 (27.3) 238.40 402/277 (1789/1234) 33.33 (846.58) 40 (27.6) 258.40 397/274 (1767/1219) 33.33 (846.58) 39.5 (27.3) 268.40 402/277 (1786/1232) 33.33 (846.58) 39.9 (27.6) Stator EL30-0301 EL30-0302 EL30-0602 3.125 (79.0) 3.125 (79.0) 3 (75.0) 6 (150.0) EL30-0605 EL100-0601 EL100-0602 EL100-0605 3.9 (100) 3.9 (100) 3.9 (100) 6 (150) 6 (150) 6 (150) 218-40 218-40 218-40 0.1 (2.54) 0.2 (5.08) 0.5 (12.70) * Please note that stroke mm are nominal dimensions. **Inertia +/– 5% See page 13 for definition of terms. 116 Weight (approx.) 35.9 (24.8) 2C8-40 Dynamic Load 35.9 (24.8) 2B8-25 Maximum Armature Static Load Inertia Rating** 5 (127.0) in (mm) 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com in/sec (mm/sec) Approx* Cont. Motor Torque lb (N) 25˚C/80˚C Model No. (nominal)* in (mm) lb-in (N-m) lb (N) lb-in-s2 (Kg-m2) lb (N) lb (kg) 5516 (24536) 10.8/17.6/NA (1.22/1.99/NA) 2700 (12010) 0.00319 (0.00036) 5800 (25798) 12 (5.4) 4900 (21795) 5516 (24536) 2700 (12010) 0.00361 (0.00041) 5800 (25798) 15 (6.8) 4900 (21795) 2700 (12010) 0.00361 (0.000408) 5516 (24536) 26.2 (11.9) 2700 (12010) 0.00361 (0.000408) 5800 (25798) 26.2 (11.9) 2700 (12010) 0.00361 (0.000408) 4900 (21795) 26.2 (11.9) Specifications subject to change without notice. Hazardous Location EL Series Linear Actuators EL30 Series Mechanical/Electrical Specifications Maximum Backlash (not preloaded) in (mm) 0.004 (.10) Maximum Backlash (preloaded) in (mm) 0.0 Lead Accuracy in/ft (mm/300 mm) Maximum Radial Load Environmental Rating: 0.001 (.025) lb (N) Standard Motor Stator-T4 Ratings 30 (134) IP65 1AB AB8 118 138 158 168 2A8 2B8 218 238 258 268 318* 338* 358* 368* RMS Sinusoidal Commutation lbf-in 10.8 10.8 10.9 10.8 10.7 10.3 17.4 17.4 17.6 17.6 17.5 17.5 25.2 24.9 23.6 23.6 (Nm) (1.22) (1.22) (1.23) (1.22) (1.21) (1.16) (1.97) (1.97) (1.99) (1.99) (1.98) (1.98) (2.85) (2.81) (2.67) (2.67) Continuous Motor Torque** (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Torque Constant (Kt)** (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) lbf-in/ 1.1 1.1 4.4 8.7 15.5 17.5 1.1 1.1 4.4 8.7 15.5 17.5 4.4 8.7 15.7 17.6 (Nm/A) (0.13) (0.13) (0.49) (0.99) (1.75) (1.98) (0.13) (0.13) (0.49) (0.99) (1.75) (1.98) (0.50) (0.98) (1.77) (1.98) Continuous Current Rating** Amps 10.7 10.7 2.8 1.4 0.8 0.7 17.3 17.3 4.5 2.2 1.3 1.1 6.3 3.2 1.7 1.5 Peak Current Rating Amps 21.3 21.3 5.6 2.8 1.5 1.3 34.5 34.5 9.0 4.5 2.5 2.2 12.7 6.4 3.4 3.0 Trapezoidal Commutation lbf-in 10.3 10.3 10.4 10.3 10.2 9.8 16.6 16.6 16.8 16.8 16.7 16.7 24.1 23.8 22.5 22.6 (Nm) (1.16) (1.16) (1.17) (1.17) (1.15) (1.11) (1.88) (1.88) (1.90) (1.90) (1.89) (1.89) (2.72) (2.69) (2.55) (2.55) Continuous Motor Torque** (+/– 10% @ 80˚C) Torque Constant (Kt)** (+/– 10% @ 80˚C) lbf-in/A 0.9 0.9 3.4 6.8 12.1 13.6 0.9 0.9 3.4 6.8 12.1 13.6 3.5 6.8 12.2 13.7 (Nm/A) (0.10) (0.10) (0.39) (0.77) (1.37) (1.54) (0.10) (0.10) (0.39) (0.77) (1.37) (1.54) (0.39) (0.76) (1.38) (1.55) Continuous Current Rating Amps 13.1 13.1 3.4 1.7 0.9 0.8 21.1 21.1 5.5 2.8 1.5 1.4 7.8 3.9 2.1 1.8 Peak Current Rating Amps 26.1 26.1 6.8 3.4 1.9 1.6 42.3 42.3 11.0 5.5 3.1 2.7 15.5 7.9 4.1 3.7 Vrms/Krpm 7.7 7.7 29.9 59.7 106.0 119.5 7.7 7.7 29.9 59.7 106.0 119.5 30.3 59.2 106.9 119.9 Vpk/Krpm 10.9 10.9 42.2 84.5 149.9 168.9 10.9 10.9 42.2 84.5 149.9 168.9 42.9 83.8 151.2 169.6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Ohms 0.19 0.19 2.8 11.2 36.3 49.6 0.08 0.08 1.1 4.5 14.1 18.0 0.65 2.6 9.3 11.6 mH 0.51 0.51 7.7 30.7 96.8 123.0 0.24 0.24 3.7 14.7 46.2 58.7 2.5 9.5 30.9 38.8 ms min 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.5 6.7 7.2 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 1.5 1.5 1.7 1.7 Motor Stator Data (+/– 10% @ 25˚C) Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L)(+/– 5% @ 80˚C) Inductance (L-L)(+/– 5%) Mech Time Constant (tm) max Electrical Time Constant (te) Damping Constant Friction Torque 7.4 7.4 7.3 7.4 7.6 8.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 3.0 3.0 1.7 1.7 1.9 1.9 ms 2.7 2.7 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.5 3.2 3.2 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.8 3.7 3.3 3.3 lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) 1.23 (0.14) lbf-in (Nm) 2.00 (0.23) Bus Voltage Vrms 24VDC 48VDC 115 230 400 460 24VDC 48VDC 115 230 400 460 115 230 400 460 Speed @ Bus Voltage rpm 1500 3000 3000 3000 3000 1500 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 EL Series Voltage Constant (Ke)** 3000 3000 Insulation Class Temperature Class 3000 180 (H) ˚C T4 = 135˚C Connectors T3A = 180˚C Potted NPT Connectors Only For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by .707 and current by 1.414. Specifications reflect 80˚C test environment Specifications subject to change without notice. *Not available with 3" stroke **For T3A Temperature Class multiply Kt & Ke ratings by 0.83; Continuous Current by 1.245; Continuous Torque by 1.095 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 117 Hazardous Location EL Series Linear Actuators EL100 Series Mechanical/Electrical Specifications Nominal Backlash in (mm) 0.004 (.10) Maximum Backlash (preloaded) in (mm) 0.0 Lead Accuracy in/ft (mm/300 mm) Maximum Radial Load Environmental Rating 0.001 (.025) lb (N) Standard Motor Stator Ambient Temperature 40 (179) IP66 2A8-10 25˚/80˚C 2B8-25 25˚/80˚C 2C8-40 25˚/80˚C 218-40 25˚/80˚C 238-40 25˚/80˚C 258-40 25˚/80˚C 268-40 25˚/80˚C lbf-in (Nm) lbf-in/ (Nm/A) 35.9/24.8 (4.06/2.80) 1.7 (0.19) 35.9/24.8 (4.06/2.80) 1.7 (0.19) 36.5/25.2 (4.12/2.85) 2.6 (0.30) 39.6/27.3 (4.47/3.09) 3.2 (0.37) 40.0/27.6 (4.52/3.12) 6.6 (0.75) 39.5/27.3 (4.46/3.08) 11.6 (1.31) 39.9/27.6 (4.51/3.11) 13.2 (1.50) Continuous Current Rating (IG) Amps 23.6/16.3 23.6/16.3 15.6/10.7 13.6/9.4 6.8/4.7 3.8/2.6 3.4/2.3 Peak Current Rating Amps 47.1/32.5 47.1/32.5 31.1/21.5 27.3/18.8 13.5/9.3 7.6/5.3 6.7/4.7 lbf-in (Nm) lbf-in/A (Nm/A) 34.3/23.7 (3.88/2.67) 1.3 (0.15) 34.3/23.7 (3.88/2.67) 1.3 (0.15) 34.9/24.0 (3.94/2.72) 2..0 (0.23) 37.8/26.1 (4.27/2.95) 2.5 (0.29) 38.2/26.4 (4.32/2.98) 5.2 (0.58) 37.7/26.0 (4.26/2.94) 9.0 (1.02) 38.1/26.3 (4.31/2.97) 10.3 (1.17) Continuous Current Rating (IG) Amps 28.9/19.9 28.9/19.9 19.1/13.2 16.7/11.5 8.3/5.7 4.7/3.2 4.1/2.8 Peak Current Rating Amps 57.7/39.8 57.7/39.8 38.1/26.3 33.4/23.1 16.5/11.4 9.4/6.5 8.3/5.7 Vrms/Krpm 11.6 11.6 17.9 22.1 45.2 78.9 90.4 Vpk/Krpm 16.5 16.5 25.3 31.3 64.0 111.6 127.9 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Ohms 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.30 1.2 3.8 4.86 mH 0.79 0.79 1.9 2.93 12.2 37.2 48.9 1.4 1.4 1.4 RMS Sinusoidal Commutation data Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant @ 25˚C (Kt) Trapezoidal Commutation data Continuous Motor Torque Torque Constant @ 25˚C (Kt) Motor Stator Data Voltage Constant @ 25˚C (Ke) Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L) Inductance (L-L) Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec (kg-cm ) 2 Brake Current @24 VDC +/- 10% Brake Holding Torque - Dry 0.00047 (.53) A 2 0.5 lbf-in (Nm/A) 70 (8) Brake Engage/Disengage Time ms 25/50 Mechanical Time Constant (tm) ms Electrical Time Constant (te) ms 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.4 7.9 7.9 8.2 9.9 10.1 9.9 10.1 Bus Voltage Vrms 24 VDC 48 VDC 120 VDC 115 VAC 230 VAC 400 VAC 460 VAC Speed @ Bus Voltage rpm 1000 2500 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 Insulation Class 180 (H) Ambient Temperature Rating -29° C to 93° C CSA/ATEX Temperature Class T3, 200˚ C Maximum Allowable Surface Temperature Continuous Force Ratings 25˚/80˚C 25˚/80˚C 25˚/80˚C 25˚/80˚C 25˚/80˚C 25˚/80˚C 25˚/80˚C 0.1 inch lead EL100-0601 lbf (N) 1806/1246 8032/5542 1806/1246 8032/5542 1834/1266 8160/5631 1989/1373 8848/6105 2011/1387 8943/6171 1986/1371 8835/6097 2008/1385 8930/6162 0.2 inch lead EL100-0602 lbf (N) 903/623 4016/2771 903/623 4016/2771 917/633 4080/2815 995/686 4424/3053 1005/694 4472/3086 993/685 4417/3048 1004/693 4465/3081 0.5 inch lead EL100-0605 lbf (N) 361/249 1606/1108 361/249 1606/1108 367/253 1632/1126 398/275 1770/1221 402/277 1789/1234 397/274 1767/1219 402/277 1786/1232 For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by 0.707, and peak current by 1.414. All temperature ratings ambient. 118 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Specifications subject to change without notice. Hazardous Location EL Series Linear Actuators Actuator Rod End Options B A *A Dim = 40mm D D B øC øC øE Male Thread A EL30 in (mm) øE B Female Thread ØC D ØE F Male U.S. F Male Metric 0.750 B (19.1) 0.500 (12.7) A (15.9) 0.281 (7.1) øC (14.3) 0.750 (19.1) 7/16 - 20 UNF – 2A 0.625 0.562 B D Female U.S. Female Metric M12 x 1.75 6g 7/16 - 20 UNF – 2B D øM10 x 1.5 6h C * øE Male EL30 Clevis Thread Mount øE 46.1 1.82 F Female Thread 31 1.22 3/4 NPT 19.05 .750 +.05 -.03 +.002 -.001 107.7 4.24 G 101.6 4.00 D 19.1 .75 Dim "A" Dim "B" F øB D øG B E 31.8 1.25 E 63.5 2.50 C 150.9 5.94 A 133.4 5.25 C Dim "A" 93.7 3.69 H J 31 1.22 11.1 .44 K 77.4 3.05 6.8 .27 Dim "A" 101.6 4.00 B A 46.1 1.82 3/4 NPT 31 1.22 C 107.7 4.24 A Dim øA 6" (152.4 mm) Stroke 3" (76.2 mm) Stroke A 8.6 (218) B 9.7 (246) D 1/4-20 UNC-2B thru 4 places equally spaced on ø3.536 B.C. 11.0 (281) C 12.2 (309) H 107.7 4.24 6.4 .250 (4x) EL30 Base Unit A 46.1 1.82 61.7 2.43 10.1 .397 (4x) E 3/4 NPT EL Series EL30 Front Flange Mount A øD B 6.8 .27 A F 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 119 Hazardous Location EL Series Linear Actuators EL100 Dimensions 8.80 223.5 Power and I/O (2x) 3/4 NPT "H" = 5/16-24 UNF "M" = M8x1.00 1.32 33.5 8.13 206.4 3.90 99.1 1.98 50.2 2.800 B.C. [71.1] 3.90 99.1 "A" Dim No Brake 11.9 (302.3) "H" = 5/16-24 UNF "M" = M8x1.00 Brake A 3.156 B.C. 80.2 14.2 (360.8) EL100 Actuator Rod End Options A B C D B C D E MALE THREAD A EL100 in (mm) E B ØC D ØE F Male "M" Inch Male "A" Metric Female "F" Inch Female "B" Metric 1.250 (31.8) 0.625 (17.0) 0.787 (20.0) 0.281 (7.1) 0.725 (18.4) 1.000 (25.4) 1/2 - 20 UNF – 2A M16 x 1.5 6g 1/2 - 20 UNF – 2B M16 x 1.5 6h FEMALE THREAD EL100 Front Flange or Clevis Mount 4X .52 13.1 2.92 74.2 1.32 33.5 .750 +.002 - .001 8.13 206.4 3.80 96.4 1.98 50.2 .63 15.9 5.25 133.4 8.80 223.5 .25 6.4 4X F "A" "D" 6.80 172.7 7.69 195.3 Dim Brake A 11.9 (302.3) 14.2 (360.8) D 120 No Brake 13.77 (349.9) 16.7 (408.2) 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 1.25 31.8 2.50 63.5 Hazardous Location EL Series Linear Actuators EL Series EL100 Terminal Box Wiring 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 121 EL30 Series Ordering Information EL30 = Model Series AA = Frame Size 30 = 3 inch (80 mm) nominal BB = Nomimal Stroke Length 03 = 3 inch (75 mm) troke 06 = 6 inch (150 mm) stroke XX =  Special stroke not to exceed 6 inch (150 mm) CC 01 02 05 XX = = = = = Screw Lead 0.1 inch lead 0.2 inch lead 0.5 inch lead Special DDD = Connector Options N## = Potted NPT with flying leads ## =  ength of flying leads in feet L (not to exceed 99') Consult Exlar application engineering if longer length is needed. E F C H X = = = = = Mounting Options Front Flange Rear Clevis Threaded Face Special Mounting F M A F B = = = = = Rod Ends Male, US std thread Male, Metric std thread Female, US std thread Female, Metric std thread Notes: 1.  he dynamic load rating of zero T backlash, preloaded screws is 63% of the dynamic load rating of the standard non-preloaded screws. The calculated travel life of a preloaded screw will be 25% of the calculated travel life of the same size and lead of a non-preloaded screw. 2. Not available with 3" stroke. 122 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com ELAA - BBCC - DDDEF - GGG - HHH - II - JJJ - XX - ##### GGG = FeedbackType (Also specify the Amplifier/Drive Model being used when ordering) -– Standard Resolver –  ize 15 1024 line (2068 cts) per rev, two S phase resolver XX1 =  ustom Feedback – Wiring and C feedback device information must be provided and new feedback callout will be created – Please consult application engineering. Resolver only. AB6 =  llen-Bradley/Rockwell A – Standard Resolver AM3 =  dvanced Motion Control – Standard A Resolver AP1 = API Controls – Standard Resolver BD2 = Baldor – Standard Resolver BM2 = Baumueller – Standard Resolver BR1 = B&R Automation – Standard Resolver CO2 = Copley Controls – Standard Resolver CT5 =  tandard Resolver – FM/UM/EZ motor S wiring w/M23 euro connectors for ‘M’ option DT2 =  elta Tau Data Systems D – Standard Resolver EL1 =  lmo Motion Control E – Standard Resolver EX4 = Exlar – Standard Resolver IF1 = Infranor – Standard Resolver IN6 =  ndramat/Bosch-Rexroth I – Standard Resolver JT1 =  etter Technologies J – Standard Resolver KM5 =  ollmorgen/Danaher K – Standard Resolver LZ5 = Lenze/AC Tech – Standard Resolver MD1 = Modicon – Standard Resolver MG1 = Moog – Standard Resolver MN4 = Momentum – Standard Resolver MX1 = Metronix – Standard Resolver OR1 = Ormec – Standard Resolver PC7 =  arker – Standard Resolver P – European only PC0 = Parker – Standard Resolver – US Only PS3 = Pacific Scientific – Standard Resolver SM2 = Siemens – Standard Resolver SW1 = SEW/Eurodrive – Standard Resolver WD1= Whedco/Fanuc – Standard Resolver HHH = Motor Stator all 8 pole 1A8 =  stack, 24 Vrms 1 218 = 2 stack, 115 Vrms 1B8 = 1 stack, 48 Vrms 238 = 2 stack, 230 Vrms 118 = 1 stack, 115 Vrms 258 = 2 stack, 400 Vrms 138 = 1 stack, 230 Vrms 268 = 2 stack, 460 Vrms 158 = 1 stack, 400 Vrms 318 = 3 stack, 115 Vrms2 168 = 1 stack, 460 Vrms 338 = 3 stack, 230 Vrms2 2A8 = 2 stack, 24 Vrms 358 = 3 stack, 400 Vrms2 2B8 = 2 stack, 48 Vrms 368 = 3 stack, 460 Vrms2 II = Motor Speed 01-99 =  wo digit number - rated speed T in rpm x 100 JJJ = Hazardous Location Temperature Rating T3A =  80˚ C (Samarium Cobolt magnets) 1 T4 =  35˚ C (Neodymium-Iron-Boron 1 magnets) XX = Optional Speed & Mechanical Designations – Multiples possible XL = Special lubrication PF = Preloaded follower1 XT = Special travel option ##### = Part No. Designator for Specials Optional 5 digit assigned part number to designate unique model numbers for specials. EL100 - CCDD - EFG - HHH - IJK - LL - MM - NN - ##### CC = Stroke Length 06 = 5.9 inch (150 mm) DD = Roller Screw Lead (Linear Travel per  Screw Revolution) 01 = 0.1 in/rev (2.54 mm/rev) 02 = 0.2 in/rev (5.08 mm/rev) 05 = 0.5 in/rev (12.7 mm/rev) XX = Special Lead E S = Connections =  Terminal strips with 3/4" NPT port access, single row F = Mounting H =  Threaded front and rear face, US standard thread N =  hreaded front and rear face, T  metric thread B =  Front and rear flange F =  Standard front flange C =  Standard rear clevis R =  Rear flange X =  Special flange, clevis or threaded face mount G M A F B W R V L X = Rod End =  Male, US standard thread =  Male, metric thread =  Female, US standard thread =  Female, metric thread =  ale, US standard thread 17-4 SS M =  ale, metric thread 17-4 SS M =  emale, US standard thread 17-4 SS F =  emale, metric thread 17-4 SS F =  pecial rod end (consult Exlar) S HHH = Controller Feedback Option XX1 = Custom Feedback. Resolver only.  Consult Exlar AB6 = Allen-Bradley/Rockwell - standard  resolver AM3 = Advanced Motion Control - standard  resolver AP1 = API Controls - standard resolver BD2 = Baldor - standard resolver BM2 = Baumueller - standard resolver BR1 = B&R Automation CT5 = Control Techniques - standard resolver  CO2 = Copely Controls - standard resolver DT2 = Delta Tau Data Systems - standard  resolver EL1 = Elmo Motion Control - standard  resolver EX4 = Exlar - standard resolver IF1 = Infranor - standard resolver IN6 = Indramat/Bosch-Rexroth - standard  resolver JT1 = Jetter Technologies - standard resolver  KM5 =  ollmorgen/Danaher - standard K resolver LZ5 = Lenze/AC Tech - standard resolver MD1 = Modicon - standard resolver MG1 = Moog - standard resolver MN4 = Momentum – Standard Resolver MX1 = Metronix - standard resolver OR1 = Ormec - standard resolver PC7 =  arker - standard resolver P - European only PC0 = Parker - standard resolver - US only PS3 = Pacific Scientific - standard resolver SM2 = Siemens - standard resolver SW1 = SEW/Eurodrive - standard resolver WD1 = Whedco/Fanuc - standard resolver MM =  echanical Option (Multiple options M may apply - separated by “-” XL =  pecial lubrication, Mobilgrease 28 or S other (please specify) PF = Pre-loaded roller screw follower1 AR =  xternal anti-rotate assembly E (requires flange mount option) RB = Rear brake XT = Special housing option (see options  below) Hard anodized aluminum motor housing parts Epoxy coated terminal housing (casting) NN = Haz Loc Temp Rating T3 =  00˚ C max allowable surface 2 temperature ##### = Part No. Designator for Specials Optional 5 digit assigned part number to designate unique model numbers for specials. I = Motor Stacks 2 = 2 stack motor J = Rated Voltage A = 24 VDC B = 48 VDC C = 120 VDC 1 = 115 Volt RMS 3 = 230 Volt RMS 5 = 400 Volt RMS 6 = 460 Volt RMS X =  pecial voltage rating - not to exceed S 460 Volt RMS K = Motor Poles 8 = 8 Pole Motor LL = Rated Motor Speed at Rated Voltage 01 - 99 =  wo digit number x 100 = rated RPM T EL Series EL100 = Model Series EL100 Series Ordering Information Notes: 1.  he dynamic load rating of zero T backlash, preloaded screws is 63% of the dynamic load rating of the standard non-preloaded screws. The calculated travel life of a preloaded screw will be 25% of the calculated travel life of the same size and lead of a non-preloaded screw. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 123 Hazardous Location ER Series Motors ER Series Explosion-Proof Rotary Motor and Gearmotor For hazardous duty environments with constant exposure to flammable gasses or vapors* Exlar’s ER Series rotary explosionproof motors and gearmotors provide an excellent solution. Exlar’s motors utilizing T-LAM™ technology, an innovative segmented winding, have been designed for efficiency, power and durability and provide a very high torque-to-size ratio when compared to other suppliers’ motors. The gearmotor comprises a brushless permanent magnet motor optimized for use with an integral planetary gear set. Through the uniform load sharing of several gears acting in concert, planetary gear heads are a very compact, reliable solution providing high torque, low backlash and low maintenance. The ER Series motors are compatible with nearly any manufacturers’ resolver-based amplifier. * ER Series motors are rated for Class I, div 1, Groups B, C and D. “Class I” means that flammable gasses or vapors may be present in the air in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures. “Division1” means that hazardous concentrations in the air may exist continuously, intermittently, or periodically under normal operating conditions. “Group B” allows for atmospheres containing hydrogen, or gasses (or vapors) of equivalent hazard, such as manufactured gas. “Group C” allows for atmospheres containing ethyl-ether vapors, ethylene or cyclo propane. “Group D” allows for atmospheres containing gasoline, hexane, naphtha, benzene, butane, alcohol, acetone, benzol, lacquer solvent vapors or natural gas. ER Series motors are not rated for operation in atmospheres containing acetylene. ER115 Explosion-Proof Rotary Gearmotor Class I, div 1, Groups B, C and D Features T-LAM technology yielding 35% increase in continuous motor torque over traditional windings Resolver feedback 8 pole motors Rod end options 1, 2, or 3 stack motor availability compatible with nearly any resolver based servo amplifier Several mounting configurations Potted NPT connectors Windings from 24 VDC to 460 VAC rms Class 180H insulation system 124 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Hazardous Location ER Series Motors ER Series explosion-proof motors are well-suited to many applications: Turbine fuel flow Chemical process plants Printing presses Fuel distribution systems Engine test stands Shipbound fuel management Valve control Paint booths Damper control Peak Torque Continuous Torque Torque Rated at 80˚C ER Speed/Torque Curves ER115 1 Stack Motors ER115 2 Stack Motors 140 (15.8) 120 (13.6) 100 (11.3) 80 (9.0) 60 (6.8) 40 (4.5) 20 (2.3) 350 (39.5) Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 250 (28.2) Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) 160 (18.1) ER115 3 Stack Motors 200 (22.6) 150 (16.9) 100 (11.3) 50 (5.6) 0 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 Motor RPM 2500 3000 3500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 Motor RPM 3000 3500 300 (33.9) ER Series 250 (28.2) 200 (22.6) 150 (16.9) 100 (11.3) 50 (5.6) 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 Motor RPM 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 125 Hazardous Location ER Series Motors ER115 Electrical/Mechanical Specifications Sinusoidal Commutation Data Continuous Motor Torque ** Peak Motor Torque 1A8 1B8 118 138 158 168 2A8 2B8 238 258 268 338 358 368 49.7 49.7 50.5 50.5 50.6 50.5 83.3 83.3 84.0 82.5 84.0 117.3 117.6 120.4 lbf-in (Nm) (5.61) (5.61) (5.70) (5.70) (5.72) (5.70) (9.41) (9.41) (9.49) (9.32) (9.49) (13.25) (13.29) (13.60) 99.3 99.3 101.0 101.0 101.2 100.9 166.6 166.6 168.0 165.0 168.0 234.6 235.3 240.8 lbf-in (Nm) (11.22) (11.22) (11.41) (11.41) (11.44) (11.40) (18.82) (18.82) (18.98) (18.64) (18.98) (26.50) (26.58) (27.21) Torque Constant (Kt)** lbf-in/A 5.3 (+/– 10% @ 80˚C) 5.3 4.3 8.7 15.7 17.4 5.3 5.3 8.7 15.9 17.4 8.5 15.9 17.6 2.0 (Nm/A) 0.60 0.6 0.5 1.0 1.8 2.0 0.6 0.6 1.0 1.8 2.0 1.0 1.8 Continuous Current Rating A 10.5 10.5 13.0 6.5 3.6 3.2 17.6 17.6 10.8 5.8 5.4 15.4 8.3 7.7 Peak Current Rating A 21.0 21.0 26.0 13.0 7.2 6.5 35.2 35.2 21.6 11.6 10.8 30.8 16.6 15.3 47.4 (5.36) 94.8 (10.7) 4.12 (0.47) 48.2 (5.45) 96.4 (10.9) 3.39 (0.38) 48.2 (5.45) 96.4 (10.9) 6.78 (0.77) 48.3 (5.46) 96.7 (10.9) 12.22 (1.38) 48.2 (5.45) 96.4 (10.9) 13.55 (1.53) 79.5 (8.99) 159.1 (18.0) 4.12 (0.47) 79.5 (8.99) 159.1 (18.0) 4.12 (0.47) 80.2 (9.06) 160.4 (18.1) 6.78 (0.77) 78.8 (8.90) 157.6 (17.8) 12.37 (1.40) 80.2 (9.06) 160.4 (18.1) 13.55 (1.53) 112.0 112.3 115.0 (12.66) (12.69) (12.99) 224.0 224.7 230.0 (25.3) (25.4) (26.0) 6.63 12.37 13.70 (0.75) (1.40) (1.55) Trapezoidal Commutation Data 47.4 (5.36) 94.8 lbf-in (Nm) (10.71) 4.12 lbf-in/A (Nm/A) (0.47) Continuous Motor Torque** lbf-in (Nm) Peak Motor Torque Torque Constant (Kt) (+/– 10% @ 80˚C) Continuous Current Rating A 12.85 12.85 15.90 7.95 4.42 3.97 21.55 21.55 13.23 7.12 6.61 18.88 10.14 9.38 Peak Current Rating A 25.69 25.69 31.81 15.90 8.84 7.95 43.10 43.10 26.46 14.23 13.23 37.76 20.29 18.76 Vpk/Krpm 36.1 36.1 29.7 59.4 107.1 118.7 36.1 36.1 59.4 108.4 118.7 58.1 108.4 120.0 Vrms/Krpm 51.1 51.1 42.0 83.9 151.4 167.9 53.1 51.1 83.9 153.3 167.9 82.1 153.3 169.7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Ohms 0.31 0.31 0.20 0.80 2.60 3.21 0.13 0.13 0.34 1.17 1.35 0.20 0.69 0.81 mH 4.8 4.8 3.3 13.0 42.4 52.1 2.3 2.3 6.3 21.1 25.3 4.0 13.9 17.1 Motor Data Voltage Constant (Ke)** (+/– 10% @ 80˚C) Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L)(+/– 5% @ 25˚C) Inductance (L-L)(+/– 15%) lb-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2 ) Armature Inertia 0.00555 (6.27) 0.00833 (9.42) 0.01112 (12.56) Mechanical Time Constant (tm) ms 0.85 0.85 0.82 0.82 0.82 0.82 0.53 0.53 0.52 0.54 0.52 0.43 0.42 0.40 Electrical Time Constant (te) ms 15.73 15.73 16.26 16.26 16.34 16.25 18.41 18.41 18.72 18.06 18.72 20.08 20.19 21.16 Damping Constant Friction Torque 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.40 0.40 0.40 lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) (0.024) (0.024) (0.024) (0.024) (0.024) (0.024) (0.040) (0.040) (0.040) (0.040) (0.045) (0.045) (0.045) (0.045) 0.56 0.56 0.56 0.56 0.56 0.56 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.20 1.20 1.20 lbf-in (Nm) (0.063) (0.063) (0.063) (0.063) (0.063) (0.063) (0.113) (0.113) (0.113) (0.113) (0.136) (0.136) (0.136) (0.136) Bus Voltage Vrms 24VDC Speed @ Bus Voltage rpm 48VDC 115 230 400 460 24VDC 48VDC 230 400 460 230 400 460 750 300 3000 3000 3000 3000 300 750 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 Insulation Class Insulation System Volt Rating 180 (H) Vrms Class Temperature 460 ˚C T4 = 135˚ T3A = 180˚ Environmental Rating IP65 ER115 Gearmotor Data 1 Stack Motor 2 Stack Motor 3 Stack Motor 0.00344 (3.89) ER115 Armature Inertia* lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-cm2 ) 0.00441 (4.99) 0.00538 (6.08) For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by .707 and current by 1.414. Gearing Reflected Inertia Single Reduction Double Reduction Gear Stages lbf-in-sec 4:1 0.0000132 5:1 0.0000087 0.0000023 (0.00261) 40:1, 50:1, 100:1 10:1 Backlash at 1% rated torque: 2 (Kg-cm ) Gear Stages lbf-in-sec2 (0.0149) 16:1 0.0000121 (0.0137) (0.00984) 20:1, 25:1 0.0000080 (0.00906) 0.0000021 (0.00242) 2 10 Arc minutes Efficiency: Single reduction 91% * Add armature inertia to gearing inertia for total ER system inertia  ** For T3A Temperature Class multiply Kt and Ke ratings by 0.83; continuous current by 1.245; continuous torque by 1.095. 126 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 13 Arc minutes Double Reduction: 86% (Kg-cm2) Hazardous Location ER Series Motors ER115 Series Gearmotor General Performance Specifications Two torque ratings for the ER Series Gearmotors are given in the table below. The left hand columns give the maximum (peak) allowable output torque for the indicated ratios of each size ER Series Gearmotor. This IS NOT the rated output torque of the motor multiplied by the ratio of the reducer. It is possible to select a configuration of the motor selection and gear ratio such that the rated motor torque, multiplied by the gear ratio exceeds these ratings. It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the settings of the system, including the amplifier, do not allow these values to be exceeded. The right hand columns give the output torque at the indicated speed which will result in 10,000 hour (L10). The setup of the system, including the amplifier, will determine the actual output torque and speed. Output Torque Ratings – Mechanical ER115 Output Torque @ Speed for 10,000 Hour Life – ibf. in (Nm) 1000 RPM 3000 RPM 5000 RPM Ratio Maximum Allowable Output Torque ibf. in (Nm) 4:1 4696 (530.4) 1392 (157.3) 1132 (127.9) 1000 (112.9) 5:1 4066 (459.4) 1445 (163.3) 1175 (132.8) 1040 (117.5) 10:1 2545 (287.5) 1660 (187.6) 1350 (152.6) 1200 (135.6) 16:1 4696 (530.4) 2112 (238.6) 1714 (193.0) 1518 (171.0) 20:1 4696 (530.4) 2240 (253.1) 1840 (207.9) 1620 (183.0) 25:1 4066 (459.4) 2350 (265.5) 1900 (214.7) 1675 (189.2) 40:1 4696 (530.4) 2800 (316.4) 2240 (253.1) 2000 (225.9) 50:1 4066 (459.4) 2900 (327.7) 2350 (265.5) 2100 (237.3) 100:1 2545 (287.5) 2500 (282.5) 2500 (282.5) 2400 (271.2) Radial Load and Bearing Life ER115 lbf (N) 50 939 (4177) 100 745 (3314) 250 549 (2442) 500 435 (1935) 1000 346 (1539) Side load ratings shown below are for 10,000 hour bearing life at 25mm from motor face at given rpm. Visit www.exlar.com for full details on radial load and bearing life. ER Series RPM Motor and Gearmotor Weight ER115 Motor lb (kg) 1 Stage lb (kg) 2 Stage lb (kg) 1 Stack 14.2 (6.4) 28 (12.7) 34 (15.4) 2 Stack 22.0 (10) 35.8 (16.2) 41.8 (18.9) 3 Stack 29.8 (13.5) 43.6 (19.8) 49.6 (22.5) 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 127 Hazardous Location ER Series Motors ER115 Key Width 8mm [63.5] 2.5 Feedback Power Shaft Diam Flange Thickness .75 (19mm) [36] 1.42 [61] 2.4 Bolt Clearance .9449 Ø .9445 (24mm h5) [26.9] 1.06 .9 (22mm) 3/4 NPT [124] 4.9 7.23 (185mm) Pilot Diam 4.3302 Ø 4.3294 (110mm g6) Shaft Length [49] 1.94 Mounting Holes (4x) Ø .344 (8.5mm) Thru 5.118 (130mm) BHC 4.72 (120mm) Gear Reduction .16 (4mm) Dimension A Dimension "A" Stages Stacks Length in (mm) 0 1 8.3 (210) 0 2 10.3 (261) 0 3 12.3 (311) ER115 with Gear Reduction Option Key Width 10mm 63.5 2.5 Feedback .9 (22mm) Flange Thickness .75 (19mm) 3/4 NPT 40 1.57 Power Bolt Clearance 2.43 (61.5mm) Shaft Diam 124 4.9 1.2602 1.2596 (32mm j6) Ø 1.38 (35mm) 7.23 (185mm) Pilot Diam 4.3302 Ø 4.3294 (110mm g6) Ø .344 (8.5mm) Thru 5.118 (130mm) BHC Gear Reduction Shaft Length 2.54 (64 / 65 mm) Dimension A Dimension "A" Stages Stacks Length in (mm) 1 2 13.6 (344) 3 15.6 (395) Gear Reduction 11.6 (293) 1 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 128 .16 (4mm) Mounting Holes (4x) 4.72 (120mm) 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Dimension "A" Stages Stacks Length in (mm) 1 13.2 (334) 2 2 15.2 (385) 3 17.2 (436) ERAAA - BBB - CDF - GGG - HHH - II - JJJ - XX - ##### ER = Model Series ER = Series AAA = Frame Size 115 = 115 mm BBB = Gear Reduction Ratio (Optional - blank for motor) 004 = 4:1 Single stage reduction 005 = 5:1 Single stage reduction 010 = 10:1 Single stage reduction 016 = 16:1 Two stage reduction 020 = 20:1 Two stage reduction 025 = 25:1 Two stage reduction 040 = 40:1 Two stage reduction 050 = 50:1 Two stage reduction 100 = 100:1 Two stage reduction CC = Shaft Type K = Keyed R = Smooth /Round X = Special shaft D = Connection Options N## = Potted NPT with flying leads ## = ength of flying leads in feet (not to l exceed 99') consult Exlar applications engineering if longer lengths are needed. GGG = Feedback Type (Also specify the Amplifier/Drive Model being used when ordering) - Std Resolver – Size 15 1024 line (2048 cts) per rev., two pole resolver XX1 =  ustom Feedback – Wiring and C feedback device information must be provided and new feedback callout will be created – Please consult application engineering – Resolver only AB6 = Allen-Bradley/Rockwell – Standard  Resolver AM3 =  dvanced Motion Control – Standard A Resolver AP1 = API Controls – Standard Resolver  BD2 = Baldor – Standard Resolver BM2 = Baumueller – Standard Resolver BR1 = B&R Automation – Standard Resolver CO2 = Copley Controls – Standard Resolver CT5 = Standard Resolver  DT2 = Delta Tau Data Systems – Standard  Resolver EL1 = Elmo Motion Control – Standard  Resolver EX4 = Exlar – Standard Resolver IF1 = Infranor – Standard Resolver IN6 = Indramat/Bosch-Rexroth – Standard  Resolver JT1 = Jetter Technologies – Standard  Resolver KM5 = Kollmorgen/Danaher – Standard  Resolver LZ5 = Lenze/AC Tech – Standard Resolver MD1 = Modicon – Standard Resolver MG1 = Moog – Standard Resolver MN4 = Momentum– Standard Resolver MX1 = Metronix – Standard Resolver OR1 = Ormec – Standard Resolver PC7 = Parker – Standard Resolver –  European only PC0 = Parker – Standard Resolver – US only PS3 = Pacific – Scientific Standard Resolver SM2 = Siemens – Standard Resolver SW1 = SEW/Eurodrive – Standard Resolver WD1 = Whedco/Fanuc – Standard Resolver HHH = Motor Stator, All 8 Pole 1A8 = 1 stack, 24 Vrms 1B8 = 1 stack, 48 Vrms 118 = 1 stack, 115 Vrms 138 = 1 stack, 230 Vrms 158 = 1 stack, 400 Vrms 168 = 1 stack, 460 Vrms 2A8 = 2 stack, 24 Vrms 2B8 = 2 stack, 48 Vrms 238 = 2 stack, 230 Vrms 258 = 2 stack, 400 Vrms 268 = 2 stack, 460 Vrms 338 = 3 stack, 230 Vrms 358 = 3 stack, 400 Vrms 368 = 3 stack, 460 Vrms II = Speed Designations 01-99 Two digit number. Rated speed in rpm X 100 JJJ = Hazardous Location Temperature Rating T3A =  80˚C (Samarium Cobolt magnets) 1 T4 =  35˚C (Neodymium-Iron-Boron 1 magnets) XX = Optional Speed & Mechanical Designations XL = Special lubrication ##### = Part No. Designator for Specials Optional 5 digit assigned part number to designate unique model numbers for specials. ER Series F = Brake Options S = Standard no brake ER115 Series Motor Ordering Info Consult Exlar’s application engineering department regarding all special actuator components. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 129 Hazardous Location GSX/GSM Class I Division 2 GSX/GSM Linear Actuator with Class I Division 2 Option The GSX and GSM linear actuators are available with Class I Division 2 certification for hazardous locations. A hazardous location is defined as a place where concentrations of flammable gases or vapors occur. Electrical equipment that must be installed in these locations is designed and tested to ensure it does not initiate an explosion due to arcing contacts or high surface temperature of equipment. The GSX or GSM actuators with this option offer the same product performance of the standard product offering as described in the GSX and GSM sections of this catalog. Please see those sections for performance and mechanical specifications. GSX/GSM Linear Actuator Options for Class I Division 2 products: • Resolver feedback • Handwheel The GSX/M actuators are ideally suited for process control valve and damper applications in harsh environments. These actuators continuously hold the position of the valve stem or shaft allowing extremely fast response to the smallest command signal changes without overshoot even when friction is present. This results in improved loop performance and reduced process variability. Typical Applications Chemical Processing Turbine Control Fuel Skids Oil & Gas Upstream & Downstream Power Utilities Pulp & Paper Damper Control Valve Control 130 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 163694 Class I, Division 2 Features T-LAM™ segmented lamination stator technology Up to 33 inch per second linear speeds Resolver feedback Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C & D certified Terminal box with NPT ports Hazardous Location GSX/GSM Class I Division 2 Terminal Box Wiring Diagram Brake + Brake - 24 vdc ~ 1 amp Power Supply for brake Therm Therm 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 Shield Ref Ref GND Sin Sin GND Cos Cos GND - + 4 3 2 1 Resolver T S R Therm Sw. PE Actuator Note 1 + 24 vdc ~ 1 amp Power Supply for logic Brake Coil Note 1: Thermal switch normally closed; opens when stator temp exceeds 130 deg. C. Please use the ordering guide from the GSX (page 136) and GSM (page 139) sections with two callout selections as described below. The required connections selection is “T” and the required options selection is “NI” GSXAA - BBCC - D E F - GGG - HHH - II - (XX...XX) T NI Terminal Box Dimensions 1.10 27.9 2.20 55.9 1.250 31.8 Power and I/O 2X 1/2 NPT CID2, GSX & GSM Series Ordering Information Connections T = Terminal box with NPT ports Options NI = Non-Incendive 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 131 Hazardous Location GSX30 Class I Division 2 GSX30 Single, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 3.536 B.C. 89.8 3.19 81 6.97 177 1.32 33.5 .962 24.4 1/4-20 UNC-2A .090 2.3 6.3 159 Single Side Mount On This side 2.000+.000 - .003 3.046 77.4 1.750 44.5 50.8 - 0 0.08 .250 6.4 +.0000[.00] .2500[6.35] - .0005[.01] .375[9.53] 3.046 77.4 1. Three mounting styles shown 2.  hown view is standard side for single side mount S * If “M” metric tie rod option, thread = M6 x 1 Dim "B" Dim "A" .375[9.53] 1/4-20 UNC (4x SSM, 8X DSM) * f “J” or “K” metric side mount options, M6 x 1.0  9 mm with Ø 6 mm M7  9 mm Dowel Hole I GSX30 Side Trunnion Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 6.97 177 1.500 38.1 3.19 81 1.32 33.5 6.3 159 3.046 77.4 Dim "C" 3.546 90.1 *f “Q” metric side trunnion option, I Ø 25 mm h7 3.921 99.6 Dim "A" 1.000 ±.001 25.4±0.03 1.000 25.4 GSX30 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 6.97 177 .250 ±.005 6.35 3.19 81 .750 .397 10.08 3.046 77.4 1.32 33.5 2.430 61.72 3.688 93.7 .438 11.13 5.250 133.4 .993 25.2 3" (mm) Stroke 2.500 63.5 6" (mm) Stroke 10" (mm) Stroke 12" (mm) Stroke 14" (mm) Stroke 18" (mm) Stroke A 8.2 (209) 10.7 (272) 15.2 (387) 17.2 (437) 19.2 (488) 6.1 (156) 8.6 (219) 13.1 (333) 15.1 (384) 17.1 (435) 21.1 (536) C 5.4 (137) 8.0 (203) 10.0 (254) 12.0 (305) 14.0 (356) 18.0 (457) D 9.5 (241) 12.0 (304) 16.5 (418) 18.5 (469) 20.5 (520) 24.5 (621) 1.250 31.8 23.2 (590) B Note: Add 1.6 Inches (40.64 mm) to Dims “A & D” if ordering a Brake. * If “G” metric clevis option, ø20 mm +0.00 / –0.07 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 132 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com R.750 19.1 Dim "D" 5.940 150.9 Dim +.002 - .001 19.05 - +.05 0.03 1. Two mounting styles shown 2.  ith flange mount, dimension A W is equivalent to top two drawings Hazardous Location GSX40 Class I Division 2 GSX40 Single, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 6.97 177 1.650 41.9 4.243 B.C. 107.8 3.19 81 1.380 35.1 3/8-16 UNC-2A 7.09 180 .100 2.5 Single Side Mount On This side 2.499+.000 - .003 3.900 99.1 1.750 44.5 63.47 - 0 0.08 +.0000[.00] .3750[9.53] - .0005[.01] 3.900 99.1 1. Three mounting styles shown 2.  hown view is standard side for single side mount S * If “M” metric tie rod option, thread = M8 x 1.25 .313 7.9 .438[11.13] Dim "B" .75[19.1] 3/8-16 UNC - 2B (4X SSM, 8X DSM) Dim "A" * f “J” or “K” metric side mount options, M10 x 1.5  19 mm with Ø 8 mm M7  12 mm Dowel Hole I GSX40 Side Trunnion Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 6.97 177 1.500±.001 38.1±0.03 2.000 50.8 3.19 81 1.65 41.9 7.09 180 3.900 99.1 Dim "C" DIM "A" 1.000 25.4 GSX40 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 6.97 177 .250 ±.001 6.4 3.19 81 .516 13.1 .750+.002 - .001 19.05 +.05 -.03 1.65 41.9 2.920 74.2 3.800 96.5 5.250 133.4 6.800 172.7 .625 15.9 DIM "D" R.750 19.1 1.250 31.8 2.500 63.5 7.680 195.1 Dim 6" (mm) Stroke A 012.6 (320) 14.6 (370) 16.6 (421) 48.8 (472) 24.6 (624) B 10.3 (262) 12.3 (313) 14.3 (364) 16.3 (414) 1.250 31.8 8" (mm) Stroke 10" (mm) Stroke 12" (mm) Stroke 18" (mm) Stroke CID2, GSX & GSM Series * f “Q” metric side trunnion option, I Ø 35 mm h7 3.900 99.1 4.400 111.8 4.898 124.4 22.3 (567) C 6.0 (152) 8.0 (203) 10.0 (254) 12.0 (305) 18.0 (457) D 14.5 (364) 16.3 (415) 18.3 (466) 20.3 (516) 26.3 (669) 1. Two mounting styles shown 2.  ith flange mount, dimension A W is equivalent to top two drawings Note: Add 2.33 Inches (59.18 mm) to Dims “A & D” if ordering a Brake. * If “G” metric clevis option, ø20 mm +0.00 / –0.07 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 133 Hazardous Location GSX50 Class I Division 2 GSX50 Single, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 6.97 177 2.125 54 6.125 B.C. 155.6 1.500 38.1 1/2-13 UNC-2A 3.13 80 .125 3.2 Single Side Mount On This Side 8.63 219 3.000+.000 - .003 5.500 139.7 3.000 76.2 76.2 - 0 0.08 +.0000[.00] .5000[12.70] - .0005[.01] 5.500 139.7 .500[12.70] .406 10.3 Dim "B" 1/2-13 UNC - 2B .75[19] 1. Three mounting styles shown (4X SSM, 8X DSM) 2.  hown view is standard side for single side mount S * If “M” metric tie rod option, thread = M8 x 1.25 * f “J” or “K” metric side mount options, M12 x 1.75  19 mm with Ø 12 mm M7  12 mm Dowel Hole I Dim "A" GSX50 Side Trunnion Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 6.97 177 2.000±.001 50.8±0.03 3.45 88 2.500 63.5 3.13 80 2.125 54 8.63 219 5.500 139.7 5.500 139.7 6.250 158.8 7.000 177.8 Dim "C" Dim "A" 1.500 38.1 *f “Q” metric side trunnion option, Ø 50 mm h7 I GSX50 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 6.97 177 3.45 88 .563 14.29 9.13 232 .250 6.35 3.250 82.6 6.500 165.1 7.625 193.7 9.500 241.3 Dim 6" (mm) Stroke 10" (mm) Stroke 25.40 +.05 -.03 4.875 123.8 .750 19.1 1.500 38.1 14.3 (364) 18.3 (465) 1.500 38.1 22.3 (567) B 11.1 (282) 15.1 (384) 19.1 (486) C 6.0 (152) 10.0 (254) 14.0 (356) D 16.6 (421) 20.6 (522) 24.6 (624) Note: Add 2.5 Inches to Dims “A & D” if ordering a Brake. * If “G” metric clevis option, ø27 mm +0.00 / –0.06 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com R1.000 25.4 Dim "D" 14" (mm) Stroke A 134 1.000 +.002 - .001 2.125 54 1. Two mounting styles shown 2.  ith flange mount, dimension A W is equivalent to top two drawings 3.000 76.2 Hazardous Location GSX60 Class I Division 2 GSX60 Single, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 1.940 49.3 7.778 B.C. 197.57 6.97 177 1.650 41.9 .125 3.2 9/16-12 UNC-2A 9.92 252 Single Side Mount On This Side 3.375+.000 - .003 6.99 178 3.000 76.2 85.73 - 0 0.08 +.0000[.00] .5000[12.70] - .0005[.01] .625[15.88] 6.800 172.7 .438 11.1 Dim "B" 1. Three mounting styles shown .75[19.1] 5/8-11 UNC - 2B 2.  hown view is standard side for single side mount S (4X SSM, 8X DSM) * If “M” metric tie rod option, thread = M14 x 2 * f “J” or “K” metric side mount options, M16 x 2.0  16 mm with Ø 12 mm M7  12 mm Dowel Hole I Dim "A" GSX60 Side Trunnion Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 3.500 88.9 6.97 177 2.500±.001 63.5±0.03 1.940 49.3 9.92 252 6.91 175.6 6.800 172.7 7.800 198.1 8.550 217.2 Dim "A" 2.000 50.8 GSX60 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 6.97 177 4x Ø 0.250 +.0005 -.0000 6.4 1.940 49.3 10.01 254 6.800 172.7 5.375 136.5 8.125 206.4 10.174 258.4 12.500 317.5 Dim 6" (mm) Stroke 15.2 (387) 11.9 (302) 6.0 (152) 10.0 (254) D 18.5 (469) 22.5 (571) 2.500 63.5 R2.125 54 2.514 64 5.000 127 15.9 (403) C Dim "D" 19.2 (488) B 4x Ø 0.781 19.8 .750 19.1 10" (mm) Stroke A 1.750+.002 - .001 44.45 +.05 -.03 CID2, GSX & GSM Series * f “Q” metric side trunnion option, I Ø 60 mm h9 Dim "C" 1. Two mounting styles shown 2.  ith flange mount, dimension A W is equivalent to top two drawings Note: Add 3.575 Inches to Dims “A & D” if ordering a Brake. * If “G” metric clevis option, ø45 mm +0.00 / –0.08 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 135 GSX Class I Div 2 Ordering Information GSXAA - BBCC - DEF - GGG - HIJ - KK - (XX..) AA = Actuator Frame Size 30 = 3 inch (75 mm) 40 = 4 inch (100 mm) 50 = 5 inch (125 mm) 60 = 7 inch (175 mm) GGG = Feedback Type (Also specify the Amplifier/Drive Model being used when ordering) Resolver Only. Standard Resolver – Size 15, 1024 line (2048 cts) per rev, 2 pole resolver BB = Stroke Length 03 = 3 inch (75 mm) GSX30 06 =  inch (150 mm) GSX30 5.9 6 inch (GSX20, 40, 50, 60) 08 = 8 inch (200 mm) GSX40 10 = 10 inch (250 mm) all models 12 =  inch (300 mm) GSX30, 40 12 14 =  inch (355 mm) GSX30, 50 14 18 = 18 inch (450 mm) GSX30, 40 Custom Feedback: Please consult application engineering: XX1 =  iring and feedback device information W must be provided and new feedback callout will be created AB6 =  llen Bradley/Rockwell - Std Resolver A AM3 =  dvanced Motion Control - Std Resolver A AP1 = API Controls - Std Resolver BD2 =  aldor - Std Resolver B BM2 = Baumueller - Std Resolver BR1 = B&R Automation - Std Resolver CO2 = Copely Controls - Std Resolver CT5 =  ontrol Techniques/Emerson - Std C Resolver DT2 =  elta Tau Data Systems - Std Resolver D EL1 =  lmo Motion Control - Std Resolver E EX4 = Exlar - Std Resolver IF1 = Infranor - Std Resolver IN6 =  ndramat/Bosch-Rexroth - Std Resolver I JT1 =  etter Technologies - Std Resolver J KM5 =  ollmorgen/Danaher - Std Resolver K LZ5 =  enze/AC Tech - Std Resolver L MD1 = Modicon - Std Resolver MG1 = Moog - Std Resolver MX1 = Metronix - Std Resolver MN4 =  omentum - Std resolver M OR1 = Ormec - Std Resolver PC7 =  arker Compumotor - Std Resolver P – European only PC0 =  arker Compumotor - Std Resolver – P US Only PS3 =  acific Scientific - Stad Resolver P SM2 = Siemens - Std Resolver SW1 = SEW/Eurodrive - Std Resolver WD1 = Whedco - Std Resolver CC = Lead (position change per motor revolution) 01 =  inch (2.54 mm) GSX30, 40, 508 0.1 02 =  inch (5.08 mm) GSX30, 40, 50 0.2 03 = 0.25 inch (6.35 mm) GSX60 05 =  inch (12.7 mm) GSX30, 40, 0.5 GSX50, 60 08 = 0.75 inch (20.32 mm) GSX403 10 = 1.0 inch (25.4 mm) GSX50, 604 XX = Special lead D = Connections T =  Terminal box with NPT ports E B C F R S D T E J K Q M G X = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Mounting Front and rear flange Rear clevis Front flange Rear flange Side mount Double side mount Side trunnion Extended tie rods Metric side mount Metric double side mount Metric side trunnion Metric extended tie rods Metic rear clevis Special (please specify) F M A F B W R V L X = Rod End = Male, US std thread = Male, metric thread = Female, US std thread = Female, metric thread =  Male, US std thread 17-4 SS =  Male metric thread 17-4 SS =  Female, US std thread 17-4 SS = Female metric thread 17-4 SS = Special (please specify) H = Motor Stacks 1 = 1 stack magnets 2 = 2 stack magnets 3 = 3 stack magnets7 x = Special I = Voltage Rating A = 24 V DC B = 48 V DC C = 120 V DC 1 = 115 Volt RMS 3 = 230 Volt RMS 5 = 400 Volt RMS 6 = 460 Volt RMS X =  pecial voltage rating - not to exceed S 460 Vrms J = Motor Poles 8 = 8 motor poles KK = Motor Speed 24 = 2400 rpm, GSX/M50, GSX60 30 = 3000 rpm, GSX/M30, 40 01-99 = Rated speed in RPM x 100 XX .. XX = Options (please list desired options) Travel Options AR = External anti-rotate2 HW =  ide handwheel manual drive including S Class I Div 2 limit switch NI = Non-incendive construction PF = Preloaded follower1 RB = Rear electric brake RD =  ear manual drive R SD =  ex side drive H Housing Options EN = Electroless nickel plating5 FG = Food grade paint5 HC = type III anodizing hard coat5 SS = Stainless steel housing5, 9 XH = Special housing option XL = Special lubrication (greases only) XM = Special motor option XT =  pecial travel options including S protective rod bellows, splined main rod6 ##### = Part No. Designator for Specials Optional 5 digit assigned part number to designate unique model numbers for specials. Notes: 1.  he dynamic load rating of preloaded T screws is 63% of the rating of nonpreloaded screws. Travel life of preloaded screw is 25% of non-preloaded screw of same size. 2.  second anti-rotate arm is used on A GSX30 10 inch and longer stroke; GSX40 12 inch and longer. 3.  .75 inch (20.32 mm) lead N/A above 0 12 inch (305 mm) stroke on GSX40. 4.  .0 inch (25.4 mm) lead N/A above 10 1 inch (250 mm) stroke on GSX50 or 60. 5.  hese housing options may also indicate T the need for special material main rods or mounting. 6.  ue to reduced dia of splined main rod D on GSX50, the std “A” male metric rod end is N/A. An “X” should be used in the rod end location of the model mask. If not otherwise specified by customer, an M24X2 male rod end will be used. 7. 3 stack stator not available on 3" stroke. 8.  .1 inch lead N/A over 10" stroke on 0 GSX50. 9.  orce, torque and current ratings are F reduced 25% with this option. See page 11 for Accessories and page 42 for Cables. 136 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Hazardous Location GSM30 Class I Division 2 GSM30 Single, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 6.97 177 1.32 33.5 3.536 B.C. 89.8 3.19 81 1/4-20 UNC-2A Single Side Mount On This side .962 24.4 .090 2.3 6.3 159 2.000+.000 - .003 3.046 77.4 1.750 44.5 50.8 - 0 0.08 .250 6.4 +.0000[.00] .2500[6.35] - .0005[.01] .375[9.53] 3.046 77.4 Dim "B" 1. Three mounting styles shown .375[9.53] 1/4-20 UNC 2.  hown view is standard side for single side mount S (4x SSM, 8X DSM) * If “M” metric tie rod option, thread = M6 x 1 * f “J” or “K” metric side mount options, M6 x 1.0  9 mm with Ø 6 mm M7  9 mm Dowel Hole I Dim "A" GSM30 Side Trunnion Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 6.97 177 1.500 38.1 3.19 81 1.32 33.5 6.3 159 3.046 77.4 Dim "C" 3.546 90.1 Dim "A" 1.000±.001 25.4±0.03 1.000 25.4 3.921 99.6 GSM30 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 6.97 177 .250 ±.0005 6.35 3.19 81 .397 10.08 3.046 77.4 .750 1.32 33.5 19.05 2.430 61.72 3.688 93.7 .438 11.13 5.250 133.4 Dim "D" .993 25.2 3" (mm) Stroke R.750 19.1 2.500 63.5 5.940 150.9 Dim +.002 - .001 +.05 -.03 1.250 31.8 6" (mm) Stroke 10" (mm) Stroke 12" (mm) Stroke 14" (mm) Stroke 18" (mm) Stroke A 8.2 (209) 10.7 (272) 15.2 (387) 17.2 (437) 19.2 (488) 23.2 (590) B 6.1 (156) 8.6 (219) 13.1 (333) 15.1 (384) 17.1 (435) 21.1 (536) C 5.4 (137) 8.0 (203) 10.0 (254) 12.0 (305) 14.0 (356) 18.0 (457) D 9.5 (241) 12.0 (304) 16.5 (418) 18.5 (469) 20.5 (520) 24.5 (621) CID2, GSX & GSM Series * f “Q” metric side trunnion option, I Ø 25 mm h7 1. Two mounting styles shown 2.  ith flange mount, dimension A W is equivalent to top two drawings Note: Add 1.6 Inches (40.64 mm) to Dims “A & D” if ordering a Brake. * If “G” metric clevis option, ø20 mm +0.00 / –0.07 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 137 Hazardous Location GSM40 Class I Division 2 GSM40 Single, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 4.243 B.C. 107.8 3.19 81 6.97 177 1.650 41.9 7.09 180 1.380 35.1 3/8-16 UNC-2A .100 2.5 Single Side Mount On This side 2.499+.000 - .003 3.900 99.1 1.750 44.5 63.47 - 0 0.08 +.0000[.00] .3750[9.53] - .0005[.01] 3.900 99.1 .313 7.9 .438[11.13] 1. Three mounting styles shown .75[19.1] 3/8-16 UNC - 2B 2.  hown view is standard side for single side mount S (4X SSM, 8X DSM) * If “M” metric tie rod option, thread = M8 x 1.25 * f “J” or “K” metric side mount options, M10 x 1.5  19 mm with Ø 8 mm M7  12 mm Dowel Hole I Dim "B" Dim "A" GSM40 Side Trunnion Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 6.97 177 1.500±.001 38.1±0.03 2.000 50.8 3.19 81 1.65 41.9 7.09 180 3.900 99.1 *f “Q” metric side trunnion option, Ø 35 mm h7 I 3.900 99.1 4.400 111.8 4.898 124.4 Dim "C" DIM "A" 1.000 25.4 GSM40 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount with Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 .250 6.4 3.19 81 .516 13.1 5.250 133.4 6.800 172.7 7.680 195.1 6" (mm) Stroke A 012.6 (320) 14.6 (370) 19.05 +.05 -.03 1.65 41.9 .625 15.9 DIM "D" 1.250 31.8 8" (mm) Stroke 10" (mm) Stroke 12" (mm) Stroke 18" (mm) Stroke 16.6 (421) 18.6 (472) 24.6 (624) 22.3 (567) B 10.3 (262) 12.3 (313) 14.3 (364) 16.3 (414) 6.0 (152) 8.0 (203) 10.0 (254) 12.0 (305) 18.0 (457) D 14.5 (364) 16.3 (415) 18.3 (466) 20.3 (516) 26.3 (669) Note: Add 2.33 Inches (59.18 mm) to Dims “A & D” if ordering a Brake. * If “G” metric clevis option, ø20 mm +0.00 / –0.07 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com R.750 19.1 1.250 31.8 2.500 63.5 C 138 Ø.750 +.002 - .001 2.920 74.2 3.800 96.5 Dim 6.97 177 ±.001 1. Two mounting styles shown 2.  ith flange mount, dimension A W is equivalent to top two drawings AA = Actuator Frame Size 30 = 3 inch (75 mm) 40 = 4 inch (100 mm) BB = Stroke Length 03 = 3 inch (75 mm) GSM30 06 =  inch (150 mm) all models 6 GSM30 = 5.9 inch 08 = 0.75 inch (20.32 mm) GSM40 10 = 10 inch (250 mm) all models 12 =  inch (300 mm) all models 12 18 = 18 inch (450 mm) GSM30, 40 CC = Lead (position change per motor revolution) 01 =  inch (2.54 mm) 0.1 02 =  inch (5.08 mm) 0.2 05 =  inch (12.7 mm) 0.5 08 = 0.75 inch (20.32 mm)3 D = Connections T =  Terminal Box with NPT ports E B C F R S D T E J K Q M G Z = Mounting = Front and rear flange = Rear clevis = Front flange = Rear flange = Side mount = Double side mount = Side trunnion = Extended tie rods = Metric side mount = Metric double side mount = Metric side trunnion = Metric extended tie rods = Metic rear clevis =  Clevis mount with same pin to pin as SR Series X = Special (please specify) F M A F B W R V L X = Rod End = Male, US std thread = Male, metric thread = Female, US std thread = Female, metric thread =  Male, US std thread 17-4 SS =  Male metric thread 17-4 SS =  Female, US std thread 17-4 SS = Female metric thread 17-4 SS = Special (please specify) GSM Class I Div 2 Ordering Information GGG =  eedback Type (Also specify the F Amplifier/Drive Model being used when ordering) Resolver Only Standard Resolver – Size 15, 1024 line (2048 cts) per rev, 2 pole resolver Custom Feedback: Please consult application engineering: XX1 =  iring and feedback device W information must be provided and new feedback callout will be created AB6 =  llen BradleyRockwell - Std Resolver A AM3 =  dvanced Motion Control - Std Resolver A AP1 = API Controls - Std Resolver BD2 =  aldor - Std Resolver - BSM motor B wiring w/M23 connectors for “M” option BM2 = Baumueller - Std Resolver BR1 = B&R Automation - Std Resolver CO2 = Copely Controls - Std Resolver CT5 =  ontrol Techniques/Emerson - Std C Resolver – FM/UM/EZ motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for “M” option DT2 =  elta Tau Data Systems - Std Resolver D EL1 =  lmo Motion Control - Std Resolver E EX4 = Exlar - Std Resolver IF1 = Infranor - Std Resolver IN6 =  ndramat/Bosch-Rexroth-Std Resolver I – MKD/MHD motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for “M” option JT1 =  etter Technologies - Std Resolver – J JH/JL motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for “M” option KM5 =  ollmorgen/Danaher - Std Resolver K – AKM motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for “M” option LZ5 =  enze/AC Tech - Std Resolver – MCS L motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for “M” option MD1 = Modicon - Std Resolver MG1 = Moog - Std Resolver MX1 = Metronix - Std Resolver MN4 =  omentum - Std resolver M OR1 = Ormec - Std Resolver PC7 =  arker Compumotor - Std Resolver P –SMH motor wiring w/M23 connectors for “M” option – European only PC0 =  arker Compumotor - Std Resolver P – MPP motor wiring w/PS connectors for “M” option – US Only PS3 =  acific Scientific - Std Resolver – PMA P motor wiring w/M23 connectors for “M” option Notes: 1.  he dynamic load rating of preloaded screws is 63% of the rating of non-preloaded screws. T Travel life of preloaded screw is 25% of non-preloaded screw of same size. SM2 =  iemens - Std Resolver – 1FK7 S motor wiring w/M23 connectors for “M” option SW1 =  EW/Eurodrive - Std Resolver – CM S motor wiring w/ M23 euro connectors for “M” option WD1 = Whedco - Std Resolver H = Motor Stacks 1 = 1 stack magnets 2 = 2 stack magnets x = Special I = Voltage Rating A = 24 Volt DC B = 48 Volt DC C = 120 Volt DC 1 = 115 Volt RMS 3 = 230 Volt RMS 5 = 400 Volt RMS 6 = 460 Volt RMS X =  pecial Voltage Rating - Not to exceed S 460 Vrms J = Motor Poles 8 = 8 Motor Poles KK = Motor Speed 24 = 2400 rpm, GSX/M50, GSX60 30 = 3000 rpm, GSX/M30, 40 01-99 = Rated speed in RPM x 100 XX .. XX = Options (please list desired options) Travel Options AR = External anti-rotate4 NI = Non-incendive construction PF = Preloaded follower1 RB = Rear electric brake RD = Rear manual drive SD = Hex side drive HW =  ide handwheel manual drive S including Class I Div 2 limit switch Housing Options EN = Electroless nickel plating2 HC = type III anodizing hard coat2 XH = Special housing option XL = Special lubrication (greases only) XM = Special motor option ##### = Part No. Designator for Specials Optional 5 digit assigned part number to designate unique model numbers for specials. CID2, GSX & GSM Series GSMAA - BBCC - DEF - GGG - HIJ - KK - (XX..) 2.  hese housing options may also indicate the need for special material main rods or T mounting. 3.  .75 inch (20.32 mm) lead N/A over 12 inch (450 mm) stroke. 0 4.  second anti-rotate arm is used on GSM30 10 inch and longer stroke; GSM40 12 inch and A longer stroke. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 139 Hazardous Location SLM/SLG Class I Division 2 SLM/SLG Linear Actuator with Class I Division 2 Option The SLM/G rotary motors are available with Class I Division 2 certification for hazardous locations. A hazardous location is defined as a place where concentrations of flammable gases or vapors occur. Electrical equipment that must be installed in these locations is designed and tested to ensure it does not initiate an explosion due to arcing contacts or high surface temperature of equipment. The SLM/G motors with this option offer the same product performance of the standard product offering as described in the SLM/G section of this catalog. Please see those sections for mechanical specifications. SLM/SLG Linear Actuator Class I Division 2 Options include: • Resolver feedback • Handwheel 163694 Class I, Division 2 The SLM/G actuators are ideal for operating quarter turn or multi turn valves or shaft driven dampers in hazardous environments. These actuators are directly coupled shaft-to shaft, eliminating ungainly mechanisms needed by the linear motion of pneumatics. Our compact T-lam servo motors outperform any standard motor, providing excellent continuous modulating service. Typical Applications Chemical Processing Fuel Skids Oil & Gas Upstream & Downstream Power Utilities Basis Weight Pulp and Paper Damper Control Valve Control Features T-LAM™ Segmented lamination stator technology Resolver feedback High load bearing design Integrated armature and sungear for SLG models Class I, Div 2 groups A, B, C & D certified Terminal box with NPT ports 140 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Hazardous Location SLM/SLG Class I Division 2 Terminal Box Wiring Diagram Brake + Brake Therm Therm 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 24 vdc ~ 1 amp Power Supply for brake - + 4 3 2 1 Shield Ref Ref GND Sin Sin GND Cos Cos GND Resolver T S R Therm Sw. PE Actuator Note 1 + 24 vdc ~ 1 amp Power Supply for logic Brake Coil Note 1: Thermal switch normally closed; opens when stator temp exceeds 130 deg. C. Ordering Information Please use the ordering guide from the SLM and SLG (page 147) sections with two callout selections as described below. The required connections selection is “T” and the required options selection is “NI”. SLM/GAAA - BBB - CDEF - GGG - HHH - II - (XX-#####) Terminal Box Dimensions 1.10 27.9 2.20 55.9 1.250 31.8 Power and I/O 2X 1/2 NPT T NI T = Terminal box with NPT ports Options NI = Non-Incendive CID2, SLM & SLG Seri es Connections 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 141 Hazardous Location SLM090 Class I Division 2 SLM090 Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 6.97 177 .236 6 1.61 41 1.30 33 .842 21.4 3.540 90 6.78 172 .7480 .7476 [19mm h6] .118 3 4X .276 7 Equally Spaced on B.C. 3.937 B.C. 100 .392 10 3.1492 3.1485 [80mm g6] Dim "A" 1.250 32 2X 1/2 NPT Rear View SLM090 Dim. in. (mm) A 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator NA 5.65 (144) 6.65 (169) Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 142 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 1 Stack Stator with Brake 5.96 (151) 2 Stack Stator with Brake 6.96 (177) 3 Stack Stator with Brake 7.96 (202) Hazardous Location SLM115 Class I Division 2 SLM115 Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 6.97 177 .315 8 .453 11.5 .157 4 1.417 36 4.53 115 7.763 197.2 1.06 27 .9449 .9445 [24mm h6] 4.3297 4.3289 [110mm g6] .335 8.5 Equally Spaced on B.C. 1.97 50 5.118 B.C. 130 Dim "A" 1.250 31.8 2X 1/2 NPT Rear View 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator 6.02 (153) 8.02 (203.7) 10.02 (254.5) Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) 1 Stack Stator with Brake 7.75 (196.9) 2 Stack Stator with Brake 9.75 (247.7) 3 Stack Stator with Brake 11.75 (298.5) CID2, SLM & SLG Seri es SLM115 Dim in. (mm) A Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 143 Hazardous Location SLM142 Class I Division 2 SLM142 Class I Div 2 Option 6.97 177 3.45 88 .123 3.1 .670 17 1.98 50 5.591 142 1.38 35 1.2598 1.2592 [32mm h6] 5.1175 5.1166 [130mm g6] 4X .43 11 Equally Spaced on B.C. 3.253 82.6 R3.248 82.5 Dim "A" 1.25 32 2X 1/2 NPT 8.83 224 Rear View SLM142 Dim. in. (mm) A 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator 7.87 (199.8) 9.62 (244.2) 11.37 (288.7) Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 144 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 1 Stack Stator with Brake 9.53 (241.9) 2 Stack Stator with Brake 11.28 (286.4) 3 Stack Stator with Brake 13.03 (330.8) Hazardous Location SLG090 Class I Division 2 SLG090 Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 6.97 177 .236 6 .627 15.9 .118 3 1.417 36 6.78 172 .136 3.4 3.540 90 .96 24.3 .8665 .8659 [22mm j6] 4X .257[6.5] Equally Spaced on B.C. 3.1492 3.1485 [80mm g6] 1.88 48 Dim "A" 3.937 B.C. 100 1.250 32 2X 1/2 NPT Rear View 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator 1 Stack Stator with Brake 2 Stack Stator with Brake 3 Stack Stator with Brake 7.76 (197) 8.76 (223) 9.96 (248) 9.07 (230) 10.07 (256) 11.07 (281) 9.03 (229) 10.03 (255) 11.03 (280) 10.34 (263) 11.34 (288) 12.34 (313) Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) CID2, SLM & SLG Seri es SLG090 Dim. in. (mm) A 1 Stage Gearhead A 2 Stage Gearhead Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 145 Hazardous Location SLG115 Class I Division 2 SLG115 Class I Div 2 Option 3.45 88 6.97 177 .394 10 .638 16.2 .157 4 1.97 50 .20 5.1 4.530 1.38 115 35 1.2603 1.2596 [32mm j6] .335 8.5 Equally Spaced on B.C. 5.119 B.C. 130 2.551 64.8 4.3297 4.3289 [110mm g6] Dim "A" 1.250 31.8 2X 1/2 NPT 7.82 199 Rear View SLG115 Dim. in. (mm) A 1 Stage Gearhead A 2 Stage Gearhead 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator 1 Stack Stator with Brake 2 Stack Stator with Brake 3 Stack Stator with Brake 10.03 (254.8) 12.03 (305.6) 14.03 (356.4) 11.58 (294.2) 13.58 (345) 15.58 (395.8) 11.64 (295.7) 13.64 (346.5) 15.64 (397.3) 13.19 (335.1) 15.19 (385.9) 17.19 (436.7) Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 146 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com SLM/G = Model Series SLG = SLG Series Servo Gearmotor SLM =  SLM Series Servo Motor (no gear reduction) AAA = Motor Frame Size 090 = 90 mm 115 = 115 mm 142 = 142 mm BBB = Gear Reduction Ratio (leave blank for SLM Motor) 004 = 4:1 Single Reduction 005 = 5:1 Single Reduction 010 = 10:1 Single Reduction 016 = 16:1 Double Reduction 020 = 20:1 Double Reduction 025 = 25:1 Double Reduction 040 = 40:1 Double Reduction 050 = 50:1 Double Reduction 100 = 100:1 Double Reduction C = Shaft Type K = Keyed R = Smooth/round X = Special shaft D = Connections T = Terminal box with NPT ports E = Coating Options (1) G = Exlar standard E = Electroless nickel plated F = Food grade white X = Special coating F = Brake Options B = Brake S = Standard no brake GGG = Feedback Type (Also specify the  Amplifier/Drive Model being used when ordering) Resolver Only. Standard Resolver – Size 15, 1024 line (2048 cts) per rev, 2 pole resolver SLM/GAAA - BBB - CDEF - GGG - HIJ - KK - (XX..XX-#####) Custom Feedback: Please consult application engineering: XX1 =  iring and feedback device information W must be provided and new feedback callout will be created AB6 =  llen BradleyRockwell - Std Resolver A AM3 =  dvancec Motion Control - Std A Resolver AP1 = API Controls - Std Resolver BD2 =  aldor - Std Resolver - BSM motor B wiring w/M23 connectors for “M” option BM2 = Baumueller - Std Resolver BR1 = B&R Automation - Std Resolver CO2 = Copely Controls - Std Resolver CT5 =  ontrol Techniques/Emerson C - Standard Resolver – FM/UM/EZ motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for “M” option DT2 =  elta Tau Data Systems - Std Resolver D EL1 =  lmo Motion Control - Std Resolver E EX4 =  xlar - Std Resolver E IF1 = Infranor - Std Resolver IN6 =  ndramat/Bosch-Rexroth - Std Resolver I – MKD/MHD motor wiring w/M23 Euro connectors for “M” option JT1 =  etter Technologies - Std Resolver – J JH/JL motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for “M” option KM5 =  ollmorgen/Danaher - Std Resolver K – AKM motor wiring w/M23 euro connectors for “M” option LZ5 =  enze/AC Tech - Std Resolver – MCS L motor wiring w/ M23 euro connectors connectors for “M” option MD1 = Modicon - Std Resolver MG1 = Moog - Std Resolver MX1 = Metronix - Std Resolver MN4 =  omentum - Std Resolver - MN motor M wiring w/M23 connectors for “M” option OR1 = Ormec - Std Resolver PC7 =  arker Compumotor - Std Resolver P – SMH motor wiring w/M23 connectors for “M” option – European only PC0 =  arker Compumotor - Std Resolver P – MPP motor wiring w/PS connectors for “M” option – US Only PS3 =  acific Scientific - Std Resolver – PMA P motor wiring w/M23 connectors for “M” option SM2 =  iemens - Std Resolver – 1FK7 motor S wiring w/M23 connectors for “M” option SW1 = SEW/Eurodrive - Std Resolver – CM  motor wiring w/ M23 euro connectors for “M” option WD1 = Whedco - Std Resolver H = Motor Stacks 1 = 1 stack magnets 2 = 2 stack magnets2 3 = 3 stack magnets2 x = Special I = Voltage Rating A = 24 Volt DC B = 48 Volt DC C = 120 Volt DC 1 = 115 Volt RMS2 3 = 230 Volt RMS 5 = 400 Volt RMS 6 = 460 Volt RMS X =  pecial voltage rating – not to exceed S 460 Vrms J = Motor Poles 8 = 8 motor poles KK = Motor Speed 24 = 2400 rpm, SLM142 30 = 3000 rpm, SLM/G115 40 = 4000 rpm, SLM/G090 01-99 Special speed, consult Exlar XX .. XX = Options (please list desired options) Special Options NI = Non-incendive construction HW =  ide handwheel manual drive S including Class I Div 2 limit switch RD = Rear manual drive SD = Hex side drive Housing Options EN = Electroless nickel plating HC = Type III anodizing hard coat XH = Special housing option XL = Special lubrication XM = Special motor option ##### = Part No. Designator for Specials Optional 5 digit assigned part number to designate unique model numbers for specials. Notes: 1.  hese housing may indicate T the need for special material main rods or mounting. 2.  15 Vrms is not available on a 1 2 or 3 stack SLM/G, or a 3 stack SLM/G090. CID2, SLM & SLG Seri es SLM/SLG Class I Div 2 Motor Ordering Information 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 147 Engineering Reference Sizing and Selection of Exlar Linear and Rotary Actuators Linear Move Profile Calculations Vmax = max.velocity-in/sec (m/sec) Vavg = avg. velocity-in/sec (m/sec) tacc = acceleration time (sec) tdec = deceleration time (sec) tcv = constant velocity (sec) ttotal = total move time (sec) acc = accel-in/sec2 (m/sec2) dec = decel-in/sec2 (m/sec2) cv = constant vel.-in/sec (m/sec) D =  otal move distance-in (m) t or revolutions (rotary) Move Profiles The first step in analyzing a motion control application and selecting an actuator is to determine the required move profile. This move profile is based on the distance to be traveled and the amount of time available in which to make that move. The calculations below can help you determine your move profile. Each motion device will have a maximum speed that it can achieve for each specific load capacity. This maximum speed will determine which type of motion profile can be used to complete the move. Two common types of move profiles are trapezoidal and triangular. If the average velocity of the profile, is less than half the max. velocity of the actuator, then triangular profiles can be used. Triangular Profiles result in the lowest possible acceleration and deceleration. Otherwise a trapezoidal profile can be used. The trapezoidal profile below with 3 equal divisions will result in 25% lower maximum speed and 12.5% higher acceleration and deceleration. This is commonly called a 1/3 trapezoidal profile. Standard Equations Vavg = D / ttotal If tacc =  dec Then: Vmax = t (ttotal/(ttotal-tacc)(Vavg) and D = Area under profile curve D = (1⁄2(tacc+tdec)+tcv)(Vmax) The following pages give the required formulas that allow you to select the proper Exlar linear or Trapezoidal Move Profile rotary actuator for your application. Velocity (in/sec) Velocity (in/sec) The first calculation explanation is for determining the requiredmax V thrust in a linear application. The Vavg second provides the necessary acc equations for determining the torque required from a linear or rotary application. For rotary tacc applications this includes the use of reductions through belts or gears, and for linear applications, through screws. Pages are included to allow you to enter your data and easily perform the required calculations. You can also describe your application graphically and fax it to Exlar for sizing. Reference tables for common unit conversions and motion system constants are included at the end of the section. 148 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Vmax cv Triangular Move Profile Velocity (in/sec) Velocity (in/sec) Vmax Vmax cv Vavg Vavg acc dec dec Vavg acc dec acc dec time (sec) tcv tacc ttotal tdec tcv time (sec) tdec ttotal time (sec) tacc ttotal tdec tacc tdec ttotal Trapezoidal Equations Triangular Equations If tacc = tcv = tdec Then: Vmax = 1.5 (Vavg) D = (2⁄3) (ttotal) (Vmax) acc = dec = Vmax tacc If tacc = ttotal/2 Then: Vmax = 2.0 (Vavg) D = (1⁄2) (ttotal) (Vmax) acc = dec = Vmax tacc time (sec) Sizing and Selection of Exlar Linear Actuators Terms and (units) THRUST = Total linear force-lbf (N) Ø = Angle of inclination (deg) Ffriction = Force from friction-lbf (N) tacc = Acceleration time (sec) Facc = Acceleration force-lbf (N) v = Change in velocity-in/sec (m/s) Fgravity = Force due to gravity-lbf (N) Thrust Calculations Definition of thrust: The thrust necessary to perform a specific move profile is equal to the sum of four components of force. These are the force due to acceleration of the mass, gravity, friction and applied forces such as cutting and pressing forces and overcoming spring forces. µ = Coefficient of sliding friction Fapplied =  pplied forces-lbf (N) A (refer to table on page 136 for different materials) W AD F app. LO WL = Weight of Load-lbm (kg) g = 386.4: Acceleration of gravity - in/sec2 (9.8 m/sec2) θ Thrust Calculation Equations THRUST = Ffriction + [Facceleration] + Fgravity + Fapplied THRUST = WLµcosø + [(WL /386.4) (v/tacc)] + WLsinø + Fapplied Sample Calculations: Calculate the thrust required to accelerate a 200 pound mass to 8 inches per second in an acceleration time of 0.2 seconds. Calculate this thrust at inclination angles(q) of 0˚, 90˚ and 30˚. Assume that there is a 25 pound spring force that is applied against the acceleration. WL = 200 lbm, v = 8.0 in/sec., ta = 0.2 sec., Fapp. = 25 lbf, µ = 0.15 ø = 0˚ THRUST  WLµcosq + [(WL /386.4) (v/tacc)] + WLsinø + Fapplied = = (200)(0.15)(1) + [(200/386.4)(8.0/0.2)] + (200)(0) + 25 = 30 lbs + 20.73 lbs + 0 lbs + 25 lbs = 75.73 lbs force ø = 90˚ Angle of Inclination 90˚ 0˚ -90˚ Note:  ø = 0˚ at cosø = 1; sinø = 0 at ø = 90˚ cosø = 0; sinø = 1 It is necessary to calculate the required thrust for an application during each portion of the move profile, and determine the worst case criteria. The linear actuator should then be selected based on those values. The calculations at the right show calculations during acceleration which is often the most demanding segment of a profile. THRUST  WLµcosq + [(WL /386.4) (v/tacc)] + WLsinq + Fapplied = = (200)(0.15)(0) + [(200/386.4)(8.0/0.2)] + (200)(1) + 25 = 0 lbs + 20.73 lbs + 200 lbs + 25 lbs = 245.73 lbs force ø = 30˚ THRUST  WLµcosq + [(WL /386.4) (v/tacc)] + WLsinq + Fapplied = = (200)(0.15)(0.866) + [(200/386.4)(8.0/0.2)] + (200)(0.5) + 25 = 26 lbs + 20.73 lbs + 100 + 25 = 171.73 lbs force 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 149 Motor Torque Motor Torque Calculations When selecting an actuator system it is necessary to determine the required motor torque to perform the given application. These calculations can then be compared to the torque ratings of the given amplifier and motor combination that will be used to control the actuator’s velocity and position. When the system uses a separate motor and screw, like the FT actuator, the ratings for that motor and amplifier are consulted. In the case of the GSX Series actuators with their integral brushless motors, the required torque divided by the torque constant of the motor (Kt) must be less than the current rating of the GSX or SLM motor. Inertia values and torque ratings can be found in the GSX, FT, I and SLM/SLG Series product specifications. For the GSX Series the screw and motor inertia are combined. Motor with screw (GSX, GSM, FT, I & EL) Terms and (units) λ = Required motor torque, lbf-in (N-m) λa = Required motor acceleration torque, lbf-in (N-m) F = Applied force load, non inertial, lbf (N) S = Screw lead, in (mm) R = Belt or reducer ratio TL = Torque at driven load lbf-in (N-m) vL = Linear velocity of load in/sec (m/sec) ωL = Angular velocity of load rad/sec ωm = Angular velocity of motor rad/sec ŋ = Screw or ratio efficiency (≈ 85% for roller screws) g = Gravitational constant, 386.4 in/s2 (9.75 m/s2) α = Angular acceleration of motor, rad/s2 m = Mass of the applied load, lb (N) JL = Reflected Inertia due to load, lbf-in-s2 (N-m-s2) Jr = Reflected Inertia due to ratio, lbf-in-s2 (N-m-s2) Js = Reflected Inertia due to external screw, lbf-in-s2 (N-m-s2) Jm = Motor armature inertia, lbf-in-s2 (N-m-s2) L = Length of screw, in (m) ρ = Density of screw material, lb/in3 (kg/m3) r = Radius of screw, in (m) π = pi (3.14159) C = Dynamic load rating, lbf (N) Velocity Equations Screw drive: VL = m*S/2π in/sec (m/sec) Motor & motor with reducer (SLM/SLG & ER) Belt or gear drive: ωm = ωL*R rad/sec Torque Equations Torque Under Load Motor with belt and pulley Screw drive (GS, FT or separate screw): λ = S • F lbf-in (N-m) 2•π•ŋ Belt and Pulley drive: λ = TL / R ŋ lbf-in (N-m) Gear or gear reducer drive: λ = TL / R ŋ lbf - in (N-m) Torque Under Acceleration λa = (Jm + JR+ (Js + JL)/R2)α lbf-in α = angular acceleration = ((RPM / 60) x 2π) / tacc, rad/sec2. Js = π • L • ρ x r 4 lb - in - s2 (N - m - s2 ) 2•g Total Torque per move segment λT = λa + λ lbf-in (N-m) 150 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Calculating Estimated Travel Life of Exlar Linear Actuators Mean Load Calculations For accurate lifetime calculations of a roller screw in a linear application, the cubic mean load should be used. Following is a graph showing the values for force and distance as well as the calculation for cubic mean load. Forces are shown for example purposes. Negative forces are shown as positive for calculation. Force 500 lbs 250 lbs F1 F2 F3 100 lbs F4 50 lbs 0.5 inches 2.9 inches 1.0 inches S1 S2 3.5 inches S3 S4 S = Distance traveled during each move segment Cubic Mean Load Equation 3 F13 S1 + F23 S2 + F33 S3 + F43 S4 S1 + S2 + S3 + S4 Value from example numbers is 217 lbs. Lifetime Calculations The expected L10 life of a roller screw is expressed as the linear travel distance that 90% of the screws are expected to meet or exceed before experiencing metal fatigue. The mathematical formula that defines this value is below. The life is in millions of inches (mm). This standard L10 life calculation is what is expected of 90% of roller screws manufactured and is not a guarantee. Travel life estimate is based on a properly maintained screw that is free of contaminants and properly lubricated. Higher than 90% requires de-rating according to the following factors: 95% x 0.62 96% x 0.53 97% x 0.44 98% x 0.33 99% x 0.21 Note:  he dynamic load rating of zero backlash, preloaded screws is 63% of the dynamic T load rating of the standard non-preloaded screws. The calculated travel life of a preloaded screw will be 25% of the calculated travel life of the same size and lead of a non-preloaded screw for the same application. Single (non-preloaded) nut: () L10 = C 3 x S F Preloaded (split) nut: L10 = ( L10(1) –10/9 + L10(2) –10/9 ) –9/10 where: L10 = Travel life in millions of inches (mm) L10(1) =  xpected life in the extend direction, E as determined by the single nut lifetime equation L10(2) =  xpected life in the retract direction, E as determined by the single nut lifetime equation 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 151 Thrust Calculations Total Thrust Calculations Terms and (units) Variables THRUST = Total linear force-lbf (N) Ø = Angle of inclination - deg....................... = ________ Ffriction = Force from friction-lbf (N) tacc = Acceleration time - sec............................. = ________ Facc v = Change in velocity - in/sec (m/s)....... = ________ Fgravity = Force due to gravity-lbf (N) µ = Coefficient of sliding friction................ = ________ . Fapplied = Applied forces-lbf (N) WL = Weight of Load-lbm (kg)......................... = ________ 386.4 = Acceleration force-lbf (N) = Acceleration of gravity - in/sec2 (9.8 m/sec2) Fapplied = Applied forces-lbf (N)................................ = ________ Thrust Calculation Equations THRUST = [ Ffriction ] + [ Facceleration ] + Fgravity + Fapplied THRUST = [ WL x µ x cosø ] + [( WL /386.4) x (v / tacc )] + WLsinø + Fapplied THRUST = [( )x( )x( THRUST = [ )] + [( /386.4) x ( ] + [( / )x( )] + [( )] + [ )( )] + ( ) ]+( ) = _________________ lbf. Calculate the thrust for each segment of the move profile. Use those values in calculations below. Use the units from the above definitions. Cubic Mean Load Calculations 3 F13 S1 + F23 S2 + F33 S3 + F43 S4 S1 + S2 + S3 + S4 F1= ____________ F2= ____________ F3= ____________ F4= ____________ S1= ____________ S2= ____________ S3= ____________ S4= ____________ F13 t1 = ____________ F23 t2 = ____________ F33 t3 = ____________ F43 t4 = ____________ Move Profiles may have more or less than four components. Adjust your calculations accordingly. 152 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Torque Calculations & Equations Torque Calculations Terms and (units) λ = Torque, lb-in (N-m)............................................................................................................................................................. = ---------------------- F = Applied Load, non inertial, lbf (N)............................................................................................................................ = ---------------------- S = Screw lead, in (m)............................................................................................................................................................... = ---------------------- ŋ = Screw or ratio efficiency (~85% for roller screws).......................................................................................... = ---------------------- g = Gravitational constant, 386 in/s2 (9.8 m/s2)..................................................................................................... = ---------------------- α = Acceleration of motor, rad/s2..................................................................................................................................... = ---------------------- R = Belt or reducer ratio.......................................................................................................................................................... = ---------------------- TL = Torque at driven load, lbf-in (N-m)........................................................................................................................... = ---------------------VL = Linear velocity of load, in/sec (m/sec)................................................................................................................... = ---------------------ωL = Angular velocity of load, rad/sec............................................................................................................................. = ---------------------ωm = Angular velocity of motor, rad/sec.......................................................................................................................... = ---------------------m = Mass of the applied load, lbm (kg).......................................................................................................................... = ---------------------JR = Reflected Inertia due to ratio, lb-in-s2 (N-m-s2).............................................................................................. = ---------------------JS = Reflected Inertia due to screw, lb-in-s2 (N-m-s2)........................................................................................... = ---------------------JL = Reflected Inertia due to load, lb-in-s2(N-m-s2)............................................................................................... = ---------------------JM = Motor armature inertia, lb-in-s2 (N-m-s2)........................................................................................................... = ---------------------π 3.14159 = pi (3.14159)............................................................................................................................................................................. = ---------------------- Kt = Motor Torque constant, lb-in/amp (N-m/amp)............................................................................................... = ---------------------* For the GS Series JS and JM are one value from the GS Specifications. Torque Equations Torque From Calculated Thrust. λ = SF lb - in ( N - m) = ( 2•π•ŋ )x( )/2π (0.85) = ( )x( )/5.34 = --------------------------- Torque Due To Load, Rotary. Belt and pulley drive: λ = TL / R ŋ lbf-in (N-m) Gear or gear reducer drive: λ = TL / Rŋ lbf-in (N-m) Torque During Acceleration due to screw, motor, load and reduction, linear or rotary. ) + ( + )/( )]( ) = - ---------------------- l = (Jm + (JS + JL) / R2 ) α lb-in (N-m) = [ ( Total Torque = Torque from calculated Thrust + Torque due to motor, screw and load ( ) + ( Motor Current = λ / Kt = ( ) +( ) / ( ) = _________________ ) = ____________________ 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 153 Exlar Application Worksheet Exlar Application Worksheet FAX to: Exlar Corporation (952) 368-4877 Attn: Applications Engineering Date: ________________________________ Company Name: ______________________________________________________________ Address:__________________________________________________________________________________________________________ City: __________________________________________________________ State: _________________________ Zip Code:_____________ Phone:_________________________________________________________ Fax:_______________________________________________ Contact:________________________________________________________Title:_______________________________________________ Sketch/Describe Application Velocity vs. Time Force or Torque vs. Distance v f or t time Indicate units on graphs 154 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com distance Exlar Application Worksheet Exlar Application Worksheet Date:_ __________________ Contact: _ _________________________ Company: _________________________ Stroke & Speed Requirements Maximum Stroke Needed...................................................................................... __________________ inches (mm), revs Index Stroke Length.................................................................................................. __________________ inches (mm), revs Index Time....................................................................................................................... __________________ sec Max Speed Requirements...................................................................................... __________________ in/sec (mm/sec), revs/sec Min Speed Requirements...................................................................................... __________________ in/sec (mm/sec), revs/sec . Required Positional Accuracy.............................................................................. __________________ inches (mm), arc min Load & Life Requirements Gravitational Load....................................................................................................... _________________ lb (N) External Applied Load.............................................................................................. _________________ lbf (N) Inertial Load.................................................................................................................... _________________ lbf (N) Friction Load................................................................................................................... _________________ lbf (N) Rotary Inertial Load.................................................................................................... _________________ lbf-in-sec2 (Kg-m2) or rotary mass, radius of gyr.................................................................. lb (kg)_ ________________ in (mm) Side Load (rot. or lin. actuator)............................................................................ _________________ lb (N) Force Direction _____ Extend _____ Retract _____ Both Actuator Orientation _____ Vertical Up _____ Vertical Down _____ Horizontal _____ Fixed Angle _____ Degrees from Horizontal _____ Changing Angle _____ to _____ Cycling Rate . ................................................................................................................. ___________________ Cycles/min/hr/day Operating Hours per Day ...................................................................................... ___________________ Hours Life Requirement ........................................................................................................ ___________________ Cycles/hr/inches/mm Configuration Mounting: _____ Side _____ Flange _____ Ext Tie Rod _____ Clevis _____ Trunnion Rod End: _____ Female _____ Sph Rod Eye _____ Rod Eye _____ Clevis _____ Male Rod Rotation Limiting: _____ Appl Inherent _____ External Required Holding Brake Required: _____ Yes _____ No Cable Length: _________ ft (m) 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 155 Reference Tables Rotary Inertia To obtain a conversion from A to B, multiply by the value in the table. B Kg-m2 Kg-cm2 g-cm2 kgf-m-s2 kgf-cm-s2 Kg-m2 1 104 107 0.10192 10.1972 Kg-cm2 10-4 1 103 g-cm2 10-7 10-3 1 gf-cm-s2 oz-in2 ozf-in-s2 lb-in2 lbf-in-s2 lb-ft2 lbf-ft-s2 8.850732 23.73025 0.73756 A kgf-m-s2 9.80665 kgf-cm-s 9.80665x10 9.80665x10 gf-cm-s2 9.80665x10-5 oz-in2 1.01972x104 5.46745x104 1.41612x102 3.41716x103 1.01972x105 1.01972x103 1.01972 5.46745 1.41612x10-2 0.341716 8.85073x10-4 2.37303x10-3 7.37561x10-5 1.01972x10-8 1.01972x10-6 1.01972x10-3 5.46745x10-3 1.41612x10-5 3.41716x10-4 8.85073x10-7 2.37303x10-6 7.37561x10-8 9.80665x104 9.80665x107 1 102 105 5.36174x105 1.388674x103 3.35109x104 86.79606 2.32714x102 7.23300 9.80665x10 10 1 10 5.36174 x10 13.8874 3.35109x10 0.86796 2.32714 7.23300x10-2 0.980665 9.80665x102 10-5 10-3 1 5.36174 1.38874 x10-2 0.335109 8.67961x10-4 2.32714x10-3 7.23300x10-5 1.82901x10-5 0.182901 1.82901x102 1.86505x10-6 1.86505x10-4 0.186506 1 2.59008 x10-3 6.25 x10-2 1.61880x10-4 4.34028x10-4 1.34900x10-3 oz-in-s2 7.06154x10-3 70.6154 7.06154x104 7.20077x104 7.20077x10-2 72.0077 3.86089x102 1 24.13045 lb-in2 2.92641x10-4 2.92641 2.92641x103 2.98411x105 2.98411x103 2.98411 16 4.14414 x102 1 lbf-in-s2 0.112985 1.129x103 1.12985x106 1.15213x102 1.15213 16 3.86088x102 1 2681175 8.3333x10-2 4.21403x10-2 4.21403x102 4.21403x105 4.29711x103 0.429711 5.96755 144 0.372971 1 3.10809x10-2 192 4.63306x103 12 32.17400 1 -2 2 lbf-ft2 lbf-ft-s2 1.35583 2 5 1.35582x104 1.35582x107 -2 0.138255 5 3 1.51213 x103 6.1774 x103 4.297114 13.82551 2.304 x103 1.38255x104 7.41289x104 -2 6.25 x10-2 0.167573 5.20833x10-4 2.59008x10-3 6.94444x10-3 2.15840x10-4 Torque To obtain a conversion from A to B, multiply A by the value in the table. B N-m N-cm dyn-cm Kg-m Kg-cm g-cm oz-in ft-lb in-lb N-m 1 10-2 107 0.109716 10.19716 1.019716 x104 141.6199 0.737562 8.85074 N-cm 102 1 105 1.019716 x103 0.1019716 1.019716 x102 1.41612 7.37562 x10-3 8.85074 x10-2 dyn-cm 10-7 10-5 1 1.019716 x10-8 1.019716 x10-6 1.019716 x10-3 1.41612 x10-5 7.2562 x10-8 8.85074 x10-7 Kg-m 9.80665 980665x102 9.80665 x107 1 102 105 1.38874 x103 7.23301 86.79624 Kg-cm 9.80665x10-2 9.80665 9.80665 x10 10 1 10 13.8874 7.23301 x10 0.86792 g-cm 9.80665x10-5 9.80665x10 9.80665 x10 10 10 1 1.38874 x10 7.23301 x10 8.679624 x10-4 oz-in 7.06155x10-3 0.706155 7.06155 x104 7.20077 x10-4 7.20077 x10-2 72,077 1 5.20833 x10-3 6.250 x10-2 ft-lb 1.35582 1.35582x102 1.35582 x107 0.1382548 13.82548 1.382548 x104 192 1 12 in-lb 0.113 11.2985 1.12985 x10 1.15212 x10 1.15212 1.15212 x10 16 8.33333 x10 A -3 5 -2 2 -5 6 -3 -2 Common Material Densities 3 3 -2 -2 -5 -2 Coefficients of Sliding Friction Material gm/cm3 Materials in contact µ Aluminum (cast or hard drawn) 1.54 2.66 Steel on Steel (dry) 0.58 Brass (cast or rolled) 4.80 8.30 Steel on Steel (lubricated) 0.15 Bronze (cast) 4.72 8.17 Aluminum on Steel 0.45 Copper (cast or hard drawn) 5.15 8.91 Copper on Steel 0.36 Plastic 0.64 1.11 Brass on Steel 0.44 Steel (hot or cold rolled) 4.48 7.75 Plastic on Steel 0.20 Wood (hard) 0.46 0.80 Linear Bearings 0.001 Wood (soft) 156 oz/in3 0.28 0.58 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 1 Notes 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 157 Notes 158 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com Notes 952.368.3434 | www.exlar.com 159 2011 PRODUCT CATALOG 2011 Product Catalog Headquartered at our manufacturing and motion control research center in suburban Minneapolis, MN, Exlar serves a global customer base with an extensive standard product line and complete engineering support for custom applications. Exlar Corporation 1470 Lake Drive West Chanhassen, MN 55317 New Address after April 1, 2011: 18400 77th Street West Chanhassen, MN 55317 TEL: 952.368.3434 General FAX: 952.368.4877 Order Only FAX: 952.368.4359 www.exlar.com Exlar is a trademark of Exlar Corporation. Windows 95, Windows 98, and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. All information contained in this brochure is subject to change without notice. Copyright 2011, Exlar Corporation 15M/11-10 PN 23939